Author: Guerville, A. B. de 1869- (Amédée Baillot de)
Statement of responsibility: Creation of machine-readable version:
TechBooks,
Creation of digital images:
Digital Media Center, Fondren Library, Rice University,
Conversion to TEI.2-conformant markup:
TechBooks,
Parsing and proofing:
Digital Media Center, Fondren Library, Rice University,
Distributor:
Rice University
Funding from: Funding for the creation of this electronic text provided by the Institute
for Museum and Library Services (IMLS), Fondren Library, and the Enriching Rice
through Information Technology (ERIT) program sponsored by the Computer and
Information Technology Institute (CITI), Rice University.
File size or extent: ca. 875 Kilobytes
Publisher: Rice University
Place of publication: Houston, Tx
Publication date: 2006
Identifier: TIMEA, DegNewE
Availability:
Publicly available via the Travelers in the Middle East Archive (TIMEA)
through the following Creative Commons attribution license: "You are free:
to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work; to make derivative
works; to make commercial use of the work. Under the following conditions:
By Attribution. You must give the original author credit. For any reuse or
distribution, you must make clear to others the license terms of this work.
Any of these conditions can be waived if you get permission from the
copyright holder. Your fair use and other rights are in no way affected by
the above."
(Status: unknown)
Source(s):
Title: New Egypt
Author: Guerville, A. B. de 1869- (Amédée Baillot de)
Revised and Cheaper Edition
File size or extent: xiv, 360 p. front. (port.) illus. (incl. pl.) 23 cm.
Place of publication: New York
Publisher: E. P. Dutton & Company
Place of publication: London
Publisher: William Heinemann
Publication date: 1906
Identifier: From the collection of Dr. Paula Sanders, Rice University.
Description of the project:
This electronic text is part of the Travelers in the Middle East Archive (TIMEA),
developed by Rice University.
Origin/composition of the text:
1906
Languages used in the text:
English (eng)
Revision/change:
September 2006
Statement of responsibility:
LMS
ed.
Spellchecked, corrected tagging errors, verified and enhanced metadata.
IN the autumn of last year, whilst spending a few days at Caux, that ideal
resort overlooking Territet with its lovely bay on Lac Leman, I chanced to
meet an old friend of mine, a diplomatist, who had passed some ten
years or so of his life in Egypt.
“I have just been reading ‘Au
Japon’,”1 he said to me, “and my mind is now made up. I can
resist no longer. I am off for a trip to the land of the Chrysanthemum.
Won't you come and have another peep at your old
loves?”
“No, my dear fellow,” I replied. “I am
going to flirt with yours. You are bound for the land of the
‘Mousmé,’ I am bound for the land
‘of mummies.’”
“Egypt?”
A far off look came into his eyes, a sigh escaped his lips, whilst he added:
“I envy you. It is an ideal winter spot. But you will find
yourself greatly mistaken if you expect to meet only mummies there. As to
the fair sex, I can tell you … But what's the good?
… You will have the pleasure of discovering for yourself all the
treasures which Egypt offers in winter to those who have eyes to see and
the wisdom to understand. I have half a mind to come with you, but Japan is
too seductive. Go, my dear chap. Not your first visit, is it? Ah! you
will find the proverb says truly: ‘He who has once tasted of the
waters of the Nile will surely return to drink thereof.’ But
tell me, what are you going for—amusement?”
“To amuse myself? Rather not. I'm going to write
another book.”
1 “Au
Japon,” par A. B. de Guerville, 1904. 1 vol. in 16mo Frs. 3.50.
Lemerie Editeur, Paris.
xiv
“What! on Egypt? … Poor fellow!”
It would be impossible to describe the expression of pity, half surprised,
half amused, of my friend the diplomatist.
“I envy you no longer,” he said. “I only pity
you, The most terrible, brain-splitting Chinese puzzle is simple as A,
B, C, compared with the Egyptian question.”
“But I don't intend to have anything to do with the
Egyptian question. It is the country, its inhabitants, their customs,
which—”
“Yes, but that's the rub. I defy you to write of all
that without touching on the thousand and one financial and political
questions in which Egypt is to-day head over ears. Listen! I have passed
years there, and behind the scenes, as you know. Very well. I tell you
frankly I cannot say that I know Egypt a whit better now than before I
went; in fact, I believe the longer one lives there the less one sees
clear. We no more understand the Egyptians than we understand the
Japanese; and, besides, there is this difference that, whereas the latter
understand themselves, the former do not, any more than we do. Ah! It is a
pretty mess, as you will see for yourself.”
There is no mistake; my friend was right. I had no idea as to the difficult
task I had undertaken.
To understand Egypt, to describe in a single volume its past glorious but in
ruins, its present full of energy and work, its future of hope and promise,
is humanly impossible. “New Egypt” has not been
written for my Egyptian friends, for those who know thoroughly this lovely
land. Herein will be found only impressions, such as may strike the
traveller as he makes his way from Alexandria to Fashoda, with here and
there some remarks on matters political, financial and religious,
which I have been able to obtain from good sources. These sources are
the highly placed personages in the Egyptian world, English, French, native
and others; these men, keen and talented, who, in palaces, ministries,
legations, schools, hospitals, banks or large industrial concerns, are
working without ceasing for the regeneration of Egypt. I have knocked at
all doors, rich and poor, high and low, and everywhere a warm welcome has
awaited me. “Enter, observe, criticise. Here are our attempts,
and, alas! here also are our failures.”
xv
And to-day an easy task would await me if, instead of twenty chapters, I
could write twenty volumes. On each subject, on each page, the fear is
always with me that I may not have written enough to give a clear idea of
Egypt to those who know it not, and yet I fear also to overstep the
limits I have set myself in this small book.
To all those who have aided me, in Egypt and in the Soudan, I now express my
most sincere gratitude and thanks. I give no names: they are modest folk,
and, besides, have no need of my little advertisement.
Amongst the illustrations are a certain number of photographs taken either
by myself or by friends, and others kindly placed at my disposal by Messrs.
Dittrich and Lekégian of Cairo, M. Béato of Luxor, M.
Fiorillo of Assouan, M. Veniéris of Khartoum, and Herr Turstig
of Omdurman.
There are very few good photographers in Egypt, and I should advise those
amateurs who do not develop their own work to be very careful. I have had
many plates and films absolutely ruined by ignoramuses calling themselves
“prize photographers.” To those in Cairo I can
thoroughly recommend either M. Lekégian or M. Dittrich,
photographer to the Court. The latter has a wonderful collection of
portraits, admirably done, of all the more important persons. His
rooms are a real museum of all the celebrities, masculine and
feminine, whom Cairo has known in the last five-and-twenty years. As
to M. Lekégian, he has, besides some remarkable portraits, a
unique collection of views and native types both in large prints and in
post-cards.
And finally, amongst the other illustrations, will be found many
photographs, veritable little gems, signed by Mr. David Gardiner, of New
York, an amateur whom I do not hesitate to call a real artist.
My only regret is my inability to make use of all the negatives kindly
placed at my disposal by Mr. Gardiner. However, I trust that some day he
will take my advice and publish an album of “Egypt
Illustrated,” unless, indeed, I can avail myself of them in a
future work. In fact, in the present volume I find that I have not been
able to include all that I could have wished, and therefore I hope at some
future date
xvi
to supplement the present book
with another entitled “Egypt Intime,” which I hope
will not be without interest to my readers.
At present my object will be attained if those who read these pages, and who
have not already seen the Nile, will feel a desire to pass a few months in
the land which, without doubt, for a winter holiday is one of the most
charming, agreeable, and interesting.
1
CHAPTER I ALEXANDRIA
First impressions—East and West—Poverty and
riches—The Stock Exchange—Every man a
speculator—Rolling in money —Wild
extravagance—Women's hearts and men's
purses— Place Mohamed Ali—The statue of a great
man—How he founded his dynasty—English
soldiers—Here since 1882—The bombardment of
Alexandria—The rôle of
France—Did Admiral Seymour exceed his
orders?—Kitchener's presence —An
admiral's fears—The decline of French influence.
THE HARBOUR AT ALEXANDRIA
Al Vista
“WHAT! you miserable person, sailing for
Egypt under the German flag?”
Such was the greeting of one of my friends at Marseilles, whilst he added
ruefully:
“Heavens! What are we coming to? After having abandoned Egypt to
the English, we allow the Germans to make themselves masters of the
Mediterranean, the famous French lake, and these Teutonic devils have
actually the audacity to start a line of fast steamships between
Marseilles and Alexandria.”
This loyal son of Marseilles was deeply in earnest, and not without cause.
In fact, whilst ever renewed strikes are threatening the large French ports
with certain ruin, paralysing all their efforts, all their energies, and
all their schemes, the English, the Germans and the Italians are working
2
continuously to gain a footing
where the French were yesterday supreme.
In establishing this new service between Marseilles and Alexandria, with a
stay of twelve hours at Naples, and in setting aside for it two of their
finest boats, the Schleswig and the Hohenzollern, of 8000 tons, the Norddeutscher Lloyd
of Bremen have made a master-move.
It was because I had heard so much said of the pleasure and comfort of this
new line that I determined to try it myself and find out how far it was
true. I can now say that, from every point of view, all the praise was
thoroughly deserved, and it must be admitted that, for the present, it is
undoubtedly the service de luxe of the
Mediterranean.
Before even arriving at Marseilles, I had proof of the energy and enterprise
of the German shipping companies. I travelled down by the new P.L.M.
express train, the “Côte
d'Azur,” the finest and most rapid train, I believe,
not only in France, but in the world. As usual, the restaurant car attached
was divided into two compartments, for smokers and non-smokers,
between which was a door with a large glass panel. Here, on the glass, a
magnificent picture of a huge steamship had been engraved, with,
surrounding it in letters of gold, the name of a German Company, the
“Hamburg-American Line.”
So, whilst from Marseilles to Cairo the best service to-day is that of Lloyd
of Bremen, the other powerful Company will not allow itself to be
forgotten; and to the thousands of strangers making their way South for the
winter, they draw attention to their magnificent steamers, and their
motto, “Remember.”
After five days of wind, rolling and pitching seas, came absolute calm. We
had just entered the outer port of Alexandria, the famous town founded by
Alexander the Great, the town which, in the time of Cleopatra, reigned
queen of the Mediterranean.
The calm was of short duration. A noise, atrocious, infernal, indescribable,
rose on every side. The Schleswig had hardly cast
her anchor before she was surrounded by hundreds of small boats crammed
with Egyptians, Turks and Arabs, who howled and gesticulated frantically.
In a few
3
seconds the boat was invaded
by this extraordinary crowd, dragomans, interpreters, porters from
different hotels, boatmen, touts from different agencies, &c.
&c. It was pandemonium, a Tower of Babel gone mad; whilst the
poor tourist, at his wit's end, saw fifty devils, black or
brown, throw themselves on to his luggage. But at this moment a stentorian
voice was heard: “All right, gentlemen, all right! Here are
Cook's men, they will look after everything.” And on
the deck, a huge Arab, in a superb costume, suddenly appeared, surrounded
by a crowd of sturdy porters. Tight red jerseys covered the chests of
these men, on which in white letters was sewn “Thos. Cook
and Sons.” As if by magic quiet was restored: like a general
on the field of battle, Cook's agent took command,
answering politely the numerous questions put to him by the
travellers; and to those anxious about the formalities to be gone through
at the Custom House, he explained that, severe as these were, they
need not trouble: “There is no Custom examination for
you,” he said, smiling quietly; “we have obtained
special permission to pass the luggage of all our passengers without being
opened. You have only to give us your luggage tickets and let us know
where you wish it sent, either to your hotel or to the station, and you
will find it there awaiting you.”
Nothing could have explained better the justice and appropriateness of the
title given to the directors of Messrs. Cook, “the uncrowned
kings of Egypt and the East!” Was not the Emperor William
himself, when he wished to visit the Holy Land, obliged to confide himself
and all his belongings to Messrs. Cook, like the most ordinary of tourists?
The white boats of the Agency lay alongside the Schleswig, and we soon found ourselves installed in one of them with
all our baggage.
A few minutes later, a victoria with a couple of excellent little horses,
took us swiftly along the streets of Alexandria.
First of all came the Arab quarter: its streets muddy and filthy, its shops
open to all the winds of heaven, its houses dark and mysterious, its
swarming crowd, the negro, the brown-skinned, and the white; its beggars,
its cripples, its children almost naked, crying, running, shouting; its
veiled women; and above all, its smells, acrid and indescribable, the
odour of the East, which at first sickens and disgusts.
4
But our little horses going hard, all that was soon passed, and the quarter
inhabited by the Europeans and the rich Egyptians came into view, with its
large and beautiful streets, its huge houses, superb palaces, its gay
cafés, and its shops, worthy of the Parisian Boulevards.
More than anything else, this is the land of contrasts. Here a
palace where reigns unbridled luxury, there a hovel swarming with
beings scarcely human.
We slacken our pace as we enter the famous “Place
Mohamed Ali,” in the middle of which rises the
equestrian statue of the founder of the reigning dynasty, a fine
piece of work by Jaquemart. This is the centre of the European
life, the Hyde Park Corner of Alexandria, where at certain hours
of the day all the rank and fashion of the town may be seen.
THE RUE CHERIF PASHA, ALEXANDRIA
Lekegian
Here and there, in passing, I get a shake of the hand from some old friend,
business man, banker or broker. As for speculators, every one, more or
less, is that.
For several years the mania for speculation seems to have attacked the whole
population, and the Stock Exchange at Alexandria is, as it were, the heart
of the body politic, full of life, of hopes and fears, where every one
large and small,
5
rich or poor, strong or weak,
meets on common ground. Cotton, its rise or fall, that is the predominant
thought in the minds of all those men amongst whom are so many familiar
faces.
Indeed, after nine months' scraping and hoarding, these good
Alexandrians troop across to Paris and the best known watering-places on
the Continent, to disgorge in the remaining three their accumulated gains.
All have the look of men well pleased with the world, and all explain
themselves thus: “My dear fellow, business is A 1. Egypt has
entered on an era of prosperity hardly credible. We are making money hand
over fist, every one is in the swim. You will see for yourself, from one
end of Egypt to the other you will hear the same story. The Government has
been able to reduce taxation and increase the salaries of its
employees, big and little. The golden age has arrived!”
Can this be possible? Can it be that, whilst in Europe and America every one
cries poverty, there is only prosperity here, in this land of Egypt, which
scarcely twenty years ago was in a state of bankruptcy?
And, strange as it may seem, not one of these men will speak to you of
Egypt, of its history, of its artistic treasures, not one of them will
advise you to visit a museum, a monument, or a park.
The Stock Exchange and Cotton, these are the be-all and end-all of
existence. If by chance they do advise you to go to the theatre, it will
not be because there is something particularly good to be seen, but simply
because “X receives £4000 for three performances, and
that the stones and jewels in the hair or round the necks of the élégantes represent a sum of
£10,000,000 sterling!”
When he talks cotton or diamonds, your Alexandrian is a bit of a braggart.
In a word, his head is a money-box, and his heart a purse, and they are
both crammed to repletion with bank notes. All the same he is a good
fellow, pleasant, hospitable, and generous. If he has the faults of the
confirmed gambler he has also his good qualities.
As to his better-half, it is difficult to judge. Admiration has perhaps
blinded me, for the “Alexandrine” is so pretty, so
elegant, and so chic, that criticism is quite disarmed. One
6
would have to travel far to
find a town where there are so many young women whose good looks and
perfect elegance
A “SAÏS” (RUNNER)
David Gardiner
continually charm the eye. It may be said, of course, that they
are somewhat shallow, that their dresses, their jewels,
7
and especially their
flirtations are of more interest to them than the graver questions of life;
but what does that matter when they are so charming, and so deliciously
feminine?
Certainly we are far from the time when in Alexandria there was a famine of
femininity either “d'un monde ou de
l'autre.”
In a town in which the upper classes are composed of so many different
nationalities, Egyptians, Greeks, Levantines, Italians, French, English and
Germans, there are as a matter of course many cliques, more or less jealous
of one another; but there is one common ground where all unite and all
help—Charity, which, here as elsewhere, seems to bring out all
that is best in our common humanity.
The Greek colony, rich, numerous and powerful, is at the head of all those
good works whose end is the alleviation of human suffering; and amongst
those whose efforts in welldoing are continuous I would mention the
Salvagos, the Zervudachis, the Em. Benackis and the Sinadinos.
The first-named family has just given to the town the sum of
£20,000, in order to found a School of Art, a step in the right
direction, and one which, I trust, will help considerably to raise
Alexandria from its present state of rather sordid money-making.
Immense as the progress of the town has been in the last quarter of a
century, and brilliant as its present position is, I have not a doubt that,
in the near future, it will be called upon to occupy a position much more
important.
To do so, however, it must, above all, render its port safer and more
accessible, make its quays and docks considerably larger, its facilities to
international trade greater, and reduce its port dues, to-day standing at
much too high a figure.
Great efforts have been made, I know, and the Egyptian Government have
already expended a sum of over £200,000 on important works,
whilst an equal amount has just been set aside for new works. Only last
winter, the situation was such that ships, after having tried in vain to
unload their cargoes, were obliged to leave without discharging. There was
no room on the quays. This state of things, deplorable as it seems, is
not due, as one might think, to any slackness on the part of
8
the Government, but simply to
the fact that the trade of the port has grown so enormously and so rapidly
that it has been impossible for the Minister of Public Works to keep pace
with it with the means at his disposal.
If Alexandria cannot assert the possession of the remains of her founder
(Alexander the Great), she can at least boast of having a statue of the
greatest man which modern Egypt has seen. I refer to Mohamed Ali, the
founder of the Khedivial dynasty, and a hero of whom his descendants and
Egypt have every reason to be proud.
The story of his life reads like a most captivating romance. This man, of
humble origin, thanks to his extraordinary talents and iron will, became
Pasha of Egypt at a time (1805) when the country, a Turkish province, was
governed and sucked dry by the Mamelukes. With a small sum of money,
lent to him, it is said, by an Armenian, uncle of the future great
Egyptian Nubar, and accompanied by a handful of adventurers as hardy as
himself, he landed in Egypt, and commenced that epic which lasted forty
years, and in which he made himself, in a way, the arbiter of the destinies
of the Mussulman world.
Thanks to him and to his genius, Egypt played the part of a great Power and
made Turkey tremble.
Great diseases sometimes require drastic treatment, and, without hesitation,
he caused the Mamelukes to be massacred, and commenced the pacification of
Upper Egypt. Whilst he thus waged war in a far country the English landed
at Alexandria (1807), and advanced on Rosetta. But Mohamed Ali was
cast in a different mould from Arabi and the insurgents of 1882. Returning
rapidly he fell like a thunderbolt on the English, driving them back on
Alexandria, where, thanks to the protection afforded them by their fleet,
they were enabled to re-embark.
A faithful vassal of the Sultan, he helped him in his wars against Greece,
and also against England. For Turkey he conquered Crete (1823), and
recovered Morea (1824). His army, at one time only 20,000 strong, had now
been raised to 100,000.
His son Ismaïl, ascending the Nile, had planted the Egyptian
9
flag at Sennar, at the
junction of the White and Blue Niles, and conquered the rich Sudanese
province of Kordofan, whilst for the first time Egypt possessed two
powerful fleets, one on the Mediterranean and another on the Red Sea.
In the interior the country was quiet and prosperous, whilst this great man,
unable himself to read or write, founded schools and universities.
Round him he gathered a number of talented Frenchmen, of whom one,
Colonel Sèves, known in Egypt under the name of
Soliman Pasha, worked hard to improve the army; whilst
another, the engineer Bessan, directed his energies to increasing
the fleet, of which he was the founder.
STATUE OF MOHAMED ALI
Lekegian
Placed at the disposal of his Sovereign, Sultan Makmoud, this
fleet was entirely destroyed at Navarin (1827) by the united
navies of France and England, to the great surprise of Mohamed
Ali, who could not understand that the former should ally themselves to the
latter in order to sink the very ships which they had just sold to him.
With each year the power of the Pasha increased, and with it the jealousy
of the Sultan. At last the Sovereign thought that the
“removal” of the vassal would be decidedly for the
best, and war broke out between Egypt and Turkey.
It was then that these Egyptian soldiers, so despised by Turks and
Europeans, astonished the world.
Commanded by a man endowed with true military genius, Ibrahim, son of
Mohamed Ali, they invaded Syria, captured
10
St. Jean d Acre, routed the
Turks at Damascus and Aleppo, invaded Asia Minor, and finally crushed the
enemy at Konieh (1832).
The road to Constantinople was open and the Turkish Empire at its last gasp
… but the Powers, the famous Powers, were there, full of their
pitiful ambitions, and ready to sacrifice Egypt, as well as Armenia, Crete
and Greece, in order to maintain the Ottoman Empire and all the crimes
committed in its name.
Thus then the Powers stopped the victorious Egyptian army at the very doors
of Constantinople, as in 1897 they stopped the Greek troops at the frontier
of Turkey, at the moment when they were about to enter Ottoman
territory, a move which would undoubtedly have led to a general rising
in the Balkans against the Sultan. Thanks to the Powers, the latter had
time to concentrate a formidable army and crush Greece.
Even so in 1832 the Egyptians were held back at the time the Empire of the
Sultan was about to succumb; but the Powers, as usual, could not agree
amongst themselves, and for seven years the negotiations continued. Taking
advantage of the delay, the Sultan massed his troops, and at last,
believing in certain victory, he threw them suddenly against the army
of Ibrahim (1839). The result was disastrous. The Turks were once more
overwhelmed, whilst 15,000 prisoners and all their artillery fell into the
hands of the Egyptians. At the same time the Turkish fleet surrendered to
the victorious Pasha.
The Sultan Makmoud died of rage; but once more Egypt was cheated of the just
fruits of victory, and, after negotiations and conferences without end,
Mohamed Ali was obliged to renounce Syria and Asia Minor, to restore the
fleet, and content himself and his descendants with the Vice-Royalty of
Egypt under the generous, enlightened, and civilised
Sultans of Turkey!
Superb on his horse of bronze, Mohamed Ali dominates the grand Square, where
all the busy life of the town concentrates. Some few steps further on
another statue, this time a living one, caught my eye. On a beautiful
well-groomed half-bred, an Egyptian cavalryman, erect and unmoving,
11
stiff in his sombre uniform,
mounted guard. A finer soldier one could not wish to see. His bronzed skin,
black moustache, dark eyes, slender body, straight and supple, made up
the ideal of a cavalry soldier. It was with men such as these that the
great Pasha made of Egypt a Power.
My thoughts are quickly disturbed. Across the Square, with the
dull tread of marching feet, comes a company of English soldiers.
They are boys, beardless boys, almost delicate looking, clad in
unbecoming khaki, and their childish faces almost swallowed up in
immense helmets. Can it be that these youths are the
conquerors of this dark and warlike figure seated unmoved on
his lovely steed?
SHOEMAKERS
D. Gardiner
Whilst the khakiclad company file smartly past him, I take a keen
look to see if any trace of feeling is shown on his dusky face. In
vain, not a muscle moves; and if the sight of these foreign soldiers,
trampling with their heavy boots the soil of his country, awakens in
him any sense of bitterness, it is carefully hidden in a heart where for
long the spark of patriotism has been if not extinct at least deeply
hidden.
As I glanced once more towards the statue of Mohamed
12
Ali the thought struck me: if
only your spirit could return and endow the bronze with life, what spasm of
fury would seize you at the sight of these alien soldiers wending their way
at your feet! But against whom should your wrath be hurled? Against
the English, who have established order in Egypt, who have snatched the
country from certain ruin, and who, by means of an extraordinary
administration, wise, prudent and energetic, have assured her
present, and, I dare hope, her future also; or against those
fools, imbeciles, criminals, all that line of Pashas, greedy for
gain and feeble of character, who, having sucked the land dry,
threw her madly into the adventures of 1882?
A COFFEE-SELLER
David Gardiner
There can be no doubt that the interior situation of Egypt at that
time was such that some kind of intervention on the part of
the European Powers was absolutely necessary to re-establish
order and protect foreign interests. But if this Concert
des Impuissances had discussed and shuffled less, and had acted
with a little more energy and decision, it is certain that the famous
massacres of Alexandria and other events would have been avoided.
As to the massacres, they have been considerably exaggerated. A scuffle
between an Arab and a Maltese, followed by a general row leading to a riot,
in the course of which a band of Arabs
13
pillaged several houses and
killed forty or so Europeans. Worse has happened in many a civilised town
in Europe. It was in no sense a general rising against the foreigners, and
the Egyptians themselves restored order. But whilst for weeks and
months the Powers were discussing the best method of interfering in
Egyptian affairs, and whilst France urged an Anglo-French military
expedition, it is natural enough to find that the Egyptians wished to leave
nothing to chance, and began therefore to take precautions.
The defences of Alexandria were put in order and the building of new forts
commenced.
It was then that the French and English admirals summoned the Egyptian
authorities to cease constructing all works, under pain of bombardment.
And now, as to subsequent events, we find two versions: the Egyptians
declare that work was stopped; the English admiral, on the other hand,
declares that, from reports received by him, he learnt that the Egyptians
had mounted new guns in other positions. From whom did these reports
come which decided Admiral Seymour to open fire? From a Scotchman, Mr. John
Ross, who lived in Alexandria, and who supplied the two fleets with coal.
Intimate with the admiral and the English officers, he kept them informed
of all that took place on shore, and it was he who, in describing the
new defences, more or less imaginary, was the cause of the bombardment. It
was he also who, called in regard to coaling arrangements on board the
French vessels, assured Admiral Seymour, up to the last moment, that the
French were ready to back him up, and it was with the greatest
astonishment that the latter saw the French squadron up anchor and go.
It is whispered in certain usually well-informed circles that, several hours
after the bombardment, Admiral Seymour received orders from his Government
not to open fire unless he considered his ships in danger from the new
works made by the Egyptians, and that he passed a very bad quarter of
an hour, wondering anxiously whether or not his action would be
approved.
Few people are aware that Lord Kitchener, who, seventeen
14
years later, was to vanquish
the Dervishes and reconquer the Sudan, was on board the flagship as a
simple spectator. Immediately after the bombardment which opened Egypt
to the English, he landed with Mr. John Ross, and going to his house
indulged in a brandy and soda, just as he drank another with Captain
Marchand at Fashoda on the morrow of the events which definitely assured
the supremacy of England in the Valley of the Nile.
The bombardment was the first act, as Fashoda was the last, marking the
decline of French influence, the decline which began on that memorable day
when the French fleet disappeared on the horizon, and, abandoning
Alexandria to the English cannon, carried with it the last hope of those
who dreamt of an Egypt, great, strong and prosperous, under the
guiding hand of France.
Country villages and inhabitants—Story of the ghamousah— Curious sights, fortifications built to
check the English army —Arabi's
Revolution—Was he the cat's-paw of
England?— Condemned to death, reprieved, exiled to Ceylon,
pardoned, and now living at Cairo on a pension of £1000 a
year!—In the train—Anecdotes—Japanese
and Egyptians—Why the latter, like the Turks, are
pro-Japanese.
ON THE ROAD TO CAIRO
Al Vista
AT midday the assault on the express for Cairo takes
place. The train is thoroughly up-to-date: corridor carriages of the
most comfortable type, and a restaurant car of the International Sleeping
Car Company. One might imagine oneself in Europe if it were not for the
numerous passengers wearing the fez, the Arab passing us the hors d'œuvres, and above all
the extraordinary racket made by the servants. Through the small opening by
which the dishes are passed, the cooks and waiters apostrophise one
another, dispute and discuss in an outlandish gibberish. This noise seems
all the stranger as the Arab as a rule goes about his work almost as
silently as a Chinese or Japanese. Their chief failing, however, is
the insatiable curiosity which the presence of a white woman in the
house arouses. To enjoy a glimpse of beauty unadorned in the form of a fair
European, be she young and beautiful, or old and ugly, they have recourse
to every ruse and every stratagem. The key-hole is the point of observation
most in vogue, but when that has been carefully plugged by the
16
wily person au courant with their little ways, a hole drilled with a large
gimlet in a quiet corner does equally well. The door of the bath-room is
naturally most frequently threatened.
At my table, three gentlemen, each wearing the fez, and evidently well
educated men, were discussing the Russo-Japanese War. I took part in the
conversation, and had not done so long before I became aware that all three
Orientals were strongly pro-Japanese. Questioned as to the reason for
their feelings, one of them said to me:
“We are pro-Japanese because the Japanese are an extraordinary
people, young, brave, and full of energy, who have already done marvels,
and who are struggling now for their existence.” Undoubtedly
these are good reasons, but there were others which he was careful to keep
to himself, which I shall take the trouble to put into words for him:
“We are pro-Japanese, we Mussulmans, Turks, Egyptians, because
the Japanese are an Eastern people, whose religion is not that of
Christ; because they are struggling against a nation which represents the
two things in the name of which we have undergone most humiliation and most
suffering, Western civilisation and the Christian faith.”
That, in a word, is the thought of every Asiatic, every African; and the
Japanese victories are awakening in Asia and Africa feelings which have
long lain dormant,—the hope, lively but carefully hidden in
their heart of hearts, that the day will yet dawn which shall see their
final victory, and our final fall.
Moderate in speed, the train crosses the vast highly cultivated plains where
the maize crop predominates. One might almost imagine oneself on the
Western plains of America, if from time to time high palm-trees, like huge
feathers, did not raise their tufted heads. Then there are the little
villages of yellow mud-built huts, of which the flat roofs, covered
over with thatch, serve as stable and poultry-yard; goats, sheep,
chickens, dogs and pigs, all seem to prefer this exalted position, from
which indeed the view is much finer than from below. Over the wretched
roads come the camels, loaded in fearsome fashion, with step slow and
measured, the head high and small, and the neck so long, so very long! The
gravity of their
TOMB OF A SHEIK
David Gardiner
17
movements is in striking
contrast to the paces of the asses, of which hundreds are to be seen. Ah!
these Egyptian donkeys! How elegant they are, how smart, how full of
life and grace, and how different from their European brothers! They
have a chic indescribable, and to see them is to love them.
“What horrible cows!” cried a young American girl,
pointing from the window of the carriage to some huge animals
GHAMOUSAHS
Lekegian
with black and glossy skins, whose looks were, in fact, rather
repulsive.
“These are not exactly cows,” explained an Egyptian.
“That is the ghamousah, the female buffalo,
whose milk is quite excellent. There is in our country a tradition that,
after God had made the cow, the Devil, coming to have a look, burst
out laughing, and declared that he could do better himself with his eyes
shut. God took him at his word. The Devil set to work and
produced—the ghamousah!”
The old Egyptian who related this little tale was a man of charming manners,
and one who, some twenty years ago, played an important part in Egypt.
Seated by my side, he drew my attention to many objects of interest.
18
“Do you see,” he said to me, “these hillocks of
sand? These are all that remain of the defence works erected by Arabi
to stop the English in 1882. After landing at Alexandria it was thought
that they would march directly on Cairo. But, as you know, they did no such
thing. General Wolseley preferred to disembark at Ismailia, to the great
surprise of the Egyptians, who believed firmly, after the words
pronounced by M. de Lesseps, that France would not permit the
English to enter the canal. At any rate, Wolseley's army,
some 13,000 strong, with forty guns, landed at Ismailia on August
22, 1882, crossed without a hitch the thirty-six miles of desert, and
on September 13 attacked the Egyptians entrenched at Tel-el-Kebir.
We had 26,000 men and seventy guns, commanded by Arabi himself.
Wolseley lost fifty men! Arabi was the first to decamp, followed by
his broken army. He continued to run until he reached Cairo,
where, as soon as the advance guard of the English cavalry appeared,
he promptly surrendered.”
ARABI
“To what do you attribute this ridiculous defeat?” I
asked. “To the cowardice of the Egyptian troops?”
“Not a bit,” he replied. “The best troops in the
world will turn tail when their officers and their commander-in-chief
decamp as if the devil were at their heels.”
“Arabi had no military genius, he was simply a colonel, ambitious
and vain, with a very ordinary intelligence, the man of straw.
…”
“Of the English?”
“Ah! who knows? Personally I do not think so. He
19
played their game
unconsciously, whilst doing the work of those equally ambitious but more
intelligent than himself. Remember that the revolution of 1882 was a very
serious affair, and a very excusable one. It was not at first against
the foreigners, but against the Government, against the Turkish
Pashas, who occupied almost all the high military and civil posts, and who
were crushing the country under their despotism. With a leader more
intelligent, and employing other means, the movement might have succeeded,
and had the sympathy of the whole world. Arabi missed being a hero, he
became simply a rebel.”
“What has happened to him?”
At this question a smile came to his lips, and, with a roguish twinkle in
his eyes, he replied:
“What has happened to him? Why, he lives in Cairo, happy and
peaceful, on a pension of £1000 a year, generously granted him
by the Government. Certainly it has not been granted to him for having
raised a revolution, for having been, if not the leading spirit, at least
the cause of the massacres at Alexandria, nor for having fled ignominiously
at Tel-el-Kebir. But you must admit that, from the English point of
view, the man who supplied a reason for the bombardment of Alexandria, who
opened the doors of Egypt for England, and who, having at his disposal
26,000 men and seventy guns, only managed to kill fifty English, and
allowed Cairo and its citadel to fall without a blow, is well worth a
pension of £1000 a year. Think of the trouble England might have
had, had he been made of other and sterner stuff.”
“And from the Egyptian point of view?”
“Ah! from our point of view it would seem natural that we should
hate and despise the man whose cowardice and incapacity have resulted in
our country being now under the yoke of England … but, as a
matter of fact, it is not so; for if apparently we have lost an
independence which we really did not have, we much prefer to be governed by
the English, thanks to whom Egypt has attained to a degree of
prosperity hitherto unknown, rather than to be misgoverned by Turkey.
That is quite worth the £1000 a year which we pay him on the advice of England.”
20
“On the advice of England?” I asked.
“Of course! Ever since that day on which he surrendered at Cairo,
Arabi, chief revolutionist, rebel against his Sovereign, has been taken by
England under her wing. His trial was a farce, conducted not by the
Egyptian judges, but by the ‘counsel for the
defence,’ two English lawyers sent from London by means of a
private subscription, and a third Englishman, Sir Chas. Wilson,
representative in the Court, of England.
FRUIT-SELLER AT A RAILWAY STATION
Lekegian
Lord Dufferin, who had just arrived in Egypt as Special
Commissioner charged with the task of Adviser to the Khedive, began by
applying all his energies to better the condition of Arabi in prison.
‘Sir,’ he said one day to the Khedivial Councillor
Borélli, ‘I cannot allow Arabi to be treated with
such cruelty. I have just been informed that there are holes in his
mosquito-curtain!’ Several days after, the ex-rebel having
complained of the noise made by the sentries, which prevented him from
sleeping, the night guard was immediately supplied with felt shoes! But, in
spite of all the English efforts, Arabi and four of his companions were
condemned to death. England, however, would not permit the sentence to be
carried out,
21
and the five prisoners were
exiled to Ceylon, where for eighteen years they lived surrounded by every
comfort … at the cost of the Government which they had tried to
overthrow. ‘But there was a revolution, they were rebels. We
absolutely must hang some one, or what will become of the authority of
the Government?’ shouted Borélli. So they hanged three
unfortunate devils, amongst whom was Commandant Soliman Sami, who
acknowledged having with his troops set fire to certain buildings in the
Square of Mohamed Ali, under the orders of Arabi,
whilst he, pardoned and repatriated, lives at Cairo on a Government
pension, and may be seen any day driving round at the
fashionable hour.”
A BIT OF COUNTRY
D. Gardiner
The old Egyptian ceased. Through the windows of the carriage the
sunshine streamed as I reflected on my friends, the English, and
their tenderness for rebels. Even the famous Colonel Lynch, who
fought against them in South Africa, is to-day as free as Arabi, though, so
far, I have not heard that the English Government has granted him a pension
of £1000 a year.
Far off, in the plain, green and bathed in sunshine, a blare of trumpets
sounded, and I perceived in the distance a company of infantry at exercise.
Pointing to these splendid troops, I asked: “Are they worth more
now than in the time of Arabi?”
“We have,” he replied, “an admirable little
army, of which England has as much right to be proud as we; for it is
owing to the brilliant English officers who, in the last twenty years,
have given themselves heart and soul to its regeneration, that Egypt to-day
has an army worthy of it.
“I know that in recent years much criticism has been
22
directed in England against
their army, against the Society life led by their officers, and their
apparent ignorance.
H.E. ABANI PASHA, WAR MINISTER
Reiser
“It is not for me to offer any opinion. The young English
officers are so active and so energetic that they must have
continual occupation. They are splendid when the conquering of
some savage country is in hand; but in London, what outlet have
they for their energy but laying siege to the hearts of fair
ladies? In Egypt, and now in the Soudan, a vast field has been
opened for their activities. With untiring zeal, with unflagging
patience, with admirable intelligence and extraordinary tenacity
they have succeeded in giving to Egypt a new army, worthy of the
warmest praise, and at a relatively small cost. In 1882, when
Arabi was Minister of War, his Department cost Egypt almost
£864,000. The English wisely considered that, for a
country weighed down with debts, the first thing to be done was to reduce
the expenses, and the War Budget was consequently
23
lowered each year, until in
1886 it amounted to £336,000. After that, as the prosperity of
the country increased, the grants for the army were again raised, the
Sudan re-conquered, the Dervishes annihilated, and yet, at the present day,
our excellent army costs us less than the bands of Arabi. Amongst Europeans
the belief seems general that the Egyptians, like the Chinese, will only
fight well when commanded by European officers. … We Egyptians,
however, like to think that to-day our soldiers would do their duty
equally well when commanded by Egyptians.”
This is undoubtedly the opinion of men in a position to know, and amongst
these his Excellency Abani Pasha, the amiable and charming Minister for
War.
Three o'clock! The hundred and ten miles separating us from Cairo
have been left behind, and now the Capital of Egypt rises up before us, a
mass of white under a sky radiantly blue, sparkling with gold under the
rays of a sun which, on this the first day of December, recalls the lovely
days of May in France.
Arrival—Impressions—Population and types—The
building mania—Extraordinary
prosperity—Unheard-of riches—Life— The
hotels—Napoleonic hotel-keepers—Stories and
anecdotes —Tourists—Society, high and
otherwise—Scandals—True history of certain great
fortunes—Effect of climate on femininity and femininity on
Arabs.
PLACE DE L'OPERA, CAIRO
Al Vista
WHAT changes in the space of a few years! One hears of
the mushroom growth of American towns, but where before has one seen
an ancient Eastern capital suddenly take a fresh lease of life, born again,
as it were, to a new existence, as if touched by a magic wand? At first
sight the traveller who revisits Cairo after a few years'
interval will not notice any great difference. At the huge station there is
the same hurly-burly, the same cries, the same native porters seizing your
luggage. On leaving, the same smell of the East, of the towns innocent
of drains, the same terrible dust. But all this is soon forgotten and one
comes once more under the indefinable charm which enters into every
traveller who finds himself in the midst of these new and strange scenes.
The principal street, Shariah-Kamel, and the Place de
l'Opéra, have not greatly changed. This is still the
liveliest corner of the town, where from morn to eve a huge and
strange crowd presses and pushes its way along the pavements. It would be
impossible, even in dreams, to picture anything
GATE OF BAB EZ ZUWÊLEH, CAIRO
David Gardiner
25
more animated than this living
panorama, where East meets West, and meeting seems to mix one in the other.
The eye is first struck by the thousands of little red spots on which hang
tassels of black silk. It is the tarbouche, headcovering of so many
different types that it seems as if all Africa had given rendezvous here.
The majority are of the sterner sex, with nothing Oriental in their dress
but the tarbouche; otherwise they are clothed as the ordinary
European, whilst many of them attain to the last thing in elegance.
In this extraordinary crowd are negroes, Arabs in their flowing robes, Jews
with shifty eyes, eunuchs, Egyptian soldiers, well set up; and, making
their way amongst all these Orientals, tourists of every country and
speaking every tongue, young foreign girls with a knowing look about them, mondaines and demi-mondaines, the
latter with a smile indifferently for black or white. Here and there a
native woman, hidden beneath her veil, passes rapidly, silently,
mysteriously.
The terraces of the cafés are crowded, and here
one drinks the eternal Turkish coffee whilst smoking the eternal
Egyptian cigarette. But to talk is difficult, for the street-hawkers
make an unholy din. They sell everything. Nothing comes amiss: lottery
tickets, post-cards, wax vestas, dates, fruits, newspapers, honey, even
fish and meat. Some exhibit trained monkeys; others, Italians, scrape an
outrageous fiddle; an army of bootblacks swarms round; and also, as in
front of the Grand Hotel in Paris, a crowd of guides, ready, for a few
piastres, to show the stranger all the curiosities of Cairo. In the roadway
also all is movement. Victorias with smart pairs, the little carts
serving as omnibuses to the natives, some crowded with men, others with
women and children, bicyclists, occasional motors, a countless multitude of
donkeys ridden by every kind of two-legged being, camels loaded to within
the last proverbial straw,—all these cross and re-cross without
end. With an ear-splitting clang of bells, the electric trams remind
us that Cairo is now a modern town. These tramways belong to a Belgian
Company, who, whilst making a very good thing out of them, simply ignore
the comfort of the public. The cars are dirty and the conductors uncivil.
There is a compartment reserved for “ladies of the
harem,” but
26
foreign ladies are not
permitted to use them. To sit next a flea-bitten negro is anything but
pleasant, and in Alexandria, where first- and second-class compartments are
provided, things are much better.
In the Shariah-Kamel, the Place de l'Opéra, and the
neighbouring streets there are magnificent shops. The shop windows of
the jewellers are particularly fine; perfumery and chemists'
shops abound, but more numerous still are the cake-shops.
A NATIVE “OMNIBUS”
Dittrich
There you will find delicious nougat and “Turkish
delight,” but to get them you will have to search far; the whole
of the fronts of the shops are invaded by Swiss chocolates. Gala Peter
and milk chocolates have conquered Egypt with her sweet tooth.
Amongst the shopkeepers, the palm undoubtedly must go to the chemist. Their
name is legion, and they grow fat in robbing a patient public with a most
charming grace.*
Their cynicism surpasses belief, and their business in life may be summed
up as stealing always and poisoning often. Last winter, when a native child
happened to be run over by a
* I
should strongly recommend all travellers to carry with them any
medicines they may be likely to require, especially as those may be had
from Messrs. Burroughs and Wellcome in tabloid form, and will keep
indefinitely.
27
carriage, the bystanders
wished to carry the poor little creature into a chemist's shop;
but the chemist, hard as it is to believe it possible, shut his door in
their faces. The child died; if immediate help had been available he might
have been saved, but—a native! What is that? And this chemist
now continues happy and content to pocket his ill-gotten gains.
But if this corner of Cairo, so picturesque and lively, has not changed, it
is not so with the rest of the town. The whole population seems to have
been bitten with a mania for building. The streets are crowded with
builders' carts, full of material, and on all sides, surrounded
by scaffolding, are houses under construction. Huge flats, immense palaces,
superb hotels, have arisen where, a year or two ago, nothing but
gardens were to be seen.
Egypt, at this moment, is passing through a period of great prosperity.
Every one is coining money, and as the value of land and property is
increasing daily, all those who have capital, and they are many, hasten to
build.
A short time ago Egyptians of the middle-class were either ignorant of or
indifferent to comfort. Families of twenty or twenty-five lived together in
a miserable dwelling of a few rooms, in insanitary quarters. To-day all
that is changed: families divide; the married children now wish a home
of their own, choosing when they can the new parts of the town,
healthy and airy. Thousands of persons who formerly slept on the floor of
their rooms in the Turkish fashion, prefer now to have European beds,
whilst knives and forks have replaced the more primitive instruments of
thumb and forefinger.
The extraordinary growth of the town shows no sign of teasing, and it still
advances even into the surrounding desert, to the conquest of which
energetic capitalists have set their minds. Boghos Nubar Pacha, son of the
celebrated statesman, is at the head of a syndicate which has recently
acquired huge tracts of land in the desert, at the gates of Cairo,
where they intend to build a new quarter, which will, in time, be a
small town in itself.
Two things above all Cairo formerly lacked, water and drains. I do not know
if the latter will ever exist, but the question of
28
the former, thanks to Messrs.
Suarès, the wealthy bankers, has already been solved.
In 1898, having obtained a concession for supplying water to the town of
Tantah, they brought over from Switzerland an engineer, M. Abel, of Zurich.
This gentleman one day announced that, following on the observations he had
made, he was convinced that under the Nile, at a great depth, and
following the same course, there was another river, a second Nile, not a
Nile thick and muddy, but a Nile made clear and pure by the beds of sand
and other formations through which it had passed. Capital was wanted to
make sure of the correctness of these theories, and to ascertain the
quantity of water available, in good and bad years, from this underground
river. Messrs. Suarès did not hesitate to supply the
necessary funds, and the works then undertaken by M. Abel soon proved
that he had not been mistaken. The subterranean Nile was proved to exist,
its water to be excellent, and its volume sufficient to furnish drinking
water, if necessary, to the whole of Egypt.
After Tantah and Mansourah, Cairo is to-day supplied almost entirely by the
new Water Company, and now, in nearly every house, the turning of a tap is
sufficient to obtain a supply of pure water ad
libitum. Messrs. Suarès had the satisfaction, besides the
very pleasant one of making money, of learning from the statistics of the
Sanitary Department that in each of the quarters where the new water supply
had been introduced the death rate had decreased enormously. One
shudders at the thought that only yesterday the inhabitants of Cairo, rich
and poor alike, were dependent on the muddy water of the Nile, brought to
their doors in goat-skins by the Sakkas.
Strange as it may seem, this underground Nile, which comes from the depths
of the Sudan to lose itself in the Mediterranean, is not the only river of
its kind in Africa. Marquis di Rudini, the brilliant statesman who for so
long and so often has directed the destinies of Italy, told me one day in
Cairo that, in the course of his travels in Erythrea, he had been
struck by the existence of several subterranean rivers. At the bottom of
deep wells he had heard the sound of their
SHARIAH EL TABBDUEH
David Gardiner
29
rushing waters. At that time
neither the marquis nor I had heard of the underground Nile.
In the course of the following pages I shall have much to say of the charm
of a winter sojourn in Egypt, and I can recommend that sojourn so warmly to
all those who wish to pass the winter under the most comfortable
conditions, in a country covered with historic relics and rich
in artistic treasures, that I think I can be permitted, without
fear of being accused of doing Egypt a wrong, to express the
hope that a serious and sustained effort will be made to
remove from Cairo the worst plague of the Land of the
Pharaohs—the dust.*
“SAKKAS” (WATER-SELLER)
David Gardiner
And if for this the water supply of the town prove insufficient,
then I trust other means will be tried to put an end to these
whirlwinds of dust and filth, which are not only exceedingly
disagreeable but positively dangerous.
When Cairo has less dust and some drains, when the trams are clean, the
chemists more human, the drivers less brutal to their poor horses, and
living a little cheaper, it will be a Paradise for the winter months.
*
Matters have greatly improved since these lines were written. Last winter,
the main streets and avenues of Cairo were well watered and kept in very
good order indeed. There was certainly much less dust than in many places
between Nice and San Remo.
30
During the few months which constitute the season, the hotels are the centre
of the fashionable world, and for the time Cairo approaches nearer to a ville d'eau than a capital. One must also
recognise that these hotels have an irresistible attraction. Large and
beautifully furnished, they combine the comforts of the West with the
luxury of the East. It is only a few years since Cairo possessed only one
really good hotel, Shepheard's, built in the centre of the town,
in the middle of gardens which at one time formed part of the Palace
of Princess Kiamil, daughter of Mohamed Ali. The place is historic, for the
Princess, so it is said, was a modern Marguerite of Navarre, amorous, and
lover of strong young men.
M. CHARLES BAEHLER
For many years Shepheard's was the meeting-place of all the best
known people who passed through Cairo, and its name is a household word
throughout the world. Its destinies are to-day in the hands of a man
who knows his business well—M. Charles Baehler, who is the
head and leading spirit of the Egyptian
Hotel Company, Limited, which also own the Ghezireh Palace. This
Palace! what memories cling around it! In a few weeks, at the command
of Khedive Ismail, and as if by magic, it rose from the ground, in the
centre of the magnificent Ghezireh Park on the banks of the Nile, a fitting
dwelling for its guest, the Empress Eugénie, who had arrived in
order to be present at the opening of the Suez Canal. It was there that
those fêtes, the finest the world has
ever seen, had their being. What a setting for a hotel!
Shepheard's and the Ghezireh, these two alone might have
sufficed for the glory of hotel life in Cairo, or even in a town of ten
times the size. But one day there arrived on the scene a man with brains,
and the courage to back them, who said to himself: “That is very
fine, that is very beautiful, but there is room in Cairo for more
great hotels.” And he built the Savoy Hotel. This man was
George Nungovich Bey, the Napoleon of the Egyptian hotel industry, and
to-day one of the most influential and richest men in Cairo.
31
Besides the Savoy, M. Nungovich has in Cairo two other hotels, the
Continental, in the Place de l'Opéra, and the
Hôtel d'Angleterre, in a quieter situation, but quite
up-to-date. M. Nungovich is a well-known figure in Cairo. Like many a
millionaire he began life at the bottom of the ladder, in the hall of an
hotel. Far from seeking to hide this, he is proud of it. Some years after,
several English officers, who had noticed his smartness and honesty, placed
the management of their
GHEZIREH PALACE HOTEL
Dittrich
mess in his hands. Later he became director of the
Hôtel d'Angleterre, and it was at this time that he
rendered to the English army a service which the officers have never
forgotten, and which created him, as it were, hotel-keeper by
appointment to the officers of Her Britannic Majesty.
For some reason or another, an English regiment arrived unexpectedly at
Cairo. No arrangements had been made to receive them, and no quarters
prepared for the officers, who found themselves turned adrift. At the
station they were surprised to find M. Nungovich, who informed the Colonel
that he had prepared at the Hôtel d'Angleterre rooms
for all the officers. During the few days of their stay they were
royally entertained, and when, on leaving, they called for their
bills, the reply was given, “There are none! M. Nungovich is
only too happy to have had the honour of entertaining Her
Majesty's officers.”
32
Nearly all the crowned heads who have passed through Cairo in later years
have honoured M. Nungovich. The Queen of Portugal, at a picnic organised
for her and her suite, invited him to her table. The story goes that
when the Crown Prince of Germany arrived in Egypt, he noticed at the
landing a small thin man, who, coming and going, seemed to direct
everything. “That,” he said, “must be the
Prefect of Police, he ought to have a uniform!” It was M.
Nungovich; and if he does not possess a uniform, he has at least a
title and many decorations, of which he has reason to be proud.
G. NUNGOVICH BEY
Naturally there is keen rivalry between the Hotels Baehler and the Hotels
Nungovich; but this rivalry is healthy and all to the advantage of
strangers, for in all of them everything possible is done to please
and to earn their praise. Besides, this rivalry, more imaginary than real,
is without cause nowadays, when these hotels have made their
reputation and assured their future, and when other huge caravanserais
are being built in all the quarters of the town to compete with the
old-established houses.
As a matter of fact the hotels hardly suffice to lodge the enormous crowd of
Europeans and Americans who flock to Cairo for the winter. Last season they
were hard pressed to find lodgings for all, and I have been told that at
one time the old sleeping-cars were requisitioned and played the rôle of improvised hotels. The people who
thus invade Egypt represent what the hotelkeepers call “une
clientèle de grand luxe.” One must, in fact, have
money and plenty of it to pass the winter in Egypt, and those who come from
all the corners of the earth to enjoy the delicious climate have a
long purse and spend with a free hand. Luxury and display, an
uninterrupted succession of balls and fêtes,
such is the life of Cairo in winter.
There is something in the air of Egypt, a something which seems to excite
every one, more or less, which almost
33
maddens certain natures,
especially of the weaker sex, and which seems to drive them to a continuous
pursuit of all the pleasures of the senses. The result is that all the
world flirts, and the most extraordinary stories run the round of the
hotels. Young girls seem to have a very pronounced weakness
for the Egyptian, a weakness which sometimes seems to lead to
an entire absence of any idea of les
convenances. A young Egyptian, glib of tongue and an
excellent dancer, once said to me:
DOME OF THE SAVOY HOTEL
“I assure you I could write a volume of adventures
which come the way of us young Egyptians in winter, and the
way in which these young girls throw themselves at our heads
would astonish the world. Several of us, for sport, formed a
society which we called the ‘terrassiers,’
because we ‘did’ the terraces of the various
hotels; but it was no use, we had to give it up; no constitution could
stand the success which crowned our efforts.”
But the adventures of these young blades pale before those of the Dragomans,
these splendid men, built like Hercules, strong as horses, and so
picturesque in their native costume. Their duty is to serve as guide and
interpreter, to organise everything for their masters, excursions and
parties of all
34
sorts. Like the Arabs, the
Egyptians, and all the Orientals from the lowest to the highest, the
Dragomans are mad where a European or an American woman is concerned. For
them they represent the acme of sexual attraction, and, at least for
the lowest class, age and looks are quite unimportant. One can then
perhaps understand, if not forgive, the woman whose looks have
suffered from the passing of the years, or who, born with a lack of
the fatal gift, has lingered long in the cold shades of neglect,
seizing eagerly the opportunity of becoming an object of adoration,
in engaging an Egyptian Dragoman.
Whilst writing these lines I have in my mind a charming blonde who for
several years has wintered in Egypt with her rich but invalid husband.
They possessed one of the finest Dragomans in the country; and such
was the conduct of Madame with this Hercules, that an English chaplain
did not hesitate to preach a violent sermon in his church on the
subject, which was “understanded of the people.”
A DRAGOMAN
Every day, on the road to the Pyramids, there is to be seen a smart
victoria and pair with a magnificent coachman on the box, his fez cocked
rakishly on one ear, a flower in his button-hole, and his face shining
with satisfied vanity. Why not? The noble lady, seated majestically in
the carriage, and whose beauty is passing ripe, is his mistress in more
senses than one.
Speaking of Dragomans reminds me of a story of the director of one of the
hotels, a good Alsatian but “a little slow in the
uptake,” as they say in Scotland. One evening, a young
35
foreign girl, whose reputation
was not of the best, rushed into his office and said: “Monsieur,
I absolutely must have a mousquetaire in my room to-night!” The
director raised his hands in astonishment and cried: “But,
Mademoiselle, where the devil do you imagine I can get one? …
Dragomans, yes, as many as you wish, but a mousquetaire—at Cairo!” Collapse of the lady,
who desired nothing more than a moustiquaire.
The way in which foreigners seize on all occasions an opportunity of
cultivating their French is most amusing, but, fortunately for them, they
are as a rule blissfully unconscious of the extraordinary things which they
occasionally say.
At one of the most brilliant of last season's balls, on a very
warm night, after a mad waltz, a young diplomatist led his charming partner
on to the balcony. When they had reached the open air, wiping his brow with
his handkerchief, he cried, “Quelle chaleur! With the most
innocent air in the world, and fanning herself vigorously, the
charming creature replied, “Oui, vraiment, et moi aussi je suis
en chaleur!
It was this same young lady who, that winter, introduced tobogganing into
the Ghezireh Palace. One evening, in the grand hall at the foot of the
immense staircase, a young Englishman, newly arrived from Switzerland, was
boasting to a group of charming girls of the joys of winter sport, and
especially the delights of tobogganing, and told them how, in a few
minutes, one could do the run from the Palace Hotel at Caux down to the
Grand Hotel at Territet.
“Oh, that is nothing!” cried Miss B. “We have
tobogganing here, and without any risk of getting our noses
frost-bitten.” Calling an Arab, she demanded a tray. A few
moments after, seated on this improvised toboggan, she shot down the
marble stairs like an arrow. The sport caught on at once, and, for many
evenings after, ladies in evening dress might have been seen tobogganing
gaily down the staircase, whilst, at the foot, a regiment of black-coats
with wide-opened eyes enjoyed the unusual and piquant sight. Ah! these
hotels! I can guarantee you need not be bored.
Besides the rich clique of the hotels, Cairo society has others,
36
of which the most important
are the “Official,” the
“English,” and the “Native.” It
is difficult to give to the last a suitable name. It is composed of all the
foreign families, rich and hospitable, for the most part Greeks and
Levantines, settled in Egypt for many years, and in whose hands are most of
the large commercial and industrial concerns, as also, in a special
degree, the financial. They possess magnificent houses, almost palaces, and
live in the greatest luxury. There are in this group many charming women,
very interesting and decidedly elegant, whilst the men are remarkable for
their intelligence. The origin of many of these fortunes, though not
unknown or even forgotten, is wisely hidden by a thick veil, which old
residents occasionally amuse themselves by lifting for the entertainment of
curious persons like myself. Then it is that they tickle your ears with
stories of which the heroes, bearers of names well known and respected,
proud of their titles and decorations, strong in their relationships and
friends, appear in the early stages of their careers as nothing more
nor less than robbers, smugglers and coiners.
Charming, indeed, is the tale of the bad Egyptian coins of which millions,
stamped in Europe, entered Egypt in the hollow legs of iron bedsteads. When
the Government, unable longer to recognise its own money, decided to issue
a new coinage, and when the coiners, in too great a hurry, put into
circulation their imitations of the new money before the real coins had
been issued by the Government, the Minister of Finance was obliged to
declare that the new money issued was not his, and that he was quite
unaware of where it had come from.
Then there is the story of the foreign Consul, poor as a church mouse, who
one fine day locked up a whole family of his own compatriots, a family
immensely wealthy, whose little crimes he had found out, but whom he
released at dawn, one does not of course know quite why—but the
poverty-stricken Consul sent in his resignation, and is to-day the
proprietor of several of the finest villas in one of the most charming
spots on the Adriatic. Nice little tale, is it not? But after all,
what does it matter? The elders, those who have struggled and
succeeded at a time when every one robbed more or less, are
LADY CROMER
Beresford
37
to-day very old. To-morrow
they will have gone, and another generation, well brought up, highly
educated, elegant, fashionable to the tips of their fingers, will not be
responsible for the kind of money which their fathers used. Do not let us
dig too deep. Out of a dunghill a rose may grow—and many
another beautiful thing. And besides, as every one knows, money has no
smell, and less even in Egypt than elsewhere.
The English set (I do not refer here to the official world), numerous and
important, look down with contempt on the native families. In their eyes,
Egyptians, Greeks, Turks, Armenians, all are niggers. I am not joking, and,
extraordinary as it may seem, Englishmen, intelligent, educated and
charming, will speak of a Greek as “that black man,” or
“that nigger.” And there is no way of changing them.
Looked down upon in its turn by the official set, the English colony
suffices unto itself and lives, as it were, cut off, enjoying all the
sports on which it dotes. It drives, rides, sails, it has football, Tennis ,
polo, and remains happy, contented and healthy.
The official world is pretty much what it is in all the capitals where
foreign Powers are represented, and where the head of the country has
ministers and officers of all kinds, and in his family princes and
princesses. Lord Cromer and his charming young wife are not, perhaps, quite
worldly enough to please every one; but every work, be it artistic,
literary or charitable, every effort to better the condition of the people,
finds in them a ready help.
At the French Legation, a palace in the purest Arabic style, M. de la
Boulinière, a diplomatist of sterling worth, looks strenuously
after the interests of his country, whilst Madame and Mesdemoiselles de la
Boulinière give all the time which social duties allow to these
numerous and worthy works of charity with which the name of France has
always been associated.
The doyen of the Diplomatic Corps, M. von der Does de Willebois, son of the
celebrated Dutch statesman, is almost as popular as his wife, a perfect
hostess and bridge-player, or his daughters, keen sportswomen, and that is
saying much.
The Marquis Salvaggo Raggi, representing Italy, was at
38
Pekin at the time of the Boxer
troubles and the siege of the Legations, whence he returned with an
unlimited admiration for the administrative qualities of the English and
Japanese, whom he had observed working side by side with the other
nationalities. The marquise, a beautiful woman, is one of the most
sought after and admired in Cairo.
In another gem of Arabic art, the Danish Legation, under Count de
Zogheb, is a fashionable centre, presided over by the countess and
her charming daughter.
Then there are the bachelors, Count T. B. de Koziebrodzki, the
Austrian Hungarian Minister, just arrived, but who has already
succeeded, so they say, in capturing all the feminine hearts and
not a few of the masculine. Baron Oppenheim, a writer and a
savant, whose old Arab palace contains many a treasure, artistic
and literary—not to mention some delicious liqueurs and
enormous cigars!
MADAME DE MARTINO
Dittrich
But there is a limit to the pages which I could devote to Cairo and its
society. I should like to describe many a salon, to talk of many a mondaine, but time and space forbid. I cannot,
however, finish without a mention of the salon of Madame de Martino, lady
of honour to her Highness the Khedivah, a lady of perfect charm, and one of
the best of hostesses.
39
And in this continual round of fêtes and
pleasures, of dinners, balls, and suppers, all the world of Cairo and his
wife amuse themselves and flirt. As to this flirtation, I am convinced
that in no other city in the world does it play so large a part; and
yet, it seems, I was not there at the proper time. I left too soon. Winter,
it seems, is nothing compared with spring, when, as we know, a young
man's fancy lightly turns …
“I am leaving Cairo,” a friend of mine wrote me in
April, a lady whom one could not describe as a prude, “I am
leaving Cairo, for I cannot stand any longer the sight of these
eternal couples, who, now that the hot weather has come, seem to have
lost all notion of les convenances.”
Well, chère amie, we must not be too hard on
poor Cairo. Spring is the great sinner in all lands; and if he seems
somewhat more alive there than elsewhere, is it his fault, is it not
rather the fault of the climate and the sun?
The resurrection of a country—Prosperity of Egypt explained
—Lord Cromer's work—What Egypt owes to
England—What England obtains from
Egypt—Comparison between 1882 and 1905—The
opinion of the Prime Minister, his Excellency Moustapha Fehmy
Pasha—Sir William Garstin—The work of a great
engineer—Egyptian finance—The
banks—Speculations —Messrs. Suarès,
Cassel, &c.—The dance of the millions—
History of the Daira, the Assouan Dam and the National Bank
“England has rendered an undoubted service to the cause of
civilisation.”—DE FREYCINET, La question
d'Egypte.
NILE AT CAIRO
Al Vitas
ONE cannot judge and dismiss in a few lines the
admirable work of England in Egypt during the last twenty-three years.
To those who wish to know it in all its details I should advise the reading
of Lord Cromer's annual reports, which can be procured in London
for a few pence. These are not simply pages full of figures and statistics,
tending to prove that what has been done has been done well. The reader
will find, on the contrary, in these reports, written in simple, clear
and vigorous language, a story, alive, interesting and fascinating, of
Egyptian progress in the last quarter of a century, of errors committed and
quickly rectified, and of successes obtained. I have read several volumes
of these reports, some thousand large quarto pages, and my interest was as
great at the end as
41
at the beginning. These
reports, in themselves, are a work of the greatest value, of which Lord
Cromer, were he less modest than he is, would have every reason to boast.
Thanks to them I obtained a clear idea of the situation of Egypt, past
and present, the efforts accomplished, and the future schemes, the rôle of England, the moral, mental and
physical state of the population, and a thousand and one things of interest
as regards the life of the country and its inhabitants. Events are
treated with impartiality, and Lord Cromer does not hesitate under
certain circumstances to repeat the criticisms delivered with regard to
certain acts of the Government, whilst explaining clearly his reasons for
them. The reports are read with the greatest interest by the Egyptians
themselves, and the local papers quote them in
extenso.
In the course of several conversations which I had with him, and before I
had read his reports, Lord Cromer did me the honour of explaining the
situation. His Excellency has the reputation of being brusque and of having
a cold manner. On the contrary I found him on every occasion most
courteous, pleasant and agreeable. His voice is soft, his manner
simple, and his personality charming. He is not a man after the heart
of an interviewer. If he allows one question, it is
useless to ask two. Either he simply refuses an
answer, or in a few words he will tell you everything which concerns the
question in which you are interested. From the first, he grasps exactly
what you desire to learn, and if he vouchsafes a reply it is given
clearly and without any superfluous words. It is best to go straight
to the point, and he will do the same. I shall not seek to expound on the
political and financial situation of Egypt since 1882. I shall content
myself with showing the results obtained.
At the time of the events of Alexandria and the defeat of Arabi, Egypt was,
so to speak, bankrupt. Her debts amounted to over one hundred millions
sterling, and her income was not sufficient to pay the interest and supply
the necessary funds for Government. The fellaheen, or peasants,
representing the great majority of the people, were crushed by the taxes,
ill-treated by the Pashas, and reduced to a state of abject misery. All the
offices were in the hands of men who sought by every means in their power
to enrich
42
themselves, whilst the
administration in all its branches was corrupt, incapable and rotten.
To-day we find Egypt well-governed and prosperous, in a condition
financially which might be envied by many a great Power. The
Government, honest, firm, enterprising, enjoys the confidence of
high and low, foreigner and native. The fellaheen, released from
excessive taxation, work hard, are happy and prosperous.
The revenue of the Government, which in 1882 amounted to
£9,000,000, last year (1905)reached almost
£15,000,000, whilst, notwithstanding numerous most
important works which have been undertaken, thelast Budget
showed a surplus of £2,668,000. At the same time the
sinking funds of the Government showed a total of
£13,400,000. And these millions have been saved whilst taxation
has been reduced, and enormous works and costly enterprises undertaken by
different branches of the Government.
ARAB WOMAN AND DONKEY-BOY
David Gardiner
The opinion in Egypt is unanimous in declaring that this excellent state of
things is due to England. I believe that it
43
is due, above all, to Lord
Cromer. Having placed the lot of Egypt in the hands of a man capable beyond
others of saving the country and in whom they had absolute confidence,
the English Government had the good sense to give him a free hand, and
to leave him alone, simply letting the world know, from time to time, that
behind him and his acts stood the British Empire. Even in the darkest days
when Gordon was murdered at Khartoum, when the Sudan passed entirely
into the hands of the Dervishes, even then England would not disavow
by a single word a single act of her representative. Instead of attempting
to direct or thwart his schemes, the English Cabinet based its entire
Egyptian policy on the foundation which Cromer had laid, and on which,
little by little, arose the edifice the solidarity and permanence of which
London has never doubted. What a lesson for those countries whose
representatives are at the mercy of the whim of a Minister, the
interpellation of a deputy, or a campaign of the Press!
Certainly Lord Cromer has not entirely and with his own hands created the
present situation. Egypt owes much to the international institutions which
the Powers have created, the Caisse de la Dette, which for many years acted
as a brake on the finances, and the Mixed Tribunals, which, dispensing
for the first time equal justice, and in making the law respected,
established order and confidence. Egypt owes much to France, from whose
breast she has imbibed the best of her civilisation and the ideas of her
best institutions.
But to Lord Cromer is the glory of having brought order out of chaos, of
having re-organised the services, of having purged the administration of
its vices, of having established a Government at once homogeneous and
honest, of having had accomplished or commenced all these immense works
which are to-day, and will be even more in the future, the fortune of
the country. In a single word, he and he alone has known how to unite,
concentrate and apply all the resources of the land to the regeneration of
its inhabitants.
In the simplest of language Lord Cromer explains to what point the first
effort has advanced: “The resources of Egypt lie almost entirely
in her agriculture, and that again depends on two things, the labour of the
peasant and the rising
44
of the Nile, whose fertilising
waters overflow each year the cultivated fields, supplying them at the same
time with moisture and manure. For years the peasant hardly worked, as
all the fruit of his labours was snatched from him by the taxcollectors,
who left him little or nothing, making him disgorge his last penny by blows
or, if necessary, by torture. One can hardly conceive the sufferings and
privations which the unfortunate people underwent. The water of the Nile
itself was monopolised by the rich Pashas, the powerful landowners,
and against them it was impossible for the poor peasant to obtain justice.
The first effort was made to reduce taxation, to distribute it in a fashion
at once just and equitable, to protect the fellaheen from robbery, official
or otherwise, and ultimately to assure to him his share in the water of
the Nile, at all times and in all places. Time and patience, a great
quantity of both, were necessary to convince the unfortunate peasant that a
new era of justice had at last arrived; but little by little he began to
understand, until at last, though still suspicious, he set himself to work.
When, in the course of time, he found that after many years he could now
enjoy in comfort and in peace the fruits of his toil, then and only
then did the deep-born love of the soil reassert itself, and he
became, though, alas, how little! more human, found once more his
long-lost energy, and Egypt began to revive.”
The encouragement and protection afforded to the fellaheen was extended, in
one way or another, to the other classes of society. I shall content myself
with giving a few examples. The Nile, being the great artery of the
country, passing from end to end, and having on either side the cultivated
land, the greatest asset and the greatest wealth of Egypt, serves
naturally as the means of transport for most of the agricultural
produce. Innumerable sailing boats serve for this traffic, and
thousands of families thereby earn a living. Taxes without number
crushed these unfortunate boatmen, but the most iniquitous of all was
that which obliged them to pay a certain sum each time they passed one of
the bridges. Pedestrians, carriages, flocks, cattle, for whose benefit
these bridges had been mostly built, paid nothing; whilst the unfortunate
boatmen, stopped for hours by the bridges, too low to permit of their
passing beneath,
THE EARL OF CROMER
Dittrich
45
sometimes lost entire days,
and when at last a passage was opened for them they had to pay for the
privilege. It was stupid and shameful, but this tax brought in a
considerable sum. Lord Cromer did not hesitate to abolish it
completely. There were other taxes, almost as iniquitous, amongst
which were those affecting the fishermen, by whose labour part of the
population was fed; but these have all been abolished.
All these acts of justice resulted in confidence being restored, and from
this confidence sprang the new era of work and prosperity which Egypt
to-day enjoys. Lord Cromer has had the gift to choose, and the good fortune
to find, assistants of first-rate quality. Certainly Egypt is governed by
his Highness the Khedive and a Council of Ministers. At the head of
each of the Ministries is a distinguished Egyptian statesman, to whom
is attached an Under-Secretary. The latter is an Englishman, who is in fact
inspired and directed by Lord Cromer, the moving spirit.
It would be a great mistake to suppose that the Egyptian Ministers are
simple figure-heads, pocketing their large salaries and doing nothing. They
are, as it were, the connecting links, necessary and indispensable, between
Egypt and England, between the Egyptian people and their English advisers.
It is through them that England governs, or, to use a less diplomatic
phrase but perhaps more just, they govern in the name of their Sovereign,
following the advice of Lord Cromer, transmitted through their English
advisers. Almost all of these advisers have been men of remarkable
character and intelligence. The names of many of them will be written in
letters of gold on the pages of the history of modern Egypt, along
with that of Lord Cromer. The Financial Adviser is considered
generally to be the most important Ministerial personage. This post has
been occupied successively by Sir Edward Vincent, Sir Auckland Colvin, Sir
Eldon Gorst, Sir Edwin Palmer, and finally by the present occupant, Sir
Vincent Corbett, a valuable authority on finance.
At the Ministry of Public Works Egypt and England were fortunate when, at
the side of the talented Minister, His Excellency Fakry Pasha, they placed
one of the greatest engineers of our time, and one of the most gifted men, Sir
46
William Garstin. His study and
his work on the huge river which, rising in the centre of the Dark
Continent, supplies the life-blood of Egypt, have placed him far above all
the men of science who before him or with him have occupied themselves
with these questions. I shall refer later on, in another chapter, to the
works already accomplished and to those contemplated by Sir William
Garstin; but I should like to explain briefly here that the
present-day prosperity of Egypt would not exist, notwithstanding the
reformed and honest administration given by Lord Cromer, without
these works, thanks to which the one and only source of wealth, the Nile, wayward and uncertain,
has been conquered, its volume considerably increased, and its
delivery so admirably controlled that its fertilising waters moisten
the soil each summer at a time when formerly there was not a drop
to be obtained.
SIR VINCENT CORBETT
Elliott and Fry
For the Nile has always been the best friend and the greatest enemy of
the fellaheen. Without it Egypt, deprived of water (the rainfall is
almost nil), would be a barren and uninhabitable desert. Even yesterday,
if, at the time of the annual flood, the river was too low, large tracts
of land remained unwatered, and their owners were reduced to misery;
whereas, if it were too high, its waters, rushing furiously over the
irrigation canals, ruined almost the whole of the country. At the time of
the floods, the entire riverside population passed its nights watching the
defence works, ready to strengthen the walls where most threatened;
but in this struggle for existence victory rested many times with the
river, and the man, vanquished, could
47
only await the returning
season, gnawing the crusts that were left him.
To-day all that is altered, and the Nile, followed, studied, from its source
in Darkest Africa to its outfall in the Mediterranean, is firmly held in
hand. The works already executed are such that the lands under cultivation
are never without water even in the leanest years, whilst any possible
mischief is quickly mastered when an extra high flood threatens to break
THE NILE
David Gardiner
down the defences. When one considers that not an acre of land
would be productive did the Nile not supply it with its precious waters,
and that Egypt is, in consequence, a long and narrow valley of irrigated
land, bordered by unproductive desert, which, however, could also be
brought under cultivation as far as the water could reach, one can
understand that the more water the Nile has to dispense, the more extensive
will be the area cultivated, the greater the agricultural wealth of
the people, and consequently the more productive the revenue of the
Government. I believe, therefore, that I am justified in saying that the
efforts of the Ministry of Public Works have been directed and continue to
be directed towards the following ends:
48
(i) To give to each farmer in the cultivated zone or in the zone which it is
possible to cultivate the water to which he has a right, be he rich or
poor, humble or powerful.* (2) To control the volume of water by means of immense
dams. (3) To extend the network of irrigation canals to the regions
still uncultivated. (4) To increase the volume of water, either by
preventing all possible loss from the source onwards, or by diverting from
their beds other rivers, in the region of the equatorial lakes, which at
present flow in a different direction. (5) By the creation of huge
reservoirs, containing millions of cubic metres of water, to store water at
the time of the flood, which, during the dry season, can be released,
and which will enable crops to be raised at a time when formerly the
land lay in enforced idleness, useless and unproductive.
This brief account gives but a faint idea of the immensity of the task
which, covering each square yard of arable land in Egypt, stretches back
into the depths of the Sudan, a length of over 4000 miles, to the sources
of the White Nile in Central Africa, and of over 400 miles more to the
sources of the Blue Nile on the elevated plateaux of Abyssinia.
All these works are well in sight, whilst the huge reservoir of Assouan, the
work of Sir William Garstin, completed some five years ago, has already
proved for the whole of Egypt a source of incalculable wealth. I repeat for
Egypt, and not for England, for it is the welfare of the first and not of
the second which Lord Cromer has always in view. His Excellency has
many times said: “I have considered always, and before
everything else, the interests of Egypt, and the welfare of her people. In
every case where it was necessary to decide on a question in which English
and Egyptian interests clashed, I have never hesitated to decide in favour
of the latter. England has never attempted to profit by her presence here
to obtain personal advantages, or to favour her subjects at the expense
* I
am not an engineer, and am unversed in technical matters. I shall try
simply to give an explanation for the benefit of those who are ignorant
of these most interesting questions. I make my apologies to Sir William
Garstin if I have forgotten any important points, or confused in any
way the lucid explanations which he so very kindly gave me.
49
of those of other
nationalities. The same protection is extended to all. All honest
endeavour, whatever it may be, or wherever it may come from, is treated
with the greatest consideration. The English Advisers are the servants of
the Khedive; they do his work for his country and not for their
own.”
To be sure, in the long run England benefits also, since in an Egypt rich
and prosperous she has a large market for her goods, a magnificent training
ground for her officers, her savants, and her young officials, whilst, more
important still, she has the certainty that nothing menaces the Suez
Canal, the great artery of the world's commerce. To gain the
confidence of the country in proving that she governs for its
interests and not for her own, that in a sentence is the keynote of British
policy in Egypt.
An immense majority of Egyptians appreciate thoroughly England's
work, and the number of the grumblers is so insignificant that their
existence would be unnoticed were it not that they number amongst them
certain journalists, native and foreign, good debaters and glib talkers,
who excel in the art of making a mountain out of a molehill.
Then, amongst the younger generation, there are those who, more or less
brilliantly, have finished their studies, and who, forgetful of the early
days of struggle, seeing only the present-day prosperity, say to
themselves: “This machine is simplicity itself, why may we not
work it?” Alas! to how few of these to-day could the reins of
government be safely trusted! The Egyptians are still like plants
which without support cannot be expected to grow straight.
One of the men who knows them best said to me: “Twenty years ago,
I thought it would have been sufficient to educate them. I was wrong, it is
their entire character which must be altered.”
The clear-seeing amongst the Egyptians themselves understand that this is
the case, and none better than his Excellency Moustapha Fehmy Pasha,
President of the Council and Minister of the Interior, a man who, under a
manner of extreme simplicity, hides remarkable talents, and whose counsels
have been of inestimable value to England, as Lord Cromer has been
50
quick to acknowledge.
“The work of England here,” his Excellency said to
me, “is a monument to her glory. Look at what Egypt was in 1882,
and what it is now! Then, anarchy, misery, ruin; now, order, justice and
prosperity. I have seen both, and I am able to make comparisons. The
change has been so rapid, so thorough, that sometimes I could shut my eyes
and ask myself—Is it not all a dream? The greatest wonder,
however, is the way in which England, in such a short time, has
made herself respected, appreciated, and not only supported, but
recognised as indispensable. It does not do to forget that she
entered Egypt by force, breaking down the doors by cannon balls,
in fact as an enemy. Think of the tact she must have employed to
have settled herself down amongst us with hardly a hitch, hardly
an unpleasantness. I do not believe there is another Government in
existence whose machinery works more smoothly than ours. You ask
me if Egypt will one day be able to do without England? That is a delicate
question, and one which time alone will answer. But this much I can say,
that at the present moment we cannot do without her. The work is far from
being finished; the foundations have been solidly laid, the building is
rising full of promise. … But the point has not yet been
reached when it can be left to its own resources. Of what can we
complain in regard to England? To her we owe our wealth and our prosperity,
she has treated us with a consideration and a justice to which none of the
great Powers had accustomed us.”
H.E. MOUSTAPHA FEHMY PASHA, PRIME MINISTER
Dittrich
51
It is in talking with men like his Excellency that one arrives at a
comprehension of all the difference between the past and the present.
“Look,” he said to me one day, “at that land
covered with hotels and palaces, sprung from the ground as if by
magic. Twenty years ago one might have offered it for nothing, and no
one would have accepted, for it was not worth the amount of the taxes
which one would have had to pay. To-day it is worth millions
sterling, but what would it be worth to-morrow if England quitted
Egypt?”
And to my question as regards the capacity of the younger generation,
he replied:
SIR ERNEST CASSEL
Lafayette
“Great progress has been made. Morally and physically our
youth is much superior to that of the last two generations. But we are
still in a state of transition. Not to day, not even in the near
future, shall we be able to find amongst ourselves all the elements necessary for the administration, the guiding
and directing, of a great and rich nation.”
Since confidence was restored, foreign capital has flowed into Egypt, where
opportunities of placing it favourably are numerous. Naturally the English
were the first to have a finger in the pie, but the importance of their
capital invested was considerably less than that of France, until the time
when one of the most famous English capitalists, Sir Ernest Cassel,
suddenly appeared on the banks of the Nile. With M. R. Suarés,
the Egyptian banker, he is responsible for three enormous enterprises,
“The Daira Saniah,” “The Assouan
Dam,” and “The National Bank,” the lastnamed
52
giving birth shortly
afterwards to “The Agricultural Bank.”
The establishment of a National Bank had been a crying necessity for some
time, and its success was assured. Its influence to-day in all which
vitally concerns Egypt is enormous.
The affair of the “Assouan Dam” was another
masterstroke. Sir William Garstin having completed all the plans for
the huge reservoir, there arose the question of finding the
£3,000,000 necessary for its construction. The Caisse de la
Dette, composed of members representing France, England, Germany,
Austria, Russia and Italy, who controlled at that time all the capital of
Egypt, threw difficulties in the way, and demanded that the contract should
be put up for tender. The Government objected for the following reasons:
“To firms tendering at least two years' study of the
question would be necessary: on receipt of their offers another six months
would be required by us to study the plans; in that way three precious
years will be lost, whilst we have in hand the offer of a firm whose
reputation for honesty is world-wide, Messrs. Aird and Co., who are
ready to carry out the plans of Sir William Garstin. They do not ask for a
penny of the cost, but are willing to accept an annuity of
£100,000. Why hesitate?” The question was decided.
The contract was placed with Messrs. Aird, but as they required the money
to carry out the work, they applied to Sir Ernest Cassel, who thereupon
furnished the money required. And as the announcement that the scheme was
to be carried out was noised abroad the value of land in the whole of
Egypt rose by leaps and bounds. Messrs. Suarès and Cassel
brought out at the same time a third affair, that of the
“Daira,” a land company, out of which they made over
£3,000,000.
The “Daira Saniah” was one of the properties belonging
to the Khedive Ismail, which this Sovereign was made to hand over to Egypt
and his creditors. The working of the estate was difficult and costly, and
was far from bringing in what had been hoped. One day it was announced that
the Government had sold it for £6,250,000 to Messrs.
Suarès and Cassel, with whom were associated a group of French
capitalists, headed
VIEW OF THE CITADEL
Sanderson
53
by M. Cronier, a group who had
just taken over the Sugar Works and Refineries.
These three huge affairs, brought out suddenly by the same men, created a
considerable stir, especially when it was learned that the Government had
in their possession a report of Crookshank Pasha, representing the
English bondholders, which declared that the
“Daira” was worth at the lowest computation,
£10,000,000.
No one was in a position to know the value of the estate better than
Crookshank Pasha, and it must be acknowledged that he had not
deceived himself, since the “Daira,” resold by
Messrs. Suarès and Cassel, fetched over
£13,000,000. The deferred shares issued at £I
are now quoted £108, ex £78 which were paid to
the holders last October. As to the profit of over
£6,000,000 made on the sale of the land, half of it was
paid to the Government, the remaining half going to the Cassel group,
who had agreed by the terms of their contract to remit to Egypt one-half of
any profit accruing at the final liquidation.
M. RAPHAEL SUARÈS
In this way millions were made; but they are as nothing compared to the
millions gained by those, rich or poor, who bought, some large, others
small, tracts of land from the Cassel group. These sales being made, if
desired, at so much down, and the balance in bills at a certain date,
people bought and sold, rebought and resold, without ever
having entered into possession of the land, which, as a matter of fact, was only handed over this year.
Boghos Nubar Pasha informed me that he had purchased
54
lands in the
“Daira” for £60,000, and for which he has
to-day been offered £300,000.
Scarcely had these three huge affairs which I have briefly described been
granted to Messrs. Cassel and Suarès than the Financial Adviser,
Sir E. Palmer, on whose advice the Egyptian Government had acted, retired,
and was nominated manager of the National Bank. There was some
ill-natured comment on this appointment, but I have been unable to
find any confirmation of the suggestion that it was connected in
some way with the Daira's transactions, though I took
the pains to inquire about it even at the offices of the Caisse
de la Dette, where “Financial Advisers” are not
in great favour.
THE LATE SIR E. PALMER
Dittrich
Human nature would not be what it is if this nomination had been
allowed to pass unnoticed, and being misunderstood no hesitation was
shown in certain quarters in launching all kinds of accusations
against the Financial Advisers in general and Sir E. Palmer in particular.
The reputation of the latter is so great that I should not have troubled
to mention these insinuations had I not heard them repeated within the
precincts of the Caisse de la Dette itself, that institution which has done
such yeoman service for Egypt but whose rôle is now over. One morning I betook myself to their
offices. On entering I felt as if I had suddenly penetrated into the abode
of the dead. The long cold corridors, the empty rooms, the unoccupied
offices, all gave an impression of sadness and gloom. The representatives
of the six Great Powers who, under the title of Commissioners of the Debt,
have for twenty years controlled and directed the finances of
55
Egypt, are men of remarkable
intelligence and ability. Now even amongst those who have consistently
voted against France and in favour of England the greatest discontent is
manifest.
“Look how one thing leads to another,” they said to me
at the Caisse; “they have withdrawn from us the millions which
we administered wisely and well for Egypt, under the pretext that they are
required for the carrying out of certain great works, amongst others the
raising of the Assouan Dam. Now that the money has been handed over, these
projects have been abandoned or postponed till the Greek kalends.
Where are those millions now? At the National Bank, which will allow Egypt
21/2 per cent, interest on money which it can employ profitably at 8 per
cent, to 10 per cent.! Is it any wonder that tongues will wag and
insinuations be made?”
There are, of course, in this, as in most disputes, two sides; and the other
side I had the opportunity of hearing when a few days later I received a
visit from Harari Pasha, one of the greatest authorities on Egyptian
finance, who ought to be well up in the question, seeing that at the
Finance Ministry he was in charge of the department whose business it was
to look after the “Daira Saniah,” and who, resigning
his post after many years of excellent service, now directs the Daira
Estate in the interests of the Cassel group.
Having told him of all I had heard, I will give word for word his reply:
“There is in what you have said a grain of truth, but much that
is false; and it is this grain of truth which has given rise to so much
talk. The Financial Advisers have never made use of their position for
their personal profit, never! And Sir E. Palmer is the last man in the
world to do so. Only he left the Government service to take up a brilliant
position; hence the trouble. Palmer was poor, why should he refuse
such a good berth? As to making him responsible for the sale of the
‘Daira,’ the thing is ridiculous, for, powerful as
the Financial Adviser may be, he can do nothing without, on the one hand,
the approval of the Council of Ministers, and, on the other, that of Lord
Cromer. The idea that Lord Cromer would allow any suspicious deal whatever
is so absolutely impossible that one does not stop even to consider
it. The truth of the matter is, that the thing was done with the
56
complete approval of all the
members of the Government, Egyptian and English. No one could foresee that
the estate would increase in value to such an extent, and in so short
a space of time. £6,250,000 was considered a very good
price for the ‘Daira,’ and, besides, the buyer said,
‘I relieve you of all the trouble, all the anxiety, all the
expense which the estate has brought you. On my part I shall do
the best I can for myself, and if at the finish of the business
there is a profit, we shall share equally in it.’ It
must be admitted that the offer seemed a good one, and one
cannot blame the Adviser who recommended it and had it approved
by the Ministers.”
DOOR TO SEBÎL MONTAHAR
David Gardiner
Some time after, I had occasion to discuss these matters with M.
R. Suarès, the well-known banker and financier.
“The thing won't hold water,” he
said, “and I can prove it. It was I, and not Cassel, whom I had
only seen once in my life and with whom I had had no business
relations—it was I, I repeat, who obtained first the concession
for the founding of the National Bank and the option of purchasing the
‘Daira’ for £6,000,000. Our house,
Suarès Brothers, not wishing to supply all the capital
necessary, I left for London with the intention of offering a share in
the business to one of my friends On the boat, Mr. D., well known in
Egypt, advised me to immediately see Cassel, who, he believed, was anxious
to enter into business relations with
57
Egypt. I took his advice. When
I offered 50 per cent.of the ‘Daira’ to Cassel he
said: ‘I know nothing about this class of business, what do you
think it ought to yield?’ I told him I looked for a profit of
something over £1,000,000, when he said he would trust to me;
and the affair was concluded. The concession for the Bank seemed to please
him more, and he asked who we should place at the head. It was then that
I proposed Palmer, whose name, so well known as Financial Adviser, was
bound to carry weight. You will see, therefore, that there was absolutely
no arrangement between Sir E. Cassel and Sir E. Palmer.”
One thing is certain, and that is that the financiers and speculators are
to-day in Egypt a formidable force to reckon with. Lord Cromer, who has a
horror of everything in the nature of a gamble, and who sees clearly the
danger which threatens his work, has, unfortunately rather late in the
day, clipped their wings.
As long as he holds the reins he will apply the brake which will keep Egypt
safely and surely from the mad rush which would lead to a crash such as the
world has never yet seen— whilst he is there—yes, but
when he is gone?
That is the question which many thoughtful men are asking to-day, and they
naturally fear that through political and other influences a man of less
experience may be given the place so brilliantly filled by Lord Cromer,
when the day comes for him to exchange for a well-earned rest the field of
battle and of progress on which he has covered himself with glory.
Serious faults and great errors—Story of the sale of the Suez
Canal shares—The Anglo-French Treaty—French
interests— Small faults and small errors—The
schools—The sugar works—Commerce—The
Caisse de la Dette—Antiquities— M.
Maspéro—Work commenced by the French:
Irrigation— Canals—Dams—English
engineers invented nothing—They carried out the plans of
French engineers—Cromer and France.
“It is from our officers, our engineers, our sailors, our
agronomists, our jurists, that Egypt for many years has borrowed her
instructors, her masters, her methods, and her laws. Moreover, our
colonists, industrial and commercial, have settled in great numbers in
the valley of the Nile. They consider themselves almost on French soil,
and for them life in Egypt is no exile. Thus is explained this flow of
capital which we have directed into the coffers of the Pashas, and this
marvellous Suez Canal which seemed destined to be the work of
French hands. Our position during three-quarters of a century has
been superior to that of any other nation: an unheard of combination
of circumstances has been necessary to lead to its decline, which, I
dare to believe, is but a temporary one.”—DE FREYCINET, La question d'Egypte.
PYRAMIDS AT SUNSET
Al Vista
ALAS, M. de Freycinet, this “unheard of
combination of circumstances” was brought about by the errors
and weakness of the statesmen who, at different times, controlled the
destinies of France, and above all by those who, after having extolled
the idea of armed intervention by France and England in Egypt, drew back,
leaving the latter Power a free hand in cette terre à moitié
française. I am quite ready to recognise
59
that on this occasion the
responsibility rests less on the Government, which proposed loyally to act
with England, than with the parliamentary majority who forbade it.
France, you say, still weakened by the awful struggle of 1870, alone in
Europe, feared lest events in Egypt might lead to a general conflagration,
and wished therefore to preserve intact the defences of the country. That,
evidently, was M. Clemenceau's idea when he carried with him the
parliamentary majority, holding up before them the terrible spectre of
war, crying:
“Truly, it seems as if, somewhere, there were a hand preparing an
awful cataclysm in Europe. Who will dare to take the responsibility of what
is coming? Who will say, when the day comes for diplomacy to settle the
Egyptian question, that it is better for France to take her place by
the side of England against Europe, than to join with Europe, claiming
her just share of influence over Egyptian affairs?”
The misfortune was, that once France had refused to follow England, Europe,
in her turn, refused to follow France, and not a voice in the European
Concert was joined to hers in protesting against the English occupation,
unless from time to time, but feebly and without conviction, that of
Russia.
Where, then, lies the good in recrimination? Besides, as M. de Freycinet
recognised himself, the most violent reproaches levelled at England had no
foundation; she had no desire to enter, manu
militari, into Egypt, she did everything which lay in her power to
avoid doing so, but, forced to do so, she sought to have France with her. I
will add that the same “combination of unheard of circumstances
which led to the decline of French influence” forced England to
remain in Egypt.
Neither this French decline nor this English ascendancy is
“temporary.” The time of dreams is passed. It must
now be recognised that English influence in Egypt is so deeply rooted that
she has nothing to fear, and that, politically speaking, French influence
has ceased to exist. I say politically, for the Egyptian, who formerly had
two countries, “his own and Paris,” will always have
for France feelings of friendship and affection, such as he will never have
for any
60
other people. In his
character, his tastes, his ideas, and his inclinations, he approaches much
nearer to the French than to the English. He can become a sincere and
devoted friend to the former, who treats him as an
equal, but never to the latter, who, on every occasion, asserts his
superiority and treats him as an inferior. The Egyptian appreciates what
England has done for his country, he is grateful, but coldly, and
without enthusiasm. Lord Cromer is feared, respected, admired, but
GHEZIREH BRIDGE
Dittrich
not loved: he is the saviour and the judge in whom he has
absolute confidence, but he is also the man who, whilst saving him, has
left on his skin the marks of a strong hand.
The Egyptian owns to a gratitude without bounds, an immense admiration, a
blind belief—but not to that affection which he will willingly
extend to the first Frenchman he meets, who shakes him by the hand and
treats him as a brother. If he studies French, it is from choice; if he
studies English, it is from necessity; for, from top to bottom of the
social scale, the latter is the language which he will find most useful. In
the Ministries, where the Advisers are English, in the Posts,
Telegraphs, Telephones, Railways, English is imperative; in the
61
hotels and business houses it
is the same, for it is the English and Americans who form the great
majority of the tourists, the source of considerable wealth to Egypt. When
acquainted with the two languages, he will be found making use, of
English in his office, French in his home, the first for business, the
second for friendly and affectionate intercourse. He prefers the goods and
the products of France, he loves French literature and art,
for these he understands, these he can assimilate and
appreciate, whilst even the masterpieces of English genius are
for him too heavy and too cold.
But, in spite of all that, the Egyptian has no desire to see
England replaced by France, and if, to-morrow, his feelings on
this point were put to the vote, I have no doubt whatever that
the status quo would be demanded by an immense
majority.
FLOWER-SELLER
David Gardiner
The feelings of the better-class Egyptians with regard to France were very
clearly explained to me one day by one of the most intelligent and
up-to-date men in Egypt at the present moment. I refer to the Minister of
Finance, Mazloum Pasha.
“Well,” he said to me, “whom can France blame
but herself? It is by her own faults that she has lost
Egypt— and such faults! She accomplished the construction of the
62
Suez Canal after a homeric
struggle with England, who would have none of it, but who by the mouth of
her Prime Minister declared it to be a Utopian idea, a will o'
the wisp. The work was done with the aid, moral and material, of the
Khedive Ismail, a magnificent work which should have remained for ever
her inheritance and ours, but at the time of the downfall of Tsmail, she
could not, in time, make up her mind to prevent England acquiring the
shares which enabled her to have a voice in the affairs of the Canal and
Egypt. Besides, it was to France that these shares were offered by the
Khedive.*
Why did they not take them? Who was to blame? Why in 1882 did she
refuse to follow England after having agreed to an armed intervention?
“You see the great errors committed in the past the French
continue to make to-day on a smaller scale in those affairs in Egypt where
their interests are affected. Take, for example, the sugar works and
refineries, an enormous business and an excellent one, which had a
marvellous future before it. They constituted part of the
‘Daira.’ When that was sold and a French group had
acquired the works, they were offered, at a very low price, the lands
necessary for the growing of the sugar cane, without
* A
group of Paris bankers to whom the shares were offered decided to buy
them, after considerable hesitation, on the condition that the Government should lend to them a kind of moral
support. Whilst the Government, on its part, hesitated, or simply
took its time, Mr. Oppenheim of London, who had a Paris correspondent
and one in Cairo, had Lord Beaconsfield informed by Mr. Greenwood of
what was going on, and of which the British representative in Cairo was
still ignorant. Mr. Oppenheim declared to Lord Beaconsfield that the
sum of £4,000,000 was necessary to purchase
Ismail's shares, and that, by going into the market for the
amount, the affair might get to the ears of the French bankers, who
would thereupon immediately close. In his opinion it was necessary to
act at once, and Rothschilds alone could give the four millions. Lord
Beaconsfield did not hesitate; he sought the Rothschilds, and said to
them: “I need four millions on the spot for a certain
affair. I have no security to offer. As soon as Parliament meets, I
will present a bill for the sum necessary to repay you. If Parliament
approves, good and well; if not” … The
Rothschilds agreed at once. They advanced the £4,000,000,
and, that same day, the English agent in Cairo, to his great
astonishment, received a telegram ordering him to announce to the
Khedive that England would buy his shares.
63
which the works were useless.
With a lack of foresight almost incredible, the Board refused the offer.
What is the result? Up to now the supply of cane has been sufficient
because, in the contract, the Government undertook to have under
cultivation*
on the lands leased by it enough cane to supply the works. But the
Government has now sold these lands, and the peasant, finding it more
profitable to cultivate cotton and onions, does not wish any longer to
plant cane. What will the refineries do when they can obtain no
more?”
H.E. MAZLOUM PASHA
Dittrich
Mazloum Pasha was now started, and in the most perfect French he
proceeded to discuss all the French affairs in which he was
interested, for it is well-known that, at the bottom of his heart,
he entertains a feeling of the warmest affection for France.
“Naturally,” he continued, “when we see the
admirable way in which England conducts her business, and compare
it with the way in which France here conducts hers, we cannot but
congratulate ourselves, in spite of our sympathies for her, that she does
not direct and control ours. I will give you an example of the lack of tact
of which we complain. You know that the French schools in Egypt under the
direction of the Jesuits have rendered an immense service to our
country. Up to the present they are the only really good schools which
we have possessed. To them has been entrusted the education of the children
of almost all the best Egyptian families. We owe them much, but they also
owe us much, for without us they
* In
leasing the land in Egypt, the farmer is often obliged to cultivate a
certain quantity of a particular crop.
64
would not exist. Our tolerance
has enabled them to establish themselves here. Would you believe it then
that the Jesuits have, for us and our feelings, absolutely no
consideration? We Mussulmans have two feast-days in the year on which we
are accustomed to have a family gathering. Naturally, we like to have
our children with us; but it is impossible, we have never been able to have
it, because these feast-days do not exist in the
Christian Calendar. Now, look at the Christian feast-days
NILE BARRAGE
Lekegian
they cram down our throats! How many times in the year are our
children at home because it happens to be the Feast of the Virgin, or
Easter, or Christmas, or St. Joseph, or St. Nicholas, or Ascension, or the
birthday of the Rector, or a visit from Monsieur the Bishop of some place
or other? We do not complain. We keep our children on those days of
lost study, for which, all the same, we have to pay, but surely we
might be allowed to have them on the two occasions we wish!
“Then there is something still more ridiculous. It is well
understood that our children, when they attend the French
65
schools, belong, and will
continue to belong, to the Faith of Islam, and that no effort will be made
to turn them from their religion. No effort is, in fact, made, but they are
obliged to take part in religious services, and to learn the
Catechism. Can you imagine anything more ludicrous than a Jesuit
asking, ‘Are you a Christian?’ of a child which he
knows perfectly to be a Mussulman, and who must
reply, if he wishes to earn a good mark, ‘Yes, I am a Christian,
by the grace of God.’
“Frankly, what do you think of it? You may ask me,
‘Why send your children there?’ Simply because, in
spite of this, they are the best schools we have, and at no others can
our children obtain such a good education. It was so yesterday, but it is
hardly so to-day, and it will no longer be to-morrow. In fact, the English,
the Germans, above all the Americans, and even the Jews, have set to work,
and the schools which they are opening, and of which many are excellent,
are beginning to tell on the Jesuit colleges, for in these schools they
have the good sense not to make little Mussulmans repeat by heart,
‘Yes, I am a Christian, by the grace of God.’ And
that is how,” concluded his Excellency, “the French,
whom we love so much, muddle up their affairs great and small.”
Faithful to my resolution to hear always both sides of a question, I betook
myself one morning to the Jesuit College of the Holy Family, at Cairo,
where I was cordially received by the Rector, the Rev. Father Cottet. The
two hours' conversation which I had with this man, so well read,
so frank, so liberal minded in his ideas, so absolutely sympathetic,
will remain amongst the most pleasant recollections of my stay in
Egypt. I recounted to him the criticisms which I had heard, without,
however, giving the name of my informant. He listened with the greatest
attention, then smiling frankly, he said:
“Your discretion availeth not. I know very well from whence that
criticism comes. Mazloum Pasha is a man whom I love and admire. He is a
Mussulman, up-to-date and liberal. To come to the point which interests
you, I can tell you that the children of whom his Excellency spoke to you
are not here. They are in a college situated in another town, and it is
not for me to criticise what they do there. What I can say is this,
66
that here religious
instruction is in no sense obligatory, nor is it general.
“Our consciences, as men and as priests, will not allow us to
force children belonging to a different faith to assist at our religious
services. On the contrary, it would be against the commands of the
Church of Rome. You must observe that, leaving aside the question
of religion, there would be an excellent reason for insisting in
the French schools that the pupils attending them should be
taught the salient points of the Christian religion, without which it
would be impossible to understand the great French classics, such
as Racine, Bossuet, Fénélon and La Fontaine. We
Christians learn heathen mythology in order to understand the ancient
literature. Put on these grounds the question ought not to trouble any
Mussulman, and the proof that it does not do so lies in the fact
that many of them attend voluntarily the religious classes. Our
Church in Egypt is much more liberal than people believe.
FATHER COTTET
Ritsert
“We should like to see the ignorant and backward population
of Upper Egypt, of which a large part possesses neither religion nor
schools, raised from the state of brutishness in which it exists. Hundreds
of villages are begging for teachers, not having the necessary
£15 a year to pay for one. It is nothing to them to what
religion he belongs, they ask only a little light in their darkness. This
population, morally speaking, belongs to those who take to them the first
elements of civilised instruction. We are so convinced of the necessity of
67
immediate effort being made
that we are searching everywhere for Christian help, even
outside the Church of Rome. We are attempting to raise the Coptic
Church, and we have actually founded a small Coptic seminary, whence have
gone forth the Bishop and his priests.”
I then questioned Father Cottet as to what he thought of the decline of
French influence in Egypt. “It is Fashoda,” he said,
“which has done us most harm. Twenty years of British occupation
has not shaken French influence as much as this unfortunate event. Marchand
abandoning his position at Fashoda, that was the symbol of France
abandoning the position in Egypt which she had held for a century.
After Fashoda, in the Government schools, the children gave up the
study of our language and chose that of England; it was then understood
that England was, once and for all, mistress of Egypt. But the popularity
of the French schools has not diminished; on the contrary the number of
pupils is increasing yearly.
“Far from having encountered any opposition on the part of the
English, we recognise that Lord Cromer has invariably treated us with the
greatest justice and consideration. We have nothing but praise for him.
Times have indeed changed. Only a few years ago, a priest dared not show
his face in the crowded quarters without being grossly insulted,
whereas, to-day, wherever he may go, he is treated with respect. Order
has taken the place of anarchy.”
All those representing French interests in Egypt have spoken thus of Lord
Cromer. At the offices of the Sugar Works and Refineries, the
Administrator, M. de la Bouglise, said: “The policy of Cromer
has always been just and liberal. He defends his position, but, at the same
time, he is always ready to recognise the rights of others. The
representative of England, all powerful here, has always been most
considerate to us; we cannot say the same of every one. We have
certain powerful enemies who spend their time in waging against us a
violent campaign of slander and lies. Last year when the chiefs had left
for their holidays they did not hesitate to spread the report that they had
left for good, taking the cash of the Company with them.”
68
It is certainly true that war is being made against the Sugar Company, and a
person well up in the question enlightened me as to the reasons. They are:
(1) Not having bought, whilst they were still to be had at a low figure, the
lands necessary for the growing of the cane.
(2) Having spent money lavishly and needlessly on the building of offices,
stores, and houses for the employees, &c.
SUGAR-CANE MARKET
D. Gardiner
(3) Having alienated the peasants by treating them harshly. These, for
example, complain bitterly that the order for cutting the cane is given too
soon, so that, instead of having it weighed immediately, it is allowed to
dry for several days, thus diminishing the weight and the amount due to
the grower. As it is, cane bringing him in very little, he prefers to
raise other crops.
(4) That the system in vogue of allowing the agents of the Company to make a
personal profit upon purchases, is detestable, as there will always be
found some ready to rob the peasant or the Company, or both, for his own
benefit.
69
(5) Above all, the Society is accused of speculating in its products, and
with its shareholders' moneys, in the European markets, and of
running the risk of a formidable smash.
The above was written by me in the month of May last. Before leaving Cairo,
I had mentioned the five indictments against the Company, which I have here
enumerated, to M. de la Bouglise, who promised me a detailed and
categorical answer. In spite of continual requests on my part for this
reply, I was still without it when the suicide of M. Cronier, the death of
M. de la Bouglise, and the crash of the Sugar Company came to confirm all
that had been prophesied.
I should like, however, to warn my readers against two things to which these
events seem to have given rise in certan quarters, the first a tendency to
believe that the Sugar Works and Refineries of Egypt is a rotten concern,
and the second, a belief that Egyptian investments in general are risky.
Nothing is more unjust. The Sugar Works were led. on by a man of undoubted
talent, but rash to the verge of madness, towards that abyss at the bottom
of which he himself found his death. But that does not prove that the
business itself is a bad one. Two of the best-known men in Egyptian
financial circles spoke to me last spring as follows: “The
situation is far from being a desperate one … it may become
brilliant … to do so one thing only is required which up to now
has been wanting: a good Manager.”
With that, undoubtedly, the Sugar Works can still recover. At the time of
writing this (November 1) I understand that Sir E. Cassel, M. Raphael
Suarès, and other capitalists have promised assistance on
condition that the shareholders and creditors remain calm, and do not force
a liquidation.
To judge Egyptian investments by this unfortunate affair would be folly.
There are in Egypt hundreds of concerns absolutely safe, and which are
returning excellent profits; but of course, these are bound to suffer from
the fact that for some time a number of companies have been floated
whose shares, flooding the markets, are not worth the paper they are
printed on. Nevertheless, I state that there is not another country where
better investments can be made, or safer, but naturally one has to know how
to choose.
70
There is no doubt that Lord Cromer's policy has always been to
conciliate French interests, as far as is compatible with the future of
those he represents. Desiring strongly an entente with France in Egypt, and understanding that to obtain
FRENCH DIPLOMATIC AGENCY
Dittrich
his compensation must be granted elsewhere, he has worked,
perhaps harder than any other, towards a general understanding between the
two peoples. The Anglo-French agreement was the first step towards the entente cordiale. In certain quarters it has been
alleged that this agreement has been entirely to the advantage of England,
and that France has sacrificed interests in Egypt which were real, to
interests in Morocco which are imaginary, or, at least, almost
impossible of realisation; that England, whilst keeping to herself Egypt,
71
a country rich and peaceful,
has handed to France Morocco, a country poor and restless. But, when the
agreement was signed, no one supposed that the Emperor William would
appear on the scene in the way he did. It is only natural that England
should have retained the fruits of her twenty years' labour in
Egypt; and, besides, it must be pointed out that, when England first
entered Egypt, her position there was quite as difficult as that of France
in Morocco. If France, once an understanding is reached with Germany, will
follow in Morocco the policy which has so well succeeded with Lord Cromer
in Egypt, it is quite probable that her success will be equally great.
As to the real interests which France has sacrificed, I confess I cannot
see them. Her commerce, the capital invested by her merchants and
financiers, her schools and her subjects established in Egypt, enjoy all
the liberties, all the protection, all the facilities possible, and
continue to give every sign of abundant prosperity. The one thing which
France has renounced is the right which she formerly possessed of
having a voice in the conduct of Egyptian affairs, and to control,
first with England alone, later with the co-operation of the other
great Powers, the finances of the country. Since England had shown that it
was impossible for her to leave Egypt, France had recourse to what has been
called “the policy of pin-pricks,” which consisted in
opposing and thwarting all her schemes.
With their minds made up beforehand, the French and Russian representatives
voted against most requests for money made by the Egyptian Government for
the carrying out of the great projects of Cromer and his Advisers.
The Caisse de la Dette had certainly every reason for insisting on the
greatest economy when the country trembled on the verge of ruin; but it is
impossible to approve of its extreme niggardliness when its coffers were
running over with gold, or the hoarding of millions when the entire future
of Egypt depended on the intelligent use of the money. If the Caisse
de la Dette had at the time given up the funds necessary for the
construction of the Assouan Dam, Egypt would not have been to-day so firmly
in the hands of English financiers. The event which, undoubtedly, decided
England and Egypt
72
to withdraw the finances
definitely from the control of the Caisse, took place at the time of the
Sudan campaign.
To reconquer her possessions, given over to fire and bloodshed by the
Dervishes, Egypt, who had been silently preparing for several years,
required the sum of £500,000. This she demanded from the Caisse,
and, after a violent discussion, the representatives of England, Germany,
Italy and Austria decided to grant the money. The French and Russian
representatives, on the other hand, voted against, appealing to the
Tribunals, pleading that the unanimous consent of the Commissioners was
required, and that a majority of four voices out of six was insufficient.
They won their case, and Egypt had to surrender the money, her money, with interest! What happened then?
Without hesitation, the English Parliament voted the amount required by
Egypt and placed it at her disposal, thus consolidating her position, and
giving her an excellent reason for placing herself side by side with Egypt
in the Sudan, reconquering that province with Anglo-Egyptian troops
and English money.
It is pertinent to ask whether, in refusing this money, and in attempting,
in consequence, to delay the campaign in the Sudan, France and Russia had
not in view the possibility that it might fall into the hands of Colonel
Marchand and the strong Abyssinian force which should have joined hands
with his, and enabled him to overcome the Dervish hosts? It must be
admitted that the policy of thwarting England in refusing to Egypt the use
of her own money was one unworthy of a great nation, and was, besides, much
more prejudicial to Egypt than to England. No one understands better
the foolishness of this policy than the present representative of
France in Egypt, M. de la Boulinière, a man of sterling
qualities and intelligence, and a keen and energetic diplomatist.
I have been able to divine in M. de la Boulinière two feelings,
at once natural and just. The first, a great regret at the recollection of
the privileged position, a position quite unique, which France occupied on
the banks of the Nile twenty-five years ago, but lost now through many
errors and the consequences following on them; the second, the danger of
the policy of pin-pricks, from which no good could possibly come.
A SWORD-MAKER
David Gardiner
73
The real opinion of the representative of France was, I believe, from the
start that “France would either have to eject
England forcibly from Egypt, or come to an understanding with
her.” It is certain that one or the other had to be
done, and as France did not wish, even for Egypt, to let loose the awful
dogs of war, it was necessary to come to an agreement,
“In view of the position obtained by England in the latter
years,” said M. de la Boulinière to me, “the
agreement cannot be considered a bad one. England first of all asked
considerably more. She desired, for example, the complete abolition of
the Caisse de la Dette. We obtained its retention, not, certainly, to
control the entire Egyptian finances, but to watch over the interests of
the bondholders, and over the reserves which guarantee the payment of the
interest. That was a great point gained, for, with the new policy of
spending up to the last penny, and the possibility that England might,
more and more, make use of Egyptian funds for the needs of the
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, the danger was always present of money running short,
when the temptation would arise to dip into these reserves, at present
locked up in the coffers of the Caisse. The new treaty places on the same
footing the employees of both nationalities, and, as the Frenchmen
to-day occupying posts in the Government have given the greatest
satisfaction, nothing would seem to threaten their position.
“The ‘antiquities,’ that is to say all which
concerns art in Egypt, the museums, the monuments, the temples, are
also left to France. M. Maspéro, Director of this important
Department, continues the work of Mariette and other French
Egyptologists, who have earned renown in bringing to light the ancient
Egyptian civilisation.
“In spite of the advantages which a knowledge of English procures
for an Egyptian, to whom it is necessary in all the Government posts, and
although in the purely Egyptian schools English is much in demand, in spite
of this, I say, the French tongue continues to gain in popularity, thanks
to the Congregational Schools, who struggle manfully and successfully.
The Jesuit Colleges and the schools of the Brethren are overflowing,
74
their success is enormous and
continually increasing, at Alexandria as at Cairo.
“At Assiout, where the Austrian mission have important schools,
they have been obliged to open a French department, so great and so
pressing is the desire of their pupils to learn our language. Besides, the
French School of Law has a great
M. DE LA BOULINIÈRE
Nadar
and well-earned success. It would be much easier, simpler, and
cheaper for the Egyptians to study at the Khedivial School, for then they
could pass their examinations at Cairo, whereas those who study in the
French school must present their thesis in French, at their own cost.
Notwithstanding this, our school is the more popular, and the Egyptian
students, each year, pay in entrance fees £2400. To sum up, the
study of
75
the French language in Egypt
is far from being on the decline.”
M. de la Boulinière also recognises the high qualities of Lord
Cromer, his powers of concentration, his oneness of aim, his iron will, and
the courtesy which he has always shown towards French interests even when
opposing them.
MADAME DE LA BOULINIÈRE
Nadar
The representative of France also drew my attention to the fact that the
most important works lately executed in Egypt had been suggested, often
even begun, by Frenchmen. It must not be forgotten that the first dam
across the Nile was made by French engineers near Cairo. This huge work,
built of granite, has considerably increased the wealth of Lower
Egypt, and will resist the ravages of time as the Pyramids have done.
76
I cannot better close this chapter than by quoting a passage in a letter
which I have lately received from an eminent Frenchman, and one well
acquainted with Egyptian affairs:
“… Your book on Egypt, where, in spite of everything,
France has left her mark. Cromer, in a statement, very cleverly but very
incompletely presented, of contemporary history in Egypt, wishes to show
that, for anarchy and waste, England has substituted order and wealth. He
would not have detracted a whit from the glory of England if he had
stated that the work already accomplished by the French had served as a
point of departure for all the important improvements which they have been
able to accomplish.”
Amusements of Cairo—The clubs—Sports—Mena
House and the Pyramids—Helouan and the Desert—The
Fish-market— Dances—Immorality—The
lowest depths—Roulette—The
Greeks—Guilty officials—The
capitulations—The tribunals—
Justice—Nubar's work—Situation difficult
and often ridiculous.
RACECOURSE, CAIRO
THE amusements of Cairo, numerous and varied, cater
for every taste. I have already spoken of the balls and fétes given by the hotels, each one endeavouring to
outdo the other in lavishness and ingenuity.
The climate on the one hand, with its warm and sunny days, and, on the
other, the Anglo-American element keen on all manner of sports and very
numerous, naturally lead to many out-of door meetings. At tea-time, the
terraces of the Ghezireh Palace are invaded by a fashionable and
cosmopolitan crowd, who amuse themselves listening to the music and
still more to scandal. The Palace is situated on the Island of Ghezireh, a
park in itself, of which one part only belongs to it. A huge space is set
aside for the Khedivial Sporting Club, to which any visitor to Cairo may
belong. There, there are excellent Tennis -courts and croquet lawns, a
golf course, polo ground, and lastly a racecourse. Matches of all
sorts, besides races, are continually taking place, and attract a large
crowd of players and pretty women. This is one of the most charming and
popular spots in Cairo. At the entrance to
78
Ghezireh there is a curious
roofless building of white stone, made up of a stage and boxes, which is
used, I believe, in summer as a café-concert. An enterprising gentleman attempted a year
or two ago to establish there a miniature Monte Carlo. He arrived one day
with his luggage, composed exclusively of roulette boards and pretty
women, the latter more charming than virtuous, and was convinced that,
armed with such irresistible weapons, he would experience little difficulty
in plucking the rich visitors and spoiling the Egyptians. It was an old
game; but this time he had reckoned without his host, Lord Cromer. Little
did it matter to him that the tourists should be done if they chose to
be; but what he did care about was, that such a place of perdition
should be established in Cairo, where all the Egyptian employees in the
Government, and others besides, should gamble away their all too
insufficient salaries.
The conflict was a short one; the roulette boards left for home, whilst the
pretty sinners, stranded without a sou, endeavoured in vain to establish
themselves in the fashionable hotels.
A Japanese passing through Cairo asked, I presume for curiosity, if there
was such a thing as a “yoshiwara” in the town.
“My dear sir,” said the English officer to whom the
question had been put, “it would be quite unnecessary. We have
here so many ladies quite comme il en faut.”
In place of the official “yoshiwara,” there is,
however, a whole quarter where vice reigns and
flourishes—the Fish-market. It is here that in the cafés and other houses one can see the
famous danse du ventre, whilst in the very lowest
places, for a few francs, one can assist at scenes of the most revolting
immorality.
The danse is far from being as interesting as people
imagine. I do not know whether these extraordinary contortions were
ever artistic, but if they were so they must have sadly fallen off. To-day,
the majority of the women who twist and turn their bodies in public are
ugly, old, repulsive, and rolling in fat. I have said the majority, for
there are without doubt a few exceptions, at least there were some dozen
years ago.
Finding myself in Cairo in January 1893, I made an arrangement,
NATIVE MINSTRELS
Lekegian
79
rather a risky one I believe,
with a donkey boy to take me to one of the houses in the Fish-market. On
arriving, I seated myself on a stool in a small chamber lighted by two
smoky lamps. In the opposite corner, three ugly and dirty women played
infamous music on impossible instruments. Disgusted and rather scared,
I thought of beating a retreat when the dancers made their appearance,
and I remained, astonished and charmed. I was young in those days, and
perhaps apt to look at things through rose-coloured spectacles,
especially where the fair sex was concerned. The three women were
young and exquisitely made. One was black as ebony, a Nubian, I
suppose; a second had a skin of marvellous whiteness, her I took to be
a Circassian; whilst the third, like bronze, was an Egyptian. It was
extraordinary. The three, who formed such a striking contrast,
advanced, retired, returned, with heads and breasts now thrown back,
now thrown forward to within a hand's-breadth of my face, their
flesh quivering, the scent of their bodies in the air, their harsh
cries joined to the wild music. I was completely overcome, and, for
once, I believed that I had really assisted at a scene worth seeing.
“DANSE DU VENTRE”
As to the houses where one can witness indescribable orgies, I pass them by
in silence, simply remarking that they would not exist a day were it not
for the tourists who support them.
At Cairo there are two excellent clubs: the Turf and the Khedivial. The
first, although numbering amongst its members several Europeans and
Americans, is essentially English; and, considering the contempt which they
profess for the Oriental races, it goes without saying that its doors
are closed to all Egyptians. The Khedivial, on the other hand,
80
counts amongst its members,
not only well-known foreigners, but numbers of Princes, Pashas, Egyptians
and Turks. Play is high. When Lord Cromer consented to be a patron of
the Turf Club it was, I am told, on one condition, and that was that
there should be no gambling. The promise then made has no doubt been
forgotten, for card-playing is now very much in vogue.
STREET IN Old Cairo
Gardiner
The Khedivial Theatre, much criticised but much frequented, has generally
each winter a remarkably good programme. The season is divided into
two parts, the one given up to Opera, the other to Comedy and
Drama. The theatre, built in a few weeks when the Khedive Ismail
wished to give a representation of
“Aïda,” has served its purpose, and
now a loud cry is heard for a more modern house, the building of
which, I believe, has been decided on. The interior, of white and
gold, very pretty, is surrounded with two tiers of boxes, let by
subscription to the élite of Cairo
society; and it must be admitted that when the feminine rank and
fashion of the town are gathered within its walls, dressed in the
latest mode, and flashing with superb jewels, real or otherwise, the sight
is a magnificent one.
The Arab quarter and the bazaars are always interesting for strangers, but
ladies ought never to go there alone, under pain of being handled by
fingers more expert than clean. The mere fact of being in the bazaars is
for a foreigner a curious sensation. The narrow streets, bordered with
shops open to the air, filled with gaudy goods; the indescribable
smells, mixture of attar of roses, fried fish, scented tobacco and filth;
81
the strange swarming crowd of
Orientals and Africans with skins tawny or black who invade the narrow
pavements and the roadway, the drivers crying, shouting, cracking
their whips to make a way through the midst of the indifferent mass,
and with difficulty avoiding running them down, presents a striking and
unforgettable picture of life, movement, colours and smells. The bazaars
themselves are long alleys, passages where one has to watch
one's feet, and on each side of which are the shops, where all
the products of the East are exposed for sale, not to mention the German
imitations, very cheap and very nasty. Here are carpets, curtains, carved
wood inlaid with mother-of-pearl and ivory, old weapons; there again
perfumes, jewels, precious stones; whilst a little further on the eye is
attracted by sandals of brilliant red leather and graceful form, cloths,
Arab robes, fez; and lastly the vendors of objects in exquisitely carved
bronze and copper. Here also are vases, lamps, huge trays, coffee services,
flower-pots of varied and charming designs. At certain places the
carvers, seated at the doors of their shops, are seen busy at their work.
The scene is intensely interesting, though the bazaars at Cairo are much
inferior to those of Constantinople. It is also necessary to remark that it
is not in the bazaars that the finest work of the East is to be found, but
only the cheapest, and not even that if the buyer has not all his wits
about him, for in no place in the world is there to be found a bigger
thief and cleverer rascal than the bazaar merchant. Those who wish to
purchase anything first-class will find it outside the bazaars. Opposite
the Savoy Hotel, for instance, there is the shop of Spartali and Co., where
the most exquisite rugs and carpets can be had. These, of course, are not
manufactured in Egypt, but in Smyrna from where they are sent all over the
world. It is safe to say, however, that some of the finest specimen of
the modern, as well as of the ancient, art of carpet weaving are to be seen
in Cairo.
To all those who are interested in Arabic art, so dainty and so exquisite, I
should advise a visit to the “Musée
Arabe,” and the Mosques, where they will find many treasures in
the way of sculptures in stone, wood, and metal, paintings, and
wonderful gilt work. There is, for me, an immense charm in entering
82
these houses of prayer and of
hope, these temples where reigns, calm and dignified, a religion which has
inspired so many beautiful things, and which continues down the ages to be
the moving influence with so many millions, whose souls, like our own,
live in the hope of an everlasting bliss.
The domes and minarets of these Mosques, piercing with their graceful forms
the intense blue of the sky, produce an exquisite effect when seen from the
Citadel, on the hill which overlooks Cairo and its surroundings. This can
be reached by carriage, and at the same time will give the visitor an
opportunity of seeing the tomb of Mohamed Ali in the Alabaster Mosque, a
building begun by the founder of the Khedivial dynasty himself. This Mosque
is not remarkable for anything but its size and the marvellous way in which
it is lit. It is a wondrous tomb, and worthy of the greatest sovereign of
Egypt.
From this coign of vantage, the view of Cairo, white and
grey, surrounded with gardens through which flows the Nile in all its
majesty, is one never to be forgotten. It lies, an oasis of verdure and
habitation, in the midst of the surrounding Desert, which stretches far
away into the distance, until lost to view in the infinite. And if,
dreaming, you have let your eyes wander towards where the sun is setting in
a purple glow, of which the reflections light up the white walls of
the city, and if you feel oppressed by the thought of all the
centuries which are gone and their profound mystery, of the future
which lies before, all unknown, then lower your gaze, and at your feet, on
the huge place where religious processions setting out for Mecca are wont
to start, you will see the youth of Egypt vigorously enjoying a game of
football, and, waking from your dream, you will once more return to an Egypt à l'anglaise.
It goes without saying that in the country par
excellence of excavations and discoveries archæological and
historical, the Museum is intensely interesting. That of Cairo is a
French work in every way, and one of which to be proud. It was founded
some forty years ago by the famous French Egyptologist, M. Mariette, on
whose death, in 1881, it was taken over by M. Maspéro, who after
five years gave up the post to M. Grebaut, he in turn being succeeded by M.
de Morgan. Once
THE SPHINX AND PYRAMIDS
David Gardiner
83
more M. Maspéro has
taken up the work, and never has there been a head of a department more
esteemed and better loved.
The Museum occupies to-day an immense building, admirably situated, and only
recently finished. There are to be found the treasures without number which
the picks of the savants have unearthed from their hiding-places, where
for centuries they have rested in peace. Here can be seen in the
crowded halls all the history of Egyptian civilisation stretching back for
thousands of years B.C. Her kings and queens, her
princes and princesses, her soldiers and priests, warriors and conquests,
her funerals and her feasts, all are there in the shape of mummies with
golden masks, statues of stone, granite and bronze, of bas-reliefs
wonderfully worked, of commemorative tablets, of animals, flowers,
furnishing, and tools of every manner and kind.
I know nothing more affecting than these temples of the past, where, brought
together, lies all which has constituted the life and, alas! the death of
nations once great and powerful; all that has constituted the glory, the
happiness, and the sorrow of those who, it may be thirty, it may be forty,
or it may be fifty centuries ago, drank of the brimming cup of life
under the same sunshine which warms our blood to-day, and who have now
passed to the great unknown.
The statues, the vases, the altars, the sacrificial stones, the sarcophagi,
the bas-reliefs, all these, I confess, left me cold; but I was drawn by an
invincible power towards the cases where lay these little things which, thousands of years ago, had been daily touched by
hands then supple and alive, to-day cold and withered, the hands of these
silent forms whose deathly sleep in their narrow mummy cases has been
to-day rudely disturbed, brutally interrupted by a curious folk,
searching, seeking everywhere, unmindful of the dead. Here lie the
little objects which have graced the toilette of some great dame, their
exquisite jewels which prove how cunning was the worker in those far-off
days. Rings and earrings, charms and crowns, diadems and pendants, lovely
pieces of gold finely chiselled and incrusted with gems, ornaments, once
upon a time, of princesses and lovely women, powerful and beloved.
Speak of the art nouveau, and the horrors perpetrated to-day
84
in its name, and I will say to
you, “Come hither and see what these old Egyptians could do, and
with what a sure and exquisite taste they did their work.”
And my emotion increased still more when my eyes, astonished, rested on
those flowers dried and wonderfully preserved, those flowers which
perchance, one sunny morning, centuries ago,
springing from the rich earth, were plucked by a hand eager and
quick with the joy of life, flowers, may be, to whom
lovers' lips had whispered words of tenderness and hope.
God! Can it be that all that, the essence of the life of a people,
has come to recall to us across the centuries the vanity of
earthly hopes? Amen! you will cry. So be it, we shall say no
more. Let us leave the dead to M. Maspéro and his
fellow savants and let us go forth into the sun, the air,
and the fulness of life.
THE PYRAMID ROAD
Dittrich
There is, to my mind, no more delicious road in the world than the large and
lovely avenue which leads from Cairo to the Pyramids of Ghizeh, constructed
at the entrance to the Desert. Along its length of seven miles are superb
and lofty trees. At all hours of the day it is full of life: in the
morning, ladies and gentlemen out for a canter; mules, donkeys and
strings of camels, going and coming from the market. In the afternoon,
fashionable Cairo, walking, driving or
85
motoring, and on the left the
electric tramway with its note of modernity. This magnificent road was made
in a few weeks at the time of the opening of the Suez Canal by the
Khedive Ismail, in order that the Empress Eugénie might drive
comfortably to the Pyramids. The Pyramids! what varied spectacles they
have seen in the forty odd centuries before the exploits of Napoleon and
since! Egyptians, Greeks, Romans, Turks, French, English, all have come,
one by one, to pitch their tents and unfurl their flags; whilst to-day,
tourists of these and many other nations congregate in their
thousands, fraternising and happy, joining in a pilgrimage of
curiosity and pleasure.
Many are the reasons for which they come. First of all because they are the
Pyramids, and it is necessary to “do” them; secondly,
because it is an object for a very pleasant outing, and the Desert air, so
pure and invigorating, acts as a tonic on all. Then again there are others
who come to be photographed with the Pyramids, in
order to prove to any doubting person at home that they have really been
there, but, alas! how many of these have been deceived by the
pseudo-photographer, whose outfit has consisted of an empty cigar-box,
a black cloth, and a specious manner. After having posed with the neck
stiff and the body uncomfortable, and having given his address and a
sovereign, he is surprised to hear a few days later that he has quite
spoilt the picture by having moved.
The precincts of the Pyramids are infested with an army of Bedouins, these
devils of the Desert who, I believe, fear neither God nor man, and who live
for two things only, and which they often obtain—plunder and
women. Clothed in their long robes, wearing a turban, and armed with a
stout stick, they surround the unfortunate tourists, making them the most
tempting offers to show the Sphinx and the Pyramids, or to ascend the
latter.*
The greatest prudence should be exercised, especially by ladies, at least by
those who are not on the look-out, as it seems
* It
is incomprehensible to me that the Government does not put a stop, once
and for all. to the disgraceful behaviour of these Bedouins.
86
sometimes happens, for a
disgusting experience. The ascent of the Great Pyramid is difficult and
tiring. The rapidity with which the Bedouins accomplish it is truly
extraordinary. Many tourists of both sexes resign themselves to the
more sober joys of watching the performance from below. Two Bedouins
are as a rule sufficient to hoist up a man, but three at least are required
where a lady is concerned. Whilst one of these miscreants takes her by the
hands, the other two push from behind, and it is then that they find an
opportunity for playing their tricks.
At the foot of the Pyramids, on the borders of the Desert, is one of the
finest hotels in Egypt, Mena House. At the tea-hour its terraces are
crowded with a gay and brilliant throng. The large and comfortable salons, the delicious Moorish dining-room, the
excellent food, the open-air swimming bath, the golf course, the
Tennis -courts, the croquet lawns, all go to make a stay at Mena House one
of the most pleasant incidents of a trip to Egypt. The stables are
excellent, and the charges reasonable. Carriages, hacks, donkeys,
camels, and sand-carts, the last small vehicles,
with wide flattened wheels, enabling them to pass over the sand without
sinking, and by their means many a pleasant excursion can be made into
the Desert. There are often at Mena House sporting meetings, which are
very, popular. The camel races are particularly amusing. These animals seem
to understand perfectly what is going on, and are as keen on winning
as their riders. Last winter, a camel, furious at being passed, seized
in his teeth the leg of the jockey of his more speedy rival, and bit it
with fury.
It is by moonlight that a stroll in the Desert is so charming when the
Sphinx and the Pyramids rise mysteriously from out the Desert. It is the
lovers' hour, and after a good dinner at Mena House, couples
arm-in-arm seek the solitude and the shadow of the huge monsters of stone
who, for thousands of years, have served as a shelter for their kind. What
a thousand pities that they cannot speak! or perhaps, it is just as well.
There is another charming and popular spot, within half an hour's
rail from Cairo, also in the Desert, but in an opposite direction. This is
Helouan, celebrated for its sulphur waters.
87
The baths, as well as the
Grand Hotel and the Hôtel des Bains, belong to the
“Société des Hôtels
Nungovich,” and are perfect in every way. Here there is no dust,
no noise, no dirt; the air is dry, bracing, and pure, and the calm ideal.
There is another excellent hotel, the Tewfik Palace, besides numerous
pensions.
Helouan lies at the foot of the mountains, on one of which a sanatorium, El
Ayat, has recently been opened. In this wonderful situation, invalids and
convalescents can find every comfort and convenience. There are, of course,
the ubiquitous golf links, also a racecourse, which, now and then,
attracts the fashionable crowd from Cairo.
So, briefly, I have described the principal amusements of Cairo. It only
remains to say a word or two on those infamous gambling-hells which are one
of the most abominable plagues of the town.
Places of debauchery, ruin, and perdition, all the efforts of the Government
have not yet succeeded in stamping them out, simply because the Egyptian
Government in the year of grace 1905 is not master in its own house.
Ridiculous as it may seem, Egypt still remains a Turkish province, whilst
the Ottoman Empire and its dependencies are still bound to the Foreign
Powers by the Capitulations.
In a word, and for those who are ignorant of them, the Capitulations are
clauses in certain treaties, entered into between Turkey and the Christian
Powers, defining their rights and privileges in Ottoman territory.
According to these Capitulations, foreigners living in Egypt do not come
under Egyptian jurisdiction; they cannot be arrested without the
consent of their Consul, whilst the police may not enter any house or
building belonging to a foreigner unless a representative of the Consul be
present. Egyptian police, standing at the door of such a house, and hearing
the owner being murdered inside, would have no right to enter to his
assistance.
One can easily understand to what abuses such a state of affairs can lead. I
have, in a former chapter, had a good word to say of the Greek colony in
Alexandria. Then I was speaking of the upper classes. There is another
class, that of the merchants, of whom good also can be said. Admirable men of
88
business, pioneers of
civilisation, they have helped very considerably in the development both of
Egypt and the Sudan. There is, unfortunately, a third class of Greeks,
thieves, smugglers, fancy men, of the worst description, who are
masters of the lowest depths of Cairo. For reasons best known to
themselves, the representatives of Greece have given only a
very lukewarm help to the Government to put an end to this
shameful state of affairs. Besides, this Greek Brotherhood of
vice and crime seem to have spies even within the walls of their
Consulates; for, in a mysterious and inexplicable fashion, they
continually get wind of a police raid, officially accompanied,
long before it takes place. It is really to be desired, for the
good of Egypt herself, and of the respectable foreign element
residing there, that the Powers should renounce their rights in this
matter of the Capitulations, and leave to the English and the Egyptians the
framing of a system of justice less complicated.
DANCING GIRL
D. Gardiner
One can easily imagine the state of things which existed before that great
statesman, Nubar Pasha, established the Mixed Tribunals in 1875. Until that
date there were in Egypt
89
seventeeen different Consular
jurisdictions, before whom it was impossible to obtain justice, when, as
often happened, a native or two Europeans of different nationalities were
opposed. The native had, in some instances, to appear before two or
three different Courts, according to the nationalities of the various
defendants. The claims of foreigners against the Government increased; and,
in the absence of any Court where such could be adjusted, they were taken
in hand by the Consuls, and, thanks to the feebleness of the Government,
led to the disbursement of many and heavy indemnities.
From the judicial point of view absolute confusion reigned— a
state of things which, at last, could no longer be tolerated, and which had
arisen less from the Capitulations themselves than from the errors which
had gradually been allowed to enter into the interpretation of the texts,
and which had altered their spirit. To put an end to this Nubar saw but one
remedy, —the establishment of Courts in which European and
native judges should sit together, and to induce the Powers to accept
on behalf of their subjects Courts thus composed, giving every possible
guarantee of impartiality. He did not try to disguise the difficulty of
obtaining the consent of the Powers to a reform which would tend to lessen
the importance of their Consulates, and from the first he warned the
Khedive that, in order to bring it about that all Europeans should submit
to these Courts, it would be necessary to inspire confidence and give
every guarantee, to do which it would be necessary that the Khedive
should set the example, and that his Government and he himself should
submit themselves to the same Tribunals. This was, it is true, a lessening
of his absolute power, but no one could object that the rights of the
European population were not protected by these tribunals as against the
Government.
The Khedive was the first to suffer from the existing state of affairs, both
as the reigning power and as a private individual and owner of about
one-fifth of all the cultivated land in Egypt; it was therefore to his own
interests to see these Courts established, and he did not hesitate to give
his approval. The negotiations with the Powers commenced in 1867. In
London, the scheme was warmly welcomed, as also in Berlin. In Paris, the
Emperor was personally all in its favour: “The
90
idea is great in its
simplicity,” he said to Nubar, who had come to him to explain
matters; then he added textually: “But it is a moral revolution
which you are introducing into Egypt, and one which will exercise a great
influence on affairs in the East.” The audience closed with the
promise of the Emperor to recommend the scheme to his Government.
Unfortunately, his Ministers were not of the same opinion, and the reform
encountered in M. de Moustier, Minister for Foreign Affairs, a
strenuous opposition. This opposition on the part of France was continued
for eight long years, in the course of which the negotiations suffered many
interruptions, but were taken up afresh on each occasion, thanks to the
energetic perseverance of Nubar. But France was not alone in her opposition
to the reform: the Khedive himself, who had welcomed the scheme
enthusiastically, a scheme by which he had seen a means of getting rid of
the continual interference of the Consuls, and of establishing an
independent Government in Egypt, was not slow, influenced by interested
parties, to see a danger for himself in the weakening of his absolute
power, of which Nubar had from the beginning advised him.
So, profiting by the difficulties with which the project was being met in
Europe, he stopped more than once the course of the negotiations. Thence
sprang these divergences of opinion with Nubar, who could not reconcile
himself to the abandonment of a scheme which in his eyes was inextricably
bound up with Egypt and her future welfare. These differences in time
assumed a character so bitter that Nubar, who from the beginning of the
negotiations lived almost constantly in Europe, was several times
completely ignored, in disgrace with the Khedive. Without allowing himself
to be discouraged, he did not cease to persevere in order to win over
Ismail to his ideas and to obtain his consent to the renewal of the
negotiations with the Powers. At last his efforts were crowned with
success, and the reform took place in 1875.
But Nubar had made many bitter enemies amongst those who had everything to
lose by the establishment of justice, and who did not hesitate to accuse
him of ingratitude, accusations as unmerited as they were unjust. These
enemies relied above all on the influence exercised by Nubar on the abandonment
PYRAMIDS OF GIZEH
David Gardiner
91
of the properties of Ismail to
the State. But this abandonment was claimed in. 1878 by the Commission of
Inquest, and it was because Nubar saw no other means of escaping from
a catastrophe that he placed it in his programme as one of the conditions
of his agreeing to form a Ministry, when, on the eve of bankruptcy, the
Khedive, as a last hope, appealing to his patriotism, recalled him from
Paris, where he was living in disgrace. Egypt was at the end of her
resources, the Government was being worried by its creditors, whilst
the Commission of Inquest insisted on the giving up of the
Khedivial lands, in order to conclude the loan necessary for the
payment of the most pressing demands, and thus avoid bankruptcy. This
abandonment alone could save the country and the Khedive himself,
and Nubar had the courage, which no other Egyptian then possessed,
of telling Ismail so, and advising his acceptance, adding that he
himself could not otherwise undertake the responsibility of forming a
Ministry. The Khedive understood, and after some days'
hesitation, natural enough in the circumstances, he handed over his
properties to the State. And it is certain that if after this statesmanlike
and patriotic act, thanks to which Egypt escaped the threatened
catastrophe, Ismail had kept his promises and had governed loyally with the
Ministry in which, under the presidency of Nubar, Sir Rivers Wilson and M.
de Blignières took part, he would have remained on the throne to
the day of his death, and neither the revolt of Arabi nor the subsequent
events would have taken place. After the cession of the land and the
raising of the loan, a wise administration, inspiring confidence, would
have been
NUBAR
92
sufficient to re-establish the
finances in a few years, and to save the country from the crisis through
which it was passing. Events have amply proved the soundness of these
precautions, and the excellence of the remedy in which Nubar had
insisted as the price of his co-operation. It was on account of
ignoring these and refusing to submit himself to the carrying out of
this programme that Ismail was obliged to abandon his power. After having
been absolute Lord and Master of Egypt, he could not bring himself to
accept the much more modest rôle of an
almost constitutional Sovereign created by the new régime.
Therein lay his error and the cause of his fall.
Can one in good faith base an accusation of ingratitude on a measure which
Nubar advised the Khedive to accept in such critical circumstances as being
the only one by which he and the country could be saved? If Ismail had
reflected, he would not have been long in realising the truth, and I
can quote this phrase, uttered by him to several Egyptians whom he had
invited to meet him at Naples, whence he had retired after his deposition:
“My error has lain in not having listened to Nubar, if I had
followed his advice I should still be Khedive of Egypt and the
Sudan.”
The enemies of Nubar, undoubtedly the greatest statesman Egypt has had, have
spread many of the most ridiculous rumours with regard to him. They have
even pretended, and it is still repeated in Cairo, that he had become a
naturalised Frenchman, but that after the war of 1870 he had become a
German! Needless to say that this stupid accusation was absolutely
unfounded, and that Nubar lived and died an Ottoman subject. He has also
been bitterly reproached for having favoured England in Egypt, and opposed
France. I do not believe that Nubar ever favoured the policy of either
one country or the other, unless, indeed, by so doing, he could obtain an
immediate benefit for Egypt. Egyptian first, and loving his country
passionately, having dedicated all his powers to her service, it was
natural that he should incline to those whose assistance he found useful to
Egypt. By training, education, and tastes, he was certainly more
French than English; he had been brought up at the College of Sorreze
in France, where he had contracted many firm friendships:
93
and it was in France, at
Paris, that he sought rest on each occasion when politics had left to him
some leisure moments.
Why not frankly recognise that the policy of different Governments which
have succeeded one another in France have been unlucky for Egypt?
To conclude this subject, it has, I think, been clearly proved that Nubar
has rendered to Egypt very great and very real services, and that the most
important of these has been the establishment of the Mixed Tribunals.
Ismail and his reign—Dreams of empire—Follies of a
Sovereign—Fêtes at the
opening of the Suez Canal—Rivers of gold—The
Empress Eugénie—Anecdotes—Unpublished
history of the Abyssinian War—Ruin—Mysterious
death of the Finance Minister—European
intervention—Exile—Sad death of a man who, in
spite of his faults, was a great Sovereign, and to whom Egypt owes
much—Khedive Tewfik—His life and death as told by
his doctor—The famous accusation of poisoning.
“My country is no longer in Africa, we now form part of
Europe.”
TOMBS OF THE KALIFS
Al Vista
THUS did the Khedive Ismail, grandfather of the
present ruler, one day express himself. He might have added:
“By my folly I have thrown my country into the arms of
Europe; she holds it, and will never release her hold.”
After the formidable effort which Mohamed Ali had made on behalf of Egypt to
cast off the yoke of Turkey, and to play the part of a great Power, the
latter, under the reign of the Sultans Abbas, and Said, had fallen into a
profound lethargy. She would thus, no doubt, have continued, not to live
but rather to vegetate, had not that madman of great ideas, that
illbalanced genius, that Sovereign, magnificent and unfortunate,
Ismail Pasha, roused her from her torpor, and drawn on her and on himself
the attention of the world. At the same time
95
for his happiness and for his
misfortune, destiny decreed that the Suez Canal, the concession for which
had been granted by his predecessor, Said, to M. de Lesseps, should be
carried out during his reign.
This magnificent achievement, the glory of France and of M. de Lesseps, who,
with undaunted energy, had brought it to completion in spite of the
furious opposition of England, this work, I say, marked the crowning
point of Khedive Ismail's reign. He wished that the entire
universe should be a witness to the glory which the genius of France
had shed on his country, and he brought together, from every
clime, thousands of important personages, to witness the opening
of the Canal, and to take part in the fantastic fêtes which he had organised.
KHEDIVE ISMAIL
One had never before seen, nor, probably, will one ever see again,
anything to equal these. The four thousand guests of the Khedive,
amongst whom were the Empress Eugénie, the Emperor of
Austria, and the Crown Prince of Prussia, took part at Cairo and Ismailiah,
in uninterrupted fétes, banquets, balls,
operas, fireworks, gala performances, on the most lavish and reckless
scale. The guests had to spend nothing; railways, steamers, hotels,
carriages, even washing was paid for them with incredible prodigality. No
control was exercised on the expenditure, and, for weeks, champagne flowed
in palaces and hotels. The latter were paid when they wished, and as
they thought proper, at the Ministry of Finance, where no one questioned
their bills.
The three outstanding figures at these fêtes,
of which the
96
echoes reached to every corner
of the earth, were Ismail, the Empress Eugénie, and de Lesseps.
Clothed in a cloud of glory, the triumph was theirs, and who shall say how
many mortals there were who looked with envy on them? Sic
transit gloria! How short a space of time was necessary to
overwhelm and destroy all their lofty hopes and gorgeous dreams! Who
would have foretold that Ismail, deposed and exiled, would have died
heart-broken, far from his native land; that de Lesseps, broken down by
years, and even more by mental suffering, would have expired, stricken with
grief at the sight of his name linked to a work which had failed and sown
ruin broadcast; or that that proud and superb Empress, having lost
throne, husband, and child, alone surviving would still be wandering across
the world in mourning and sorrow?
At this time the influence of France in Egypt preponderated. The sad events
of 1870 had not changed the situation, and two years later we find Ismail
still surrounded with men whose sympathies were altogether French, and who
exercised on him much more influence than his Ministers. Amongst these
intimate advisers of the Khedive must be mentioned: Barot Bey, his
secretary, whose lovely wife had great influence in Cairo; Dr.
Burguiéres Bey, his doctor; Gaston de St. Maurice, Master of the
Horse, come to Cairo on the recommendation of General Fleury, and who had
fitted up magnificent stables, copied from those of Napoleon III.; Count
della Sala, his equerry, who had served as a captain under Maximilian
in the Mexican War, a man exceedingly popular, especially with ladies. The
Count was the first European to have a liaison with a Turkish lady of very high rank.
To these three men, forming the immediate entourage
of the Khedive, must be added the name of Count Koszielski, a Polish
gentleman, who, after having served in the Prussian army, had installed
himself in Paris. A man of the world, of charming manners, living the life
of a grand seigneur, and with great influence, he
obtained the post of chef d'escadron of
the Imperial Horse Guards. At the same time it was reported that he had
conquered the heart of an Imperial Princess and became her lover.
Following on events too numerous to be detailed here,
97
he gave up his commission in
the Imperial Guards and arrived in Constantinople, at a time when the
Poles, like the Hungarians, all enemies of Russia, were received with open
arms. At the time of the Crimean War he was a Colonel in the Turkish
army, when, on his becoming a General, he took the name of Seffer Pasha.
Prince Napoleon having been given command of an army corps, Turkey appointed
General Seffer Pasha as his aide-decamp, and
thereafter Prince and General lived together in perfect harmony, as far as
possible from cannon balls and bullets. At the conclusion of the war,
Seffer Pasha, invalided, was obliged to relinquish his command, and, the
doctors advising a warm climate for the winter, the Sultan recommended
Cairo, asking him at the same time to keep an eye on the Khedive,
whose fancies towards independence were causing him some anxiety. But
Ismail had his own spies at Constantinople, and, knowing the object of
Seffer Pasha's visit, found means to gain him over by the
present of a house, grounds, and money.
Seffer, French by taste and inclination, joined the clique of St. Maurice,
Burguières and Barot, forming round Ismail a barrier of French
influence which seemed likely to resist every assault. The first breach
occurred when Ismail, driven by the immediate necessity for money, sold his
shares in the Suez Canal. The £4,000,000 paid him by England
opened the door to English influence.
The Khedive's histoires amoureuses would fill a
big volume; but with all his love for fêtes, pleasures, and recherché suppers (it was at one of these that he had
brought to him on a huge silver tray a young and celebrated horsewoman) he
seldom sought the company of foreign ladies. From Constantinople he
brought slaves of every type of beauty, and, accustomed to do everything on
a big scale, his harem was composed of four legitimate
wives, with the title of Princess, and 250 concubines.
The fourth wife of Ismail was, they say, a common slave, quite unknown, who
one evening when Ismail had supped not wisely but too well, having brought
his bed to lay on the floor in Turkish fashion, found favour in his sight.
Whether or
98
not the Khedive ever regretted
his action is not known, but the law of Islam is strict in these matters,
and the slave, about to become a mother, was elevated to the rank of
Princess.
The fashion with regard to these things was a curious one. When one of the
wives of the Khedive became enceinte, she was sent
to the Palace of Kasr-el-Nil, known to the wits as the
“Nursery.” After the birth of the child took place,
Ismail gave to the mother a well-furnished Palace supplied with
eunuchs and all the attendants due to her rank. From time to time he came
to pay a visit, bringing with him a sack of gold, which was placed in a
press, and out of which, without any control, hands full of money were
taken for the needs of the house. And the number of these houses was many.
But the dream of Ismail was the creation of an African Empire, great and
powerful, which, freed from the yoke of Turkey, would stretch from the
Mediterranean to the Equator. One knows how the Egyptian soldiers conquered
the Sudan and the equatorial provinces. The power of Ismail, at this
time, stretched as far as the Great Lakes, and his dream would perhaps have
taken a definite form had it not been for an unfortunate event, which
marked in a way the commencement of the setting of his star. I refer to the
war against Abyssinia, of which the particulars are, to this day, wrapped
in mystery.
One knows that a strong Egyptian army sent into Abyssinia never returned. A
few officers only, for the most part foreigners, having carved a way at the
point of their swords through the masses of the enemy, regained Egypt. One
of these was General Thurneyssen Pasha, a distinguished officer, a
well-known horseman, and celebrated duellist. Thurneyssen, who is to-day
equerry to his Highness the Khedive, first saw fighting in Mexico under his
leader and compatriot, Maximilian of Austria. After that heroic but
unfortunate war he entered the service of the Khedive Ismail, whom he
served with the greatest devotion, a devotion which he has continued to
display under Tewfik and Abbas Hilmi.
It was from his lips that I heard the details of the Abyssinan campaign,
which I can only briefly recount: Towards the end of 1874, Munzinger Pasha,
a Swiss in the service of Ismail,
99
was Governor-General of the
Egyptian Provinces of the Red Sea. One day he took by surprise, with only
two battalions, the Abyssinian province of Boghas, situated to the
north-west of Massowah. Munzinger pretended that Egypt had rights over
this province, from whence the Abyssinians were in the habit of making
raids into Egyptian territory. The truth of the matter is, that, having
married an Abyssinian from this part, a Christian like most of
her compatriots, and desiring to please her, he wished to place
the province of Boghas under Egyptian rule, in order that he might
live there with his wife during the hot season, this province lying
high above sea-level and possessing a cool and bracing climate.
GENERAL THURNEYSSEN PASHA
Dittrich
On news of this attack reaching the ears of King John, he was seized
with fury, and sent out several armed bands, who, entering
Egyptian territory, massacred a number of the inhabitants. Irritated
by these doings, and egged on by Munzinger Pasha, supported by Nubar,
the Khedive Ismail determined to despatch a military expedition to
Abyssinia. The object, presumably, was the punishment of the Abyssinians;
but, in reality, Ismail then at the height of his power, thought to conquer
the country, which, joined to the equatorial provinces, already occupied in
his name by Sir Samuel Baker, would have formed with Egypt and the
Sudan the vast Empire of his dreams.
The courtiers and flatterers surrounding him, assuring him that one Egyptian
regiment was worth 30,000 Abyssinians, and Munzinger boasting of his
ability to conquer Abyssinia with two battalions, the Khedive sent a force ridiculously
100
feeble. It was composed of
4000 men, commanded by a Dane, Colonel Armdrupp, a distinguished
artilleryman, but one whose knowledge was theoretical rather than
practical, as he had never before seen active service. He was
accompanied by Arakel Bey, a nephew of Nubar, who had just been
appointed Governor of Massowah. This small force, entering Abyssinia,
leaving, here and there, small posts, and reduced by the end of October to
3000 men, was suddenly attacked by King John in person, at the head of
30,000 men. The Egyptians were wiped out to a man, Armdrupp and Arakel Bey
perishing whilst bravely defending themselves. The Abyssinians gave no
quarter, whilst the wounded were finished by thrusts of a lance. Almost all
the corpses were mutilated.
When the news of this disaster arrived in Cairo, Ismail announced his
intention of taking a terrible revenge, and decided to immediately despatch
a powerful force. Organised with extraordinary rapidity, this consisted of
over 15,000 men, under the command of Ratib Pasha, a Circassian, Sirdar of
the Egyptian army. Thurneyssen, then a Major, was his aide-de camp, and there were in addition eleven American
officers, one Swiss, one Austrian, one Italian and one Belgian. The
Chief of Staff, and second in command, was General Loring, an
American, and under him was Colonel Dye, also from the States. The
artillery comprised thirty-four cannon and twelve fusées. On January 24, 1876, the Egyptian army left
Massowah, accompanied by an enormous baggage train, and entered into
the unknown and mysterious country, of which nought was to be seen but a
mass of mountains, seeming in the clear air to be surrounded with bluish
clouds. On March 7 they encountered the enemy, under King John, and victory
seemed assured when unfortunately one of the Egyptian battalions was
seized with panic. Sword in hand Thurneyssen and the other officers stopped
the fugitives, and were about to re-form when the cavalry, taken in turn by
a mad panic, fled pell-mell through the infantry. The rout was complete,
and seven entire battalions were, massacred by the enemy. Thanks to the
precaution which had been taken to construct a fort some distance in
the rear, several battalions and most of the foreign officers managed to
save themselves. There they made a stubborn
101
defence against the 100,000 of
the troops of King John, who, in the end, gave up his prisoners and allowed
the Egyptian force to retire. So ended this unfortunate campaign,
which cost Egypt 10,000 men, and an immense sum in money.
Ismail's financial condition became at this time more and more
critical. Egypt, sucked dry by the Khedive and his agents, had given up all
her resources and all her savings, everything indeed which the unfortunate
people could sacrifice. Unable to meet his creditors, almost entirely
Europeans, to whom he now owed some £80,000,000, and who were
noisily insisting on the protection of their various Governments,
Ismail was obliged to open the door to European intervention as represented
by England and France.
I have no intention of repeating here the long story of his difficulties or
the efforts of the two Great Powers to restore order out of chaos. I will
rest content with recalling an event which at the time created a great
sensation, and which is, to this day, much discussed and misrepresented,
and in which a Minister, still living, is made to play a part which
was never his.
I refer to the disappearance and mysterious death of the Minister of
Finance, the Moufetish Ismail Pasha Sadik. This man, the creature, par excellence, of Ismail, had been the instrument,
clever but cruel, by which Egypt had been bled white. He alone knew by what
awful tortures the millions had been amassed, and how they had been
squandered, not only the millions of which Ismail had had the use, but
those also which he and his friends had divided amongst themselves.
When England and France had appointed their Commissioners to inquire into
the state of the finances of Egypt, Ismail understood that his Minister
would be amongst the first to undergo examination, and that there was every
probability that he, to use a vulgar term, would give the show away.
The only possible solution was to have him removed. There are not
lacking those who affirm that he was killed in a mysterious fashion by
order of Ismail. After conversations which I have had with persons closely
connected with this tragedy, I am convinced that the intention of the
Khedive was not to have his Minister killed, but only kept out of the way.
Ismail has
102
committed faults enough
without accusing him of being an assassin, and at the same time blackening
the reputations of those who were mixed up in the affair.
The following was told me by a person who was present when the Moufetish was
arrested: Under some pretext or other, Ismail called his Minister, and
after having chatted with him for a short time, he invited him to accompany
him to the Ghezireh Palace, occupied by Prince Hassan. In the best of
humours the Khedive laughingly said: “I must go and see my
daughter-in-law,” whilst, in the carriage, he cracked jokes and
seemed to be particularly happy.
Arrived at the Palace, he entered the apartments of the Princess, telling
the Moufetish to await him, for coffee, on board a boat, moored in the
river opposite the garden. It is at this point that the versions of the
story differ. It is asserted that the officer on guard was Moustapha Fehmy,
to-day Prime Minister, and that he had received orders to arrest the
Moufetish and, if necessary by force, to take from him his seal of
office. A terrible scene, so says this story, was enacted between the
two men, in the course of which, coming to blows, Moustapha Fehmy was
bitten severely on the hand. Certain persons in high places in Cairo have
assured me that the mark of the wound is still visible.
According to my informant, who was actually present, this did not occur. In
the first place, Moustapha Fehmy was no longer then an officer. He had
quitted the army on his appointment as Grand Master of Ceremonies, becoming
later Director of the Daira Cassa. He could not, therefore, have
commanded the guard which arrested the Moufetish. The truth is that when
the latter arrived on board the boat, of which the officers, devoted to the
service of the Khedive, had received orders not to let him escape,
Moustapha Fehmy, by order of the Khedive, came to him to announce that he
was a prisoner, and to demand his seal of office. The latter refused,
and, mad with rage against the Khedive, the world in general, and the
messenger in particular, he shouted, “You serve an assassin! May
he be damned! Your turn will come … today it is I, to-morrow it
will be you. Curse you, and if harm comes to me, may my blood be on your
head!”
THE MOSQUE OF MOHAMED ALI
Dittrich
103
To all those who know the Prime Minister, and who know him not only
incapable of any unlawful violence, but to be of a character of which the
chief traits are kindness, gentleness and sensitiveness, the effect
produced on him by these words will easily be understood, when his rôle had consisted in simply announcing
to Moufetish that, by order of his Sovereign, he was to consider himself
under arrest. Reaching his house, he was seized by a violent attack of
nerves, and for several days his reason, even his life, hung in the
balance. The greatest care had to be taken to ensure his ultimate recovery.
During this time the boat had weighed anchor and, ascending the Nile, had
arrived at Dongola in the Sudan. There was on board a guard under a Colonel
named Ishak Bey, whose orders were to treat the Moufetish well, but to
prevent him from escaping, and, above all, to obtain possession of his
seal. The Colonel could find nothing better to do than induce the
unfortunate Minister to drink, knowing that in his state of health, and
under the rays of the Sudanese sun, alcohol was fatal. Some days after
their arrival in this town, Ishak Bey received imperative orders to recover
the seal, and when he endeavoured to do so a terrible struggle took place
betwixt him and the Moufetish. It was in the course of this struggle
that the officer was severely bitten on the hand, and being unable to shake
off his adversary, he was obliged to kill him. The wound which he received
was of such a nature that, after his return to Cairo, and for many years
after, he was obliged to wear a glove.
Whilst this tragedy was being enacted at Dongola, official bulletins,
published in Cairo, announced to the public that the Moufetish, on account
of his delicate condition, had ascended the Nile for the
benefit of his health!
Such is the story as it was told to me by a person who is in a position to
know the truth. My impression is that neither Ismail nor his entourage had thought of an assassination, but
simply of an enforced exile, which the Sovereign considered indispensable
for his interests.
On the fatal road which was leading him to ruin Ismail was unable to stop,
and the hour came when, on the demand of France and England, who
represented the principal creditors,
104
the Sultan, his Sovereign,
deposed him, and, with tears in his eyes, he entered into exile. First he
took refuge at Naples, in the Palace of La Favorita, which the King of
Italy had placed at his disposal, whilst later he retired definitely
to Constantinople.
His son, Tewfik Pasha, who succeeded him, died before him, when the present
ruler mounted the throne, almost a stranger to his grandfather. It was a
touching scene when, one day, the young Sovereign and the ancient exile
met.
When the Khedivial yacht which carried Abbas Hilmi cast anchor before
Constantinople, a superb boat, urged forward by many stout oarsmen,
advanced rapidly, whilst in the stern, trembling with emotion, the ancient
Khedive sat. He had come to embrace his grandson, the living representative
of his country; for if there was one thing which Ismail loved even
more than himself, it was the land where he had been born—
Egypt, which, in his dreams, he had seen grow great and powerful. So, when
he felt the end drawing near, he had but one desire, one thought, to die on
the banks of the wondrous Nile, where he had known joy and sorrow, triumph
and humiliation.
He wrote to his grandson, asking humbly for a corner in his native land, a
corner, distant and solitary, where he could render up his soul to God.
Abbas Hilmi would willingly have consented; but, from high political
reasons, the request was refused by England. The days drew on. The old
Khedive wrote once more. He was dying, the most celebrated physicians
had placed it on record, and to their written word was attached a
photograph, showing, alas, that he was at the gates of death. He begged
that he might be allowed to be carried to his beloved land. But policy,
which knows no sentiment, gives way not even to death: the refusal was curt
and brief, and Ismail died in exile—far, as they said, from the
country which he had ruined.
Ruined? I often ask myself if Ismail has done to Egypt all the wrong which
is alleged. Certainly he led his country to bankruptcy and ceased to meet
his bills. But, if we examine his balance-sheet carefully, we are forced to
recognise that his credit was not far off his debit. His huge properties,
the Sugar Works, the State Railways, the Telegraphs, his Palaces, the
105
Ghezireh Park, the State
lands, all represented a colossal sum, the value of which could not have
been far short of the £100,000,000 which he owed. As the private
accounts of Ismail and those of the State were really one, it must be
recognised that, foolishly as he squandered money on fêtes and amusements, he also devoted enormous sums to
public works, whilst almost all the greatest and most important works
which to-day constitute the wealth of Egypt were begun during his
reign.
The best proof of what I have just said is that, after all, no one has
lost anything, and many of the creditors have been paid sums well
over the amounts actually due to them.
KHEDIVE TEWFIK
How many millions has England herself gained owing to the temporary
embarrassment of Ismail? I shall give one example only: The Suez
Canal shares, for which she paid £4,000,000, are to-day
worth £32,000,000. What a pity for Egypt that England, who
insisted that all the personal property of the Khedive should pass to the
country, and that the Princes, his heirs, should give up what would have
come to them, what a pity, I say, for Egypt, that England has not
considered that these shares belonged also to the country and that she
would give them up on payment of the £4,000,000! That, indeed,
would have been un beau geste!
Apropos of this, when the affairs of the Daira, once the
private property of Ismail, were wound up, this year with a surplus of
£6,400,000, the heirs of the Khedive, who had abandoned their
rights in favour of the creditors, expressed the opinion that it would be
only right that they should share in this brilliant
106
operation. But Lord Cromer,
with his usual frankness, sent them about their business.
I had an opportunity of discussing this question with the Financial Adviser,
Sir Vincent Corbett, at the time when many foreigners were expressing their
sympathy with the Princes, and I now give his reply.
“This is no question of sentiment but one of law, and which the
law alone can decide. Let us take a simple example. X. owes
£1000 and cannot pay; he says to Z., ‘I have a
property worth £1000, will you purchase it and pay off my
debts?’ Z. does so, arranges with the creditors, but,
instead of reselling the property at once, he keeps it, works it up,
and at the end of a certain number of years, sells it at a big
profit. Has X. any right to demand a share in that profit? Evidently
not.”
DR. COMANOS PASHA
V. Gaintini
The reasoning is apparently just, but to it the reply can be made that
the engagements entered into with the Princes when they renounced
their rights have not always been kept. I am assured, for example,
that his Highness Prince Hussen Kamel Pasha ought to have received for land
which he gave up to the State £24,000 per annum in lieu of
£40,000 which the estate would have brought him in. A short time
afterwards this sum was declared to be too high, and was reduced to
£18,000, whilst scarcely a year later it was further reduced to
£12,000, on the plea of the poverty of Egypt.
If the folly and prodigality of Ismail led to the intervention of France and
England in the affairs of Egypt, so the weakness
107
of his successor Tewfik Pasha,
who was unable to repress the revolution led by Arabi Pasha, led to the
armed intervention of the English. Tewfik was gentleness and kindness
personified. At the time of his death, which was rather sudden, the
rumour spread abroad that he was on bad terms with the English, who
would willingly have seen him out of the way. From that to the assertion
that he had been poisoned was a short step, and belief in it spread
rapidly.
I had occasion to speak with Dr. Comanos Pasha, physician to the Khedive, to
whom was entrusted the official inquest on behalf of the Government, when
he made the following statement:
“It is quite wrong to suppose that the Khedive was on bad terms
with the English. They had, on the contrary, complete confidence in him;
and the understanding was so good between them that, had Tewfik Pasha lived
a little longer, it is almost certain that England would have evacuated
Egypt. His Highness has often said to me in speaking of them,
‘Certainly, I do not love them; but I am deeply grateful, for it
is to them I owe the fact that, to-day, I am Khedive of Egypt. Without
them, where should I or my children have been?’ Therefore, far
from wishing his removal, the English, who knew that they could count on
him, desired that his reign should continue.”
According to Dr. Comanos Pasha's official report, Khedive Tewfik
died of influenza, complicated by double pneumonia and acute nephritis. Had
Tewfik Pasha the presentiment of coming death? One would almost believe so
when one remembers that, a few months before his death took place,
taking advantage of the holidays which the heir apparent Abbas was
then enjoying in Egypt, he decreed him to be of age, although he had not
reached the customary number of years. It was this decree which avoided a
Regency, and permitted the present Khedive to ascend the throne on the
death of his father, although, legally, he had not attained his
majority.
His Highness Khedive Abbas Hilmi—The man and the
Sovereign—His accession—His feelings as regards
France and England—First interview at the Abdine
Palace—Story of his Highness'
railway—An afternoon at the Palace of Koubbeh and visit to
the estates—Excursion with his Highness on the Ismailia
Canal—Visit to the Palace of Montazah and lunch with his
Highness—Excursion with the Khedive on his Mariout
Railway—The opinion of his Highness on the present state of
affairs and on England's policy in Egypt.
THE KHEDIVE'S STUD-FARM
Al Vista
CALLED suddenly in 1891 to ascend the throne, his
Highness the Khedive Abbas Hilmi left Vienna, where he was finishing
his studies, and arrived in Egypt, with, in spite of his youth, very clear
and decided views in regard to his rights and duties as a Sovereign. Not
having been able to appreciate personally the rôle which England played in his country, it was only
natural that he should resent the presence of a foreign army on the soil of
his native land, and it was with a heart full of misgiving that he
returned.
A certain number of his entourage, along with several
foreigners, more or less connected with friendly Governments, all fishers
in troubled waters, took advantage of this state of affairs to urge the
young Sovereign, then without experience, to a complete rupture with
England, assuring him that, on the
109
day of the struggle, French
bayonets and Russian Cossacks would be there to back him up.
Very brave, very sure of himself, the Khedive one day took the great step
and showed England the door; then, looking round for his backers he found
… space. Those even who had most strongly persuaded him had
quietly disappeared. In 1878, at the gates of Constantinople, England had
cried to Russia, “So far, and no farther!” And the
Colossus of the North had stopped.
Twenty years later, at Fashoda, England cried once more, this time to
France, “Halt!” And the Republic, rich and powerful,
recoiled before the Mistress of the Seas.
So, in reply to the move of the Khedive, the English replied, “We
are the strongest, here we shall remain.” And Egypt, very weak
at this time, had to submit.
It is true that England had the good taste to add: “We desire
nothing more than your welfare, we recognise your title of Sovereign, and
we seek simply to help you with all the means at our disposal to regenerate
your country.”
The blow was a hard one, but it was worth more than ten years'
experience to his Highness. The young Prince knew then the value of
friendships, he understood the weakness of his country and his own power.
He accepted the advice of England in regard to the administration of his
affairs, whilst jealously guarding all his prerogatives as a Sovereign,
and making them respected.
At first he refused the hand of friendship which had been held out to him,
for he desired before giving his confidence to the English to see them at
work, so that relations at that time were cold, official, and distant. With
extraordinary determination and energy he set himself to study the needs of
his country; and, little by little, the knowledge dawned on him that
England was keeping her word, and was working sincerely and honestly for
the good of Egypt.
Then, and only then, was peace made, and the year which saw the rapprochement between England and France also saw
his Highness paying a friendly visit to King Edward, fêted and petted by London.
In the course of many conversations I have had with the
110
Khedive, he has himself
assured me that his relations with England, with his English Advisers and
other Councillors and employees, are excellent, and that there is no desire
on his part or on that of his Ministers to thwart in any way the work
of civilisation and regeneration, with which he associates himself with his
whole heart. I am also able to declare that his Highness is satisfied with
the existing condition of affairs, and that, until Egypt shall have
attained to a degree of civilisation and power which will permit her to
stand by herself, she infinitely prefers to lean on England and to profit
by the advice of the greatest colonising nation on the face of the earth,
than seek help from any other of the great Powers. This does not
prevent Abbas Hilmi from having for certain of these Powers a real
affection and a profound admiration. His Highness has a special liking for
France, where each year, at Divonne, he spends a summer holiday, living
quietly there the life of an ordinary French gentleman.
The popular imagination which would like to represent the Khedive in a
luxurious Palace, passing his days lolling on a sofa in the midst of a mass
of cushions, eating sweetmeats or smoking a hubble-bubble, inhaling the
perfume of flowers—the popular imagination I say would receive a
severe shock in learning that the Khedive is in fact the busiest man in
Egypt. It would be difficult for any man to lead a fuller, more active
and more energetic life. Official duties, laws to study, decrees to sign,
Ministerial Councils to preside over, audiences, receptions, reviews, all
the occupations, in fact, of a Sovereign would be considered by most to be
work enough. Nevertheless, besides these, his Highness finds time for
breeding live-stock and for farming on a large scale, for improving his
properties, for constructing entire new quarters in both town and
village, for bringing under cultivation huge tracts of land up till
now arid and abandoned, for travelling over by rail, yacht, dahabeah,
carriage and motor, on horseback or camelback, his vast estates, and above
all, for constructing, with his own money, a line of railway, destined to
unite Tripoli with Egypt. Neither must it be thought that the Khedive only
occupies himself with the outlines of these schemes, leaving to others the
filling in of details. That would be a great error.
111
His Highness certainly possesses advisers and employees of undoubted value,
such as the Head of his Daira Kassa (Household), his Excellency de Martino
Pasha, who renders him great services; but it is none the less true that
the Khedive studies deeply all questions which touch on his interests,
and makes himself master of every detail.
The principal residences of the Khedive are: the Palace
d'Abdine, at Cairo, where all official receptions take
place; the Palace of Koubbeh, in the country, six miles from town,
where his Highness spends the greater part of the year with his august
spouse, the Khedivah, and their children; the Palace of Alexandria;
and finally, the Palace of Montazah, situated on the sea-shore some
few miles from that port.
H.E. DE MARTINO PASHA
Dittrich
It was at the Palace d'Abdine that I had first the honour of
being received by his Highness in company with the Hon. W. Riddle,
the United States Minister. The time is long since past when any
unimportant Consul could present himself at the Palace in short jacket
and soft hat, asking audience, whether it suited the Khedive or not.
What the weakness of Tewfik had allowed had short shrift when he was
gone, and Abbas Hilmi knew from the first day how to play the part of
Sovereign, and as such to demand the respect due to him. It is hardly
needful to add, therefore, that, as in all the Foreign Courts, the
representatives of other countries must address their demand for an
audience to the Grand Master of Ceremonies, who transmits it to his
Highness, and that one cannot be received except in full uniform or
frock-coat and tall hat. Below, in the Hall, the soldiers of
112
the guard are lined up, whilst
at the head of the staircase we find the Masters of the Ceremonies and
Chamberlains, who introduce us into a huge ante-room. After a few minutes
have passed we are conducted into the reception-room, where his
Highness awaits us. He comes towards us smiling, his hand outstretched, and
after a vigorous shake, we seat ourselves, and, cigarettes lighted,
begin our conversation, first of all in English, then in French.
The Khedive speaks both languages perfectly, besides German and,
naturally, Turkish and Arabic.
Even his bitterest political enemies acknowledge willingly the personal
charm of this Prince. One of them had said to me:
“Certainly, you will find him charming, that is just the
word one would apply, he is a charmer and he will charm you,
but—look out!” I did not “look
out,” nor do I find myself any the worse.
H.E. BOUTROS PASHA, MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS
Reiser
The conversation turned to the voyage which I contemplated taking into
the Sudan and on the African railways. I took the liberty of
asking information from his Highness in regard to the line of railway which
he is constructing at his own expense between Alexandria and Tripoli.
He replied as follows: “The country which extends to the west of
Alexandria towards Tripoli is quite unknown to travellers. It is generally
thought to be an immense desert, with a few oases, distant twenty or thirty
days' camel march. Nevertheless, a huge number of caravans cross
this desert, either from these oases or from Tripoli, bringing all manner
of goods to the Alexandria markets.
“I decided one day to make a long trip on horseback
113
through this unknown land. To
my great surprise, instead of finding a sandy desert as I had expected, I
found a rich soil excellently suited to cultivation. The soil is not as
dark in colour as that watered by the Nile, but it is evident that it
has, under the Romans, supported a large population. Everywhere we saw the
remains of towns, villages, and farms, occupied at one time by the Romans.
There are in this supposed desert enough stones to build a hundred
villages.
“One evening I pitched my camp by the side of the great track. I
had not a wink of sleep. The whole night through an uninterrupted
procession of caravans passed. So, whilst listening through the long hours
to the heavy, slow tread of the camels, and the shrill whistle of their
drivers, I thought of the hours, days, weeks, even months which these
Bedouins spent on the journey, and I said to myself: ‘Since
there are so many of them why not make a railway? It will be a good
thing for them, and, very likely, a good thing for the makers.’
“When later on, far away towards Tripoli, I saw the rich oases
whose products were tied up, the cattle which could not be sold, the
animals fed on figs and dates for which there was no market, my mind was
soon made up, I set to work immediately and began the construction of the
line.”
“And the results have been satisfactory?” I asked.
“Satisfactory? I am delighted. So far I have only laid down about
sixty miles, but already, in goods alone and for the first year, we have
carried 1000 tons, this year we shall reach 6000 and more. At the beginning
I put down a narrow-gauge track, but that I soon found out was a mistake,
and now we have the standard gauge. As we proceed towards the oases,
traffic will become more and more important. Lately I was present at a
large market held at the terminus of the line. Caravans had come in from
Tripoli itself, and to give you an idea of the importance of the meeting, I
can tell you that there were no less than 22,000 sheep there. The market
itself was most picturesque, for there the Bedouins in the most
primitive state had come together. Much of the business done was
simple barter, very little money being current. A horse could be had for
forty francs. My intention is to encourage the
114
population to open in the
villages served by the railway markets and fairs on fixed
dates.”
“And finally,” I said, “to where does your
Highness intend to extend the line?”
Quite excited, his face lit up with mingled energy and hope, the Khedive
replied:
“To where? Why certainly in time to the frontiers of Tripoli,
when I hope that there will then be men intelligent and enterprising enough
to construct a line from there which will join with mine. Think how one
could then come to Egypt, with a sea passage from Messina to Tripoli of
only fifteen hours, instead of the three days necessary from Brindisi
to Alexandria, or the five days from Marseilles to the same port.
“A train de luxe leaving Paris and Berlin would
carry passengers to Messina, whilst another would conduct them from
Tripoli to Cairo. This service could run twice or three times a week or
even daily in the high season.”
Talking of railways led the Khedive to tell us the following story of his
sister, the Princess Hadidja Hanum, who with her husband, Prince Abbas
Alim, had visited the St. Louis Exhibition:
“I have always had a great desire,” he said, “to
visit the States, and never dreamed that my sister would go there
before me. When she returned she brought me a magnificent collection
of photographs, several of which were taken under anything but ordinary
circumstances. Once, for instance, the Princess had the bad luck to meet
with a railway accident, but, instead of losing her presence of mind like
most of the people round her, she calmly photographed the unusual
scene. Then again when she found herself on board a petrol boat which
had taken fire, she did the same.”
So this Egyptian Princess, in the land of the strong-minded and independent
woman, showed her calmness and presence of mind.
It is not only towards the frontier of Tripoli that his Highness has
directed his energies. In the heart of Cairo itself he has shown an example
to his subjects of how to build. I have already mentioned in a previous
chapter how the entire
115
population of this city has
been bitten by the mania for building. On all sides new erections are
springing up; but, as the builders are anxious only to make money and make
it quickly, the houses are badly constructed, and as cheaply as possible,
so that as rents are very high, 12 to 15 per cent. is easily returned on
THE CHILDREN OF H.H. THE KHEDIVE
Dittrich
the capital expended. But how long will these miserable barraks
last?
His Highness decided to build and create an entirely new quarter, but not on
the lines of the jerry-builder. The flats which he is erecting on his
property will be the first thoroughly up-to-date houses in Cairo,
containing every modern comfort, lift, telephone, bath-room, &c.
But they will only return 7 or 8 per cent. However, there is every chance
that they will continue to yield this long after the 15 per cent.
tenements will have collapsed.
116
A short time after my return from the Soudan, I had an audience of the
Khedive at Abdine, where his Highness very kindly invited me to spend an
afternoon with him at his Palace of Koubbeh. A pleasant drive of about an
hour brought me to my destination. I had scarcely mounted the marble
steps before I saw his Highness approaching, without any ceremony, one
hand outstretched in welcome, the other in the pocket of his flannel
jacket.
“Charmed to see you in my real home,” he said, leading
me into a salon, where, seated on a large sofa, he added,
“for, you see, this is where I really live, never at Cairo. The
Palace d'Abdine only serves for official receptions, and I have
never once slept there. Even after the annual ball which I give, in
the middle of the night I return here.
“I love this country, where, though within easy reach of town and
my Ministers, I can find quiet, and where, laying aside etiquette and form,
I can live the life of a gentleman farmer.”
On a table at his side his Highness unrolled a large coloured plan of his
property, on which he showed me the tour which we were to take together.
Within a huge circle all the land belonged to him, whilst a mile or two
further on, on the banks of the Ismailiah Canal, his Highness possesses
another magnificent estate. His dream had been to join this up with that
of Koubbeh, but the value of the ground had increased to such an
extent and with such rapidity that he has found it impossible.
“These lands,” explained his Highness, “are the
best in Egypt. I purchased mine a few years ago for £30 a
feddan (about 4400 square metres), to-day I cannot buy a feddan more
for £200.
“You will no doubt have noticed,” he continued,
“that my family has no old castles, no old palaces, with
the exception of the official one at Cairo, and it is impossible for
me to speak of the homes of my ancestors. Custom decrees that the Palaces
inhabited by them during their lives always in the country, shall at their
deaths be destroyed. This property is the only one which has been more or
less inhabited since the time of Ibrahim Pasha, but it was then only
A TURNER
David Gardiner
117
a small building. I have
myself had this huge Palace erected, and all the outbuildings which I am
about to show you.”
From the top of the steps I noticed that the garden was in a state of
confusion, huge ditches, heaps of stones and a hundred or so of men busy
with pick and shovel.
“I am entirely remaking my garden,” explained the
Khedive ,”and for the work I have brought from France the
greatest master of modern gardening, M. Andre.”
At the foot of the marble staircase a small basket phaeton,
PUPILS OF THE KHEDIVE'S PRIVATE SCHOOL
Sanderson
shaded by a huge umbrella and drawn by a couple of smart little
ponies, awaited us. His Highness took the reins, I seated myself by his
side, and, accompanied by a single groom perched behind, we drove off at a
rattling pace, under the practised guidance of the Khedive. Following a
long shady avenue, consisting of old trees, and passing a little mosque
whose minaret shone clear against the deep blue of the sky, we entered
a charming garden, in the centre of which rose a building of bright and
pleasant appearance.
“I am taking you,” explained his Highness, “to
the private school which I have founded, and where I have some two
hundred children educated at my expense. Their course of study continues
for five years, at the end of which I find them billets on one or other of
my properties. In a word, I manufacture here all the servants and employees
I require.”
I had never before seen a school-house so airy, so sunny,
118
and so gay, and I could hardly
hide my surprise. The lightcoloured walls were covered with pictures and
designs, whilst air and sunshine streamed in at the immense windows.
The children of the first and second classes wear the fez and white
Egyptian robes, whilst in the other three classes, the scholars, now almost
grown up, wear a uniform of white linen with gilt buttons. Everything was
so clean, so dainty, that I quite envied these little urchins with their
clever and happy faces.
The curriculum is a special one, having for its object the making of good
stewards and bailiffs. Reading, writing and arithmetic are taught, also
care of man and beast, surveying, &c. It is an exceedingly
interesting work, and does honour to his Highness and to the teachers, who
evidently have at heart the maintenance of a very high degree of
efficiency.
Re-entering the carriage we visited successively the huge buildings in which
are stored the cotton crops, the record offices, the fire-brigade station,
and at last, after the ponies had given us a taste of their galloping
powers, the huge stud-farm, where his Highness rears innumerable horses,
amongst which I caught a glimpse of some beautiful young Arab
thoroughbreds. Further on, in the green pastures, were the lovely Swiss and
Jersey cows, and, huge and wonderful, the ghamousahs. Those who have only
seen the thin miserable ghamousahs of the poor peasant would hardly
recognise as the same animal the beautiful specimens of his Highness.
Leaving the Koubbeh property and preceded by a mounted gendarme, we rapidly
covered the country separating us from the second estate. In the villages
which we passed through, the inhabitants ran forward to greet their
Sovereign with a graceful salute, bowing low and laying their right hands
on their hearts. We arrived shortly at a large stretch of land lying
considerably higher than the surrounding country, at the end of which was a
large brickfield.
“This land,” explained the Khedive, “lay so high
that it was always impossible to irrigate it, and it was therefore
considered good for nothing. However, I found out that the earth was
excellent for brick-making, so I purchased it, and now, whilst making
bricks, I am gradually bringing it down to the
119
level of the surrounding
country. These bricks bring me in more than the cost of the land and the
work.”
Passing through the highly cultivated fields and plantations of cotton, the
growing of which the Khedive, himself an expert, clearly explained, we
arrived at the Ismailia Canal, where his Highness has placed a steam-engine
which, after pumping water during the day, supplies the power for the
electric light at night.
At last, after a visit to the little villages constructed for his labourers,
we stopped on our return in the garden, where an immense tree, broken down
with age, spreads its branches, many of which are dead. It is the tree of
the Virgin, the tree under which tradition says the Holy Family rested.
“What do you think?” said the Khedive. “In his
guide-book on Egypt, M. Joanne relates that the tree of the Virgin is
situated in the garden of an old Copt! I had the
pleasure of meeting M. Joanne one summer at Divonne, when I said to
him, ‘My dear Sir, I am willing to pass the
“old,” but a “Copt,” no, thank
you!’”
Entering the Palace once more, ices were brought us, and whilst for an hour
I sat there, under the charm of his conversation, of the historical
recollections which he brought to life, I admired his keen wit, his power
of sound criticism, and his large and broad-minded outlook on affairs. He
has a truly wonderful memory, and a circle of acquaintances as varied
as it is numerous.
Some time after this visit, the Khedive invited me to make another and very
interesting excursion with him. Leaving the Palace of Koubbeh at nine in
the morning, we drove as far as the Ismailia Canal, where one of his
Highness's yachts awaited us. Standing on the bridge, he took
the wheel and we began our voyage.
“This canal,” remarked the Khedive, “runs from
Cairo to Ismailia, whence it carries the fresh water of the Nile. Like
so many other important works it is due to the initiative of French
engineers. They even thought of widening and deepening it in order to make
Cairo a seaport. Ah!” added his Highness, “how many
things in this country are due to the enterprise and labour of France! I
was calculating the other
120
day that her material
interests in Egypt must amount to over £200,000,000, and she has
abandoned all that for Morocco, in which she has none.”
Whilst he was speaking I took the opportunity of watching this Sovereign, so
simple, so wholly un-oriental, clad in a suit of tweeds, yellow boots, not
a jewel, not a decoration, with every look of the perfect gentleman, to
which was added, for the time being, that of the skilled yachtsman.
Soon we passed the prison of Abou Zabaâd, the largest in Egypt,
where several hundreds of convicts, strictly watched
A CANAL
Al Vista
over by armed guards, are employed in breaking stones. Under the
sand of the Desert, at a depth of a few yards, are beds of stone, much in
demand at Cairo and elsewhere. The convicts, at the approach of the
Khedivial yacht, were drawn up alongside the canal, with backs turned, for
those poor wretches have not even the right of looking on their Sovereign.
The guards alone fronted and saluted. The prison passed, the Khedive
handed over the wheel to the captain, and making me sit at his side, he
said:
“I am going to tell you now the history of the estate which we
are about to visit. Some years ago, travelling on this canal, I noticed, as
you may now, that on the left bank the lands, properly irrigated by the
Nile water which the canal has brought for many years, are highly
cultivated and very rich. Look at them. Have you ever seen a richer or
more fruitful soil? The villages are numerous and the people
EXTERIOR OF A MOSQUE, CAIRO
David Gardiner
121
prosperous. On the contrary,
to the right there lay nothing but pestilential swamps, holes and hillocks,
quagmires stretching back for one or two miles, and after that, the Desert,
rising to a certain height, for, as you know, the Desert is far from
being always flat and low.
“Suddenly an idea struck me. You know how it is only necessary to
bring the Nile water on to the sand of the Desert to make it fertile. I
thought then, that in filling up these marshes, in levelling them and
covering them with sand brought from the Desert, and finally in making the
necessary irrigation works, I could obtain excellent land.
“Etiquette alone prevented those to whom I spoke of my scheme
from laughing in my face and calling me a fool, but they could not prevent
my seeing that they considered it impossible . In spite of all these
adverse opinions I set to work, buying the land, and appealing to the
population on the other bank. Hundreds of bullocks and mules were employed
in doing the work.
“At last, to make a long story short, the experiment, begun on a
small scale, has succeeded far beyond my hopes. To-day I have an estate of
2500 feddans. Everything included, the land had cost me £15 per
feddan. What happened then? The villagers on the other side of the canal
are fighting for who shall have the use of the land, and I now lease it at
about £5 per feddan, an operation which brings me in a clear 30
per cent.
“Content? Of course I am; but my satisfaction comes less, I can
assure you, from my success as a financier than from the pleasure I have
gained in seeing these dead lands brought back to life, and to see the
crops green or golden stretch out to-day where yesterday was arid sand or
hideous swamps. Look around you. Formerly there was nothing here but
marshes and quagmires.”
And, in fact, as far as the eye could see, to the beginning of the Great
Desert, the canal was bordered on our right by fields admirably tilled, and
giving all the signs of a great fertility.
“And think,” said his Highness, “that from the
first year we took crops off this land, which yesterday was sand, and that
122
without a trace of manure! The
waters of the Nile and the sunshine of Egypt were all that were required to
perform this miracle.”
Towards mid-day we arrived at the outskirts of the estate, where the Khedive
is at present building huge stables and cattle-sheds, also a large
dwelling-house for his steward and his employees, a house in which he is
reserving for himself a very comfortable pied-aà-terre. As the building is not yet ready, his
Highness, who pays a visit every week, keeps a superb
KHEDIVE'S DAHABEAH
Sanderson
dahabeah, one of the most beautiful I have ever seen, on board of
which he has a large bedroom, bath-room, drawing-room, dining-room,
&c.
It was on the dahabeah that we lunched en
teâte-aà-teáte, a deàjeuner simple but good, to which his
Highness, a famous trencherman, did due honour; whilst I, with an appetite
whetted by our long journey, played an excellent second. The Khedive
touches no alcohol, does not smoke, and will not gamble.
“Believe me,” he said, whilst leaving me to enjoy a
liqueur alone and to smoke a rare cigar, “I do not pose as a
saint. Wine does not agree with me, nor does tobacco, and gambling is
a thing I simply fail to understand. I have passed hours at Ostend watching
the players lose and gain thousands, but nothing on earth would have
persuaded me to do the same. With me dislike of gambling is instinctive, I
take no credit for it.”
123
Conversation having thus turned to the subject of vice we spoke of Cairo,
when his Highness informed me that in this town prostitution is hereditary,
descending from mother to daughter! This awful condition of affairs is due
to atavism, these women resembling beasts rather than human beings.
They are in all things absolutely ignorant, except, unfortunately, in what
concerns vice. At that, alas, they are expert, before the age of puberty.
“And what is most terrible,” he said, “is that
at the age of twelve or fourteen years these girls are affected by the
most terrible diseases, which they spread amongst our soldiers. We are
obliged to examine all those whom we send into the Sudan, in order that the
germs of these diseases should not be spread.”
His Highness went on to talk of his last visit to England and of the many
amusing incidents which had occurred. He often closed his eyes …
to see clearer. What a thousand pities it is that he cannot publish his
impressions! Ce serait deálicieux.
“But of all these pleasant recollections,” he said,
“the pleasantest is that left on my mind by King Edward,
for whom both as a Sovereign and a man I have a deep and sincere
admiration.”
During the lunch, heavy black clouds, such as I had never before seen in
Egypt, had swung overhead, the wind whistled, and soon there came down a
perfect deluge. But the Khedive fears neither wind nor rain, and, without
overcoats, we mounted our horses and proceeded to visit the different parts
of the estate. In the course of our ride I saw land already two years
under cultivation, with young crops of wheat, barley, or onions, others
newly sown, others again, on which the levelling had just been completed
and finished, which were now being irrigated , and, lastly, those which
were still in the course of being levelled.
Animals are no longer being used for Bringing the sand from the desert, a
small railway of the Decauville type having been laid down. Two trains,
each composed of twenty waggons, come and go continually. The thirty-five
journeys a day made by these trains are calculated to do the work of 400
mules. But to me the most interesting sight was the way in which the
124
sand, once deposited at the
required spot, was levelled by a process certainly unknown elsewhere.
Thirty bullocks, harnessed
LEVELLING LAND WITH BULLOCKS
Al Vista
to what appeared to be huge boxes, each with an arm allowing them
to be raised or lowered, turn in a circle, their
H.H. THE KHEDIVE WATCHING THE LEVELLING
Al Vista
boxes being filled where the earth is raised, and emptied where
it is hollow. The contrast between the railway, so modern and so noisy, and
the silent bullocks with their ancient but
125
effective leveller, was most
striking. The Khedive loves thus to visit his estates, far from the noise
of the town, and to take a run over them, accompanied by his steward.
After having returned for a snack on board the dahabeah we proceeded on
horseback through a drenching rain to the station of Euchas, where the
special train of his Highness awaited to take us back to Cairo.
At the beginning of this chapter I had something to say in regard to the
railway at present being laid down, at Abbas Hilmi's private
expense, between Alexandria and Tripoli. Knowing my interest in these
questions, his Highness expressed the desire that, before my departure from
Egypt, I should pass the day with him in making a short tour of inspection
of the new line. On this occasion it was at the Palace of Montazah
that I was received by the Khedive, shortly before 9 A.M. Of all the Khedivial Palaces Montazah is the least known.
In fact, with the exception of his intimate friends, a few advisers and
others invited there for special purposes, no one knows Montazah: it is
considered as a sanctuary, where the public is not admitted, and where
official functions are generally taboo. What is vaguely known of it is
that, only a few years ago, the ground covered by this property was a
wilderness of sand dunes, which Abbas Hilmi, with his customary
energy, has transformed into a garden of delight. My train took me to
the private station at Montazah, where I found a carriage waiting.
The entrance to the estate is guarded by immense gates of stone, in the
semblance of a citadel; behind lie beautiful avenues of trees, lined with
flower-beds and nurseries, at the end of which, and in the midst of clumps
of trees. two white Palaces overlook the sea, whose blue stretches far into
the distance to mix with the deeper azure of the sky, whilst between
the two gleam the white and graceful sails of many native craft. On the
immense terrace of the Palace his Highness awaited me and led me into his
study, a large room, bright and sunny. Here everything speaks of the works
which interest the Sovereign. The walls are covered with maps and
plans of his estates, the tables loaded with reports and estimates.
Behind his desk I noticed a large photograph of a powerful
126
locomotive,
“belonging,” his Highness explained, “to
the Northern Railway Company of France, and on which, between Paris
and Calais, I once did seventy-eight miles an hour.” A few
minutes later we were seated in a small trap drawn by two very old ponies.
“These are the first I ever had,” said the Khedive,
“given to me as a child to teach me to drive. Would you believe
it that they are twenty-five years old? They live here happy and
PALACE OF MONTAZAH
Al Vista
peaceful in quiet retirement. I only use them now for short
drives, but you will see what pluck they still have and how they rush their
hills.”
Following a beautiful road, planted with trees, we reached a quay of dressed
stone, which runs round the entire bay of Montazah, and forms an excellent
harbour.
“Here,” said the Khedive, “I have wished to have
a home for spring and autumn. I began modestly, buying a few acres of
sand dunes. To them I brought the water of the Nile, and immediately, the
sand, transformed into soil, became fruitful trees and flowers sprang up.
Then, little by little, I added and added, until now I have created quite
an estate, consisting to-day of 4000 feddans.
“First of all I built a small Palace for my own use; later I had
a second Palace built for my family in a veritable oasis.
127
The children are so happy here
and enjoy their perfect liberty so much that it is a pleasure to bring
them.”
Round about the Palace, scattered in the grounds, are summer-houses,
grottos, masses of flowers, wild and cultivated, and in a little creek,
shallow and sheltered, the salt-water bath for the young Princes. Further
on are large hen-houses and rabbit hutches, the latter on a rocky piece of
soil where the rabbits cannot burrow and escape; a monster dovecot,
containing thousands of birds, from the top of which can be had a
superb view of the estate and the Mediterranean coast line as far as
Alexandria. Across the fields, ablaze with poppies, the road leads past fir
plantations to a small park where fifteen thousand mulberry bushes have
been planted, the leaves of which serve for food for innumerable silkworms.
Thence we passed to the farms, the stables, and, lastly, to the
engine-house, where two enormous dynamos furnish the electric light
necessary.
“I will show you,” said his Highness, “the use
to which we put this power in the daytime. Come in here and have a
look at the joiners' shop and the saw -mill. Here we make the
doors, windows, all the woodwork required by all the houses on all my
estates, as well as the finer class of work, such as the Arabic carving for
my Palaces.”
It was a pleasant sight, this up-to-date carpenters' shop, with
its workmen smiling and happy, stopping their work to greet us. His
Highness had a word for all, examining their work, praising, criticising.
Many of the workmen had been in his service for more than ten years. With
his workmen as with his servants, if they do their work well, the
Khedive is an excellent master. He does for them all that he can, but
he is exacting and expects everything in return. The workmen were
well-dressed, and I noticed with astonishment that one of them was
indulging in beautiful socks and patent leather pumps.
“Don't be surprised,” said the Khedive;
“he comes from Alexandria, and the Alexandrians are the most
coquettish people in the world. They would rather starve than be
illdressed.” And I, astonished at the elegance of the fair
ladies I had seen there!
We stopped for a moment before a small building containing
128
the private telegraph and
telephone of his Highness. The Khedive has found means to be independent of
the English in this matter, and is able to wire to any place in Europe
without making use of the English cables. This has been accomplished
by the simple expedient of uniting Montazah by a private wire with the
Ottoman telegraphs, which run from the frontier to Constantinople by way of
Asia Minor. Montazah being connected by telephone with the other Khedivial
Palaces, his Highness is thus quite independent.
Through an avenue bordered with orange-trees in flower, and lined with
nurseries of young apricot and peach-trees, we returned to the Palace for
lunch. In the large dining-room, the enormous table was bare, but at a
small table in a bow window two places were laid. The lunch was excellent,
and during its course I had occasion to admire the exquisite service
of gold, which I was glad to hear had come from Paris, from Leroy in fact.
It was during this lunch that I had the opportunity of discussing the
question of religion with his Highness. I was aware that the Khedive was
very religious, and that on this question his intransigeance was extreme. Whilst respecting the other religions
which are established in Egypt, he absolutely forbids any foreign
interference in the affairs of the religion of which in Egypt he is head.
The English are well aware of this fact, and have clearly declared that
they have no desire to interfere.
“It is a question,” he said to me, “on which I
consult my conscience alone, and nothing can influence it. They could
cut my head off before I should renounce one of these rights or duties
which I consider sacred. In this question I have my whole people with me,
and they, no more than I, would permit the smallest attack on our
beliefs.”
“I have heard it asserted, Sir, in certain quarters, that you had
a dream of replacing, with the help of England, the Sultan as the head of
the Mussulman world, of seizing Mecca, and being proclaimed Chief of
Islam.”
“That is nonsense,” replied his Highness, shrugging
his shoulders, “a slander put into circulation by men to
whose interest it is to harm me in the eyes of the Sultan.”
“Then, Sir, to put it in a different way, do you not believe
THE COURT OF A MOSQUE, CAIRO
David Gardiner
129
that England may have thought
of making use of your High-ness and of the Mussulmans of Egypt and India to
counteract German influence at Constantinople?”
“Thoughts come and thoughts go. Englishmen may have had such
ideas, but I doubt it. They should know by this time that I would not lend
myself to any combination which would have the effect of allowing a
Christian nation to influence the destinies of Islam. And
besides,” he added, “I fail to see in what way
England would benefit.”
My own opinion is that it would be no advantage to England to increase the
power of the Khedive and to put into his hands, with the hope of
controlling it, the immense power of Islam, which would enable him one day
to rise, if he wished, against his protectors with a very real chance of
success—for we know what Mussulman fanaticism can do once it is
roused.
Immediately after lunch we left the Palace for the station, where we found
the train of which his Highness makes use on his excursions along the
Mariout line. It was composed of a locomotive, almost entirely covered with
brass, brilliantly polished, whilst the latter part was formed by a glass-panelled salon, from whence the Sovereign himself could drive
the train. To this unique engine was attached a large saloon car and
an ordinary carriage for the servants, who had brought with them our five
o'clock tea, or rather ices.
Rapidly covering the distance between Montazah and Alexandria with its
suburbs, we arrived at the terminus of the State Railways, the station and
sheds of which serve equally for his Highness's line. On all
sides lay enormous heaps of rails, bolts, and nuts, for use on the new
line. At a short distance from the station, the railway crosses, by an
embankment some three miles in extent, the Lake of Mariout, composed,
as one could tell from the enormous blocks of salt alongside the
embankment, of salt water. The new line has now a length of sixty miles,
not, as many suppose, across barren desert, but through highly cultivated
land, a large quantity of which his Highness has bought.
We were now in the land of the Bedouins, those terrible freebooters, armed
with their long guns, who, far from being opposed to the railway, are
intensely interested in it. Many
130
of them work on the line as
well as on the construction of the telephone, of which over one hundred
miles were then complete. Business is brisk, and the trains which we pass,
carrying men, animals and goods, are crowded.
Charming little villages, constructed by his Highness, replace here and
there the wretched tents in which the Bedouins lived; and there is no doubt
that the inhabitants of this lost
H.H. THE KHEDIVE AND—
and forgotten land are only too pleased that the Khedive has come
to call them to another and a better existence. If at first they were
somewhat shy, to-day they have become quite friendly, and they await with
impatience the time when the line shall be completed, and a regular and
paying trade established between the rich country of Tripoli and the
markets of Alexandria and Cairo.
We had our refreshment at the actual terminus, in the door-way of a small
house, simple as the tent of a soldier, in which the Khedive resides
occasionally when inspecting the works, and from which we could hear the
Bedouins, under the direction of his Highness's officers,
singing at their task of completing the two hundred miles which still
separates them from the frontier of Tripoli.
Whilst seated in the saloon car on our return journey the Khedive explained
that this line, entirely a business one and
131
a private one in every meaning
of the word, had not, and could not have, any political purpose; only
certain people, who have now awakened to the commercial importance of the
scheme, would like to create trouble by hinting that the Khedive has
political ends in view. But the two most interested Powers, Turkey and
Italy, know perfectly that the Mariout Railway is not and will not become a
menace, but will constitute a
A TRAIN ON HIS NEW RAILWAY
Al Vista
rapid outlet for the products of which this lovely country is
full.
It is with regret that I must close this chapter on a Sovereign whom, I
trust, it will enable my readers to understand and appreciate. At an age
when many a Prince has thought only of enjoyment and the squandering of a
fortune, Abbas Hilmi works without ceasing to increase his, hand in hand
with the development of his country. He gives to his people an
excellent example of hard and intelligent work, and shows to them,
whilst following it bravely himself, the road to power, wealth, and
regeneration. The Khedive, by his character, his life, his conduct, has
redeemed the follies of his grandfather Ismail, and the weaknesses of his
father Tewfik. Egypt to-day possesses a Sovereign of which she has every
reason to be proud.
Prince Mohamed Ali—Prince Hussein—Prince
Fuad—Prince-Poet
Haidar—Impressions—Anecdotes—Her Highness
Princess Nazli—Her Palace—Afternoon
tea—Her opinion on men and affairs—Luncheon
party—Discussions on society, politics, religion in presence
of the late Grand Moufti—Personal souvenirs of her
Highness.
PALACES ON THE NILE
Al Vista
YOUNG, smart and good looking, his Highness Prince
Mohamed Ali, brother of the Khedive, is a man of charming manners,
whose company is much sought after by his friends. Holding firmly to
etiquette and the protocol in all that is official, he is simplicity itself
in his private life.
In the garden of his huge Palace in the Place Soliman, the Prince awaited us
one Sunday afternoon, when he had invited the United States Minister and
myself to visit him. Coming towards us with outstretched hands, he said,
smiling: “So sorry to receive you in such chaos, but I am
leaving, I have sold my Palace. The whole charm of the place consisted
to me in this delicious garden, with its high walls protecting one from
prying eyes, at a time, it seems only yesterday, when this quarter was free
from these huge buildings. But to-day,—look!” And the
Prince pointed to the immense blocks of modern flats overlooking his
garden.
“I am off,” he said, “to build elsewhere, far
from here, and in a few months' time this garden will be covered
with houses. Confound this mania for building!” Then, leading
133
us into a small salon and offering us cigarettes, the Prince said,
addressing me:
“I know that you have seen a great deal lately of my brother (the
Khedive); I do not know what he has said to you, and his position obliges
him to measure his words, but with me the case is different; I have no
reason for holding my tongue, and I don't mind telling you that
we are living in sad times. Can you imagine a people, numbering twelve
million souls, allowing themselves to be kept in leading strings by a
handful of strangers, or who in business allow Greeks and Jews to amass all
the wealth of the country? It is shameful and it is sad.”
This conversation, begun in English, was continued in French. The Prince
speaks both these languages fluently, as well as German. His first studies
were undertaken at Chateau de Lancy near Geneva, and continued at Vienna.
“The worst feature of the present situation,” he
remarked, “is that the English have treated us Egyptians with
such contempt, that the people have now lost all respect for the
educated, intelligent and leading classes of the country. Formerly the tarbouche* was held in respect: to-day it is the foreign hat
which is worshipped. The police, who are so brutal to the weaker classes,
but who will lick the boots of the stronger, are paralysed at the sight of
a hat, whilst they will not even salute a Prince or a Minister whose head
is covered with a tarbouche. I can tell you a little story about this. When
the Duke of Connaught left Cairo, I went to the station to bid him
good-bye. After the train had left, I stood for a few minutes chatting to
one of my friends. I saw Lord Cromer leave, saluted by all the police; but
when, in my turn, I passed in front of them … not a salute. On
the other hand, the crowd at the doors, who had received Cromer in silence,
greeted me with cheers, but not a policeman saluted. I was accompanied
by the Prime Minister, Moustapha Fehmy Pasha, by the Financial Adviser, Sir
Vincent Corbett, and by the Chief of Police himself, Captain Mansfield. His
men, who had saluted Cromer, refused to render the same salute to our tarbouches. I turned
*
The national head-dress of Egypt.
134
to Mansfield and said to him:
‘I compliment you, your men do not even know
you!’”
“Prince,” I said, “you do not seem to be
particularly fond of the English?”
“Well,” he replied, “I can like them in their
own homes, but not here. When I was in England I met many charming
people, who treated me with perfect courtesy. It made me ask myself
continually, can these people, with such charming manners and so well-bred,
be the same brutes we have in Egypt? Why are they so perfect at home and
so ill-mannered with us? And, take my word for it, they are making a
great mistake. It is because of their bad manners that they are not liked.
A little more consideration and politeness towards us Egyptians would gain
for them many friendships and much devotion, but what we cannot stand is
their boorishness, their lack of tact, and their coarseness.”
The Prince is strong on the question of the respect due to the tarbouche, which is worn equally by the English
officers in the service of Egypt, and he recounted many an amusing
story about it. And it certainly seems as if there were a sad lack of good
taste on the part of many of the English officers in Egypt, even amongst
those occupying the highest posts.
Happening to speak of horses, he kindly offered to show us his, which are
celebrated; and proceeding to the stables the Prince, a perfect horseman,
put some of his favourites through their paces. Amongst these was a black,
an Arab thorough-bred, which the Prince had taken with him on one of his
trips to Paris. It was much admired there, and the Comtesse de
Castellane begged the Prince to sell him, but in vain.
Riding is not the only accomplishment the Prince can boast of. He is also an
excellent swordsman, musician and artist.
I have no idea here of giving the biographies of all the Princes of the
Khedivial family, for they are many; but I should like to jot down a few
impressions of those whom I have had the honour and pleasure of meeting. I
must make an exception, however, in regard to one of the best loved and
most popular, Prince Hussein Kamel Pasha, who, much to my regret, had
quitted Cairo when I returned from the Sudan, and whom, therefore, I did
not meet.
H.H. PRINCE MOHAMED ALI
Dittrich
135
Second son of Khedive Ismail, his Highness Prince Hussein was sent as a boy
to France, where he was received as a friend by the Emperor Napoleon III.
The Empress Eugénie treated him like a son. He became one of the
fashionable set, and his father, having bought for him a superb house, he
received his friends there with a grace and charm of which Paris still
speaks. Brilliant, distinguished, every inch a Prince and generous to
a fault, he was very popular at the Tuileries. On his return to
Egypt he became Minister of War, a position which he occupied at the
moment when the war with Abyssinia broke out. It was he who did
wonders in organising in a very short space of time the army which
left Egypt for Abyssinia, excellently equipped. His Highness was
married in 1873 at the same time as his brothers Tewfik and Hassan;
and it was on the occasion of this triple wedding that their
father, the Khedive Ismail, gave the fétes which have not to this day been
forgotten.
H.H. PRINCE HUSSEIN KAMEL PASHA
Dittrich
The three marriages took place at a distance of one week from each other,
being followed shortly after by a fourth, that of their sister, Princess
Zenah Hanum, with Prince Ibrahim Achmet. The festivities lasted for a
month. Wonderful processions, escorted by numerous regiments, wound
their way through the town, exhibiting the presents. Special kiosques
were erected in the gardens of the Palace, where huge dinner parties were
given, whilst, in the Place du Palais, immense tents sheltered buffets,
where night and day all comers were served with meats, cakes, ices, wines
and liqueurs. No other city in the world has ever witnessed such feasting.
136
Considerably impoverished by the giving up by himself and his brothers of
the property of their father in favour of his creditors, Prince Hussein
lives to-day very quietly, looking after his estates, and taking the
greatest interest in agricultural and horticultural questions.
His brother, Prince Fuad Pasha, was studying at Geneva in 1879, when
recalled by his mother. When the exiled Khedive Ismail settled at
Naples, Prince Fuad was admitted to the Military School in Turin,
where he finished his education entering, as an officer, the Italian
Artillery. For several years he was stationed at Rome, and was a
persona grata with King Humbert, who treated
him with the greatest affection, and was fond of talking with him
in Piedmontese, a dialect with which the Prince is well acquainted.
Wishing to be near his father, who had retired to Constantinople,
he sent in his papers and took a commission in the Turkish army.
H.H. PRINCE FUAD PASHA
P. Dittrich
After having been some time Military Attaché at Vienna he
retired, returning to Egypt to look after his estates. Cheery, hospitable,
and a good friend, he is much liked and much sought after. He is everything
which is Parisian, witty and amusing. In a drawing-room at Cairo two ladies
were discussing their summer plans, when one of them said, “I
think we shall pass it quite quietly at Enghien.” Hardly had the
last word left her lips before a stentorian voice at her back shouted,
“Enghien, sixty trains a day!” It was the Prince, who
knew the suburbs of his beloved Paris as well as the boulevards.
Meeting him one evening at a reception, I showed him, in
137
a quiet corner, certain
photographs which I had brought with me from the Sudan. One of these
happened to be of a Shilouk, a perfect giant, completely naked, and whose
various members were of elephantine dimensions. The Prince seized it
and, turning to the ladies with whom the room was filled, he cried,
“Mesdames, look at this charming little Shilouk
woman!” Immediately the ladies thronged around. The terrible
photograph was passed from hand to hand, amidst exclamations and who knows
what mental comparisons.
I have passed many very pleasant hours with her Highness Princess Nazli,
aunt of the Khedive. A woman of great intellect, of large and liberal
ideas, she speaks with a frankness rare amongst Orientals. Quite contrary
to the general rule, Princess Nazli enjoys and, I believe, has always
enjoyed, absolute liberty, receiving in her salons
gentlemen as well as ladies. At Constantinople, at Cairo, and in the course
of many wanderings through Europe, she has met the best known men and
women of our time. In meeting with all these different intellects, that of
the Princess has been developed, polished, and in a way moulded by contact
with them. Being also a great reader and blessed with a retentive memory,
there are very few subjects in the discussion of which she cannot take
an intelligent part. I was rather astonished on my first visit, for
example, to find out that, although the Princess had never been in Japan,
she knew the country almost as well as I.
We took tea in the large salon, where the furniture,
the tables and the walls are covered with photographs of relations,
friends, Sovereigns, and celebrities, of whom the Princess, whilst smoking
uninterruptedly cigarette after cigarette, spoke volubly, sometimes in
English, sometimes in French.
“Tell me all you know of Oyama,” she said to me,
“for I have an intense admiration for him. … What a
man! If only Egypt possessed a few of his kind we should not be where
we are. But, sad as it is, we must recognise that in this unfortunate land
of ours we possess no men worthy of the name. Without energy., without
courage, without character, without initiative and without patriotism,
there you have our Egyptians.”
138
“But, Princess, that will change … the new generation
…” Her Highness stopped me:
“The new generation is not worth the rope to hang itself with. It
thinks of nothing but the cut of its clothes, the shape of its boots, or
the possession of a European girl for its mistress, who sucks them dry
physically and morally, as well as emptying their purses. The influence
which these women exercise over our youth is fantastic and deplorable. They
ruin them in every way, and make of them nothing more nor less than
human scarecrows.
“If,” cried the Princess, “I were only a man, to
be allowed to live my life in the fight for fame and fortune! My father,
as you know, gave all his money to the poor. I have nothing therefore
but the pension which the Government grants me. Believe me, I should like
to work for that pension, and I pass my time in urging and encouraging our
men, trying to make them a little more worthy of the name, but, alas! it is
an ungrateful task, for they change and turn like weathercocks.”
“Then, Princess, it is clear that the Egyptians are not yet fit
to govern themselves!”
“Govern ourselves! but, my dear Sir, we are children still, babes
in bibs, unable to stand … No, no, we cannot be left alone. Here
Cromer does everything, everything. Without him we should have to return to
the guardianship of the Powers. Cromer is a great man, and Egypt owes him
everything, but in the last two years he has become too lenient, too
kind. I should like to see him smother all these speculators, to-day who
are the plague of Egypt. In all the capitals of Europe there is a huge
building on which is written ‘Stock Exchange.’ Here
the whole country is one vast Stock Exchange, which saps its civilisation
at the roots.”
From time to time a woman entered, bringing Turkish coffee, and I asked the
Princess if her servants of to-day were her old slaves.
“For us, there is no difference,” she replied;
“we treated our slaves like children, they were part of our
life. It was our duty to care for them well, to clothe them, to show them
kindness and affection. They lacked nothing, and often made good
marriages, when we gave them their trousseaux. If they were
139
not happy, they could always
return and find a home with us, where they found protection. Not a man
would have dared to harm them, either they had to marry them or leave
them alone. Now any man, no matter who, although he might despise them
even to the extent of refusing to drink a glass of water from their
hands, can seduce and abandon them. That comes of civilisation
badly applied. The result most in evidence of the abolition
of slavery is the making of thousands of prostitutes. These
girls, once happy with us, now drag out a miserable existence in
the gutter.”
H.H. PRINCESS NAZLI
Lekegian
Rising the Princess showed me excellent photographs of Bismarck,
Kitchener and Li-Hung-Chang, all with the most flattering
dedications.
“Are you fond of music?” asked her Highness, as
she seated herself at a Pianola attached to a Steinway grand.
“I play for hours on this marvellous instrument. I should like to
see one in every family, to teach them the love of music and
harmony.”
Twilight was falling, but the Princess continued to play piece after piece,
keeping up a running commentary of remarks and recollections:
“Ah! this is the National Anthem of Russia. How exquisite, but
how sad! … My mother was Russian, yet I
140
detest them like poison.
… I remember an old sheik, it was at the time of the
Russo-Turkish War, who predicted that the Russians would not be beaten by
the Turks, but crushed by a yellow people.”
Then came “God Save the Queen,” and the Princess continued:
“That brings back to me a great emotion; I was in London at the
time of Queen Victoria's Jubilee, when I heard it sung by an
immense crowd. It was superb and heart-wringing, coming from these
thousands of throats, and I confess I wept. … I shall never
forget it, never!”
The women entered, and the lamps were lit. The Princess quitted the piano,
and resuming her cigarettes exclaimed:
“Listen to me, you Christians, you do not understand us
Mussulmans. You ignore all there is that is good, beautiful, noble, and
generous in our religion. It is our past rulers who have ruined Islam. With
Princes more enlightened and more energetic Turkey would to-day have been
at the head of the nations. … It is not the people who are bad
but their leaders, their Sovereigns.”
The last word seemed to suggest something to her Highness, and, laughing,
she continued:
“I have never been able to understand the love you Europeans have
for Royal personages. In the hands of a King or an Emperor you are as clay
in the hands of the potter. When Sir Z. X., the celebrated English
diplomatist, passed through Constantinople once, he whispered terrible
things to me against the Sultan. I replied, ‘Wait until you
have seen him and spoken with him, and your opinion will soon
change.’ ‘Never!’ he cried; but a few days
later, when we happened to meet at dinner on the day he had had his
first audience, he could not say enough in praise of the Sovereign
who, only a short time previously, he had professed to scorn.”
I could fill a volume with the thousand-and-one anecdotes related by the
Princess, but here space will not permit. I shall content myself with a
note on a lunch to which her Highness invited me together with her brother,
M. and Mdme. Hussein
TOMBS OF THE MAMELUKES
David Gardiner
141
Rouchdy Bey, the late Grand
Moufti of Egypt, Prince Haidar, the well-known poet, and several others.
I was seated between her Highness and the Grand Moufti, who had opposite him
Prince Haidar, and it would have been difficult to find a greater contrast
than that presented by these two men: the first small, simple, calm, and
gentle; the second stout, strong, with an enormous head set on enormous
shoulders, noisy and excitable: the one expressing his thoughts
clearly in a few words, the other using extravagant language, speaking
of sun and moon, flowers and stars, as becomes a poet. The Prince possesses
a huge mouth, out of which, stretched to its utmost, comes a laugh like a
peal of thunder, making the wall shake. He is a great talker, and, I must
admit, an interesting one:
“I hate,” he said, “your colonising people. I
consider it a sin to penetrate into these countries, turning them
upside down and bothering the wretched inhabitants, all in the name of
civilisation. What can England boast of? Of being a nation of shopkeepers,
of manufacturers and colonisers? Yes, but don't look to them for
art, science, or enlightenment!” “Well,
Prince,” some one cried, “one cannot find much of
that in Egypt either.”
“Certainly not; I admit that, for we have fallen into the gutter,
where we lie and wallow. We have no more patriotism, no more anything. For
five years I have looked for a spark, one only, to show that we were alive,
but, alas, not one have I seen.”
Prince Haidar has a horror of the clergy, and he cried:
“They represent not religion but all the baseness, all the
weakness, all the deceptions. …”
“All the hypocrisies,” a voice added sweetly. It was
the Grand Moufti.
The Prince drew him into our conversation, and led up to the question of
education, which the Grand Moufti wished to see made general throughout the
country; but Princess Nazli would have none of it. “I much
prefer the old system. Let the son of a coachman be a coachman, and the son
of a butcher be a butcher. Where shall we get our servants from when
every one has a certificate?”
142
Love was a subject which appealed to the poet-Prince. “I know of
a writer,” he said, “who had his mistress slung up by
the armpits so that he might cover her feet with kisses in the intervals of
composing.”
“And that reminds me,” said the Princess, “of
the old Minister for War in Turkey, X. Pasha, before whom the army
trembled, but who was insanely in love with a certain fair lady, whose feet
he kissed saying, ‘Madam, I, who have the army at my feet, am
content to grovel at yours.’”
In the midst of the buzz of conversation, the servants continued to hand
round an extraordinary number of Eastern dishes, very well cooked, but too
rich for my taste.
“This dish which is being served is a historic one,” said
the Princess, “dating from the time of Noah. When the water
was disappearing, and the Ark had at last touched earth, Father Noah
planted corn, and when it was green he took it and made of it a cream into
which he put almonds, raisins, and lots of other things which he had
brought with him. The recipe for this celebrated dish was handed down by
Noah to future generations, and ever since, through all the centuries,
it has been the custom in Egypt to send enormous platefuls from one family
to another.”
In the intervals between the courses, the guests, with a practised dig of
the fork, extracted, in true Turkish fashion, a hors
d'æuvre from one of the many dishes on the table.
Some time after this lunch, I had occasion to travel from Cairo to
Alexandria in the compartment reserved for Prince Haidar, who happened to
be travelling at the time, and invited me to accompany him. The Prince, who
wields a dainty pen as a poet, recited several charming little poems of his
own, which he promised to send me. I should have liked to publish them
here, but, alas, they have never arrived!
In his carriage the Prince was surrounded by many volumes, the masterpieces
of ‘French literature. His greatest pleasure is to dip into
these pages, written, as he says, in “the most beautiful
language in the world.”
Drawing my attention to the beauties of the country, he spoke of the
fellaheen, those patient tillers of the soil.
“These unfortunate people,” he said, “who for centuries
143
have lived in oppression,
cannot be expected to revive in a day. But, for the last fifteen years, a
great change has been working in them, and to-day there are signs of an
awakening intelligence where, before, they appeared as so many beasts of
burden. No longer oppressed, they are beginning to raise their heads,
and they have now arrived at the point when they are asking with surprise,
in seeing the dawn of a new era, Is it possible? I believe that in time, a
long time, one will at last obtain ‘men,’ but a long
course of education will be required to develop their feeble intellects.
What a magnificent work for some Minister of Public Instruction, who
understands his power!”
For the first time, I believe, in the history of Egypt a foreign lady has
made part of the Khedivial family. In fact, his Highness Prince Ali Fazil,
cousin of the Khedive, married, some few years ago, a Frenchwoman, the
step-daughter of M. Raphael Suarés, the Cairo banker. This
unprecedented event encountered great opposition in the Khedivial
family; but, thanks to her intelligence, Princess Fazil has captured
the hearts of many of her relatives-in-law, including the Khedive, who
fully appreciates all her qualities.
The woman in Egypt—The harems—Europe's ideas
of them—The real Mussulman
home—Morality—Marriage and
concubinage—Adultery and divorce—Past and
present—Classes and races—Our ideas and
theirs.
NATIVE VILLAGE
Al Vista
A HAREM! There was a time in my life when this
simple word raised in my mind, as in that of most men ignorant of the
East, visions of mysterious beauties and delicious joys. As in a dream I
pictured to myself magnificent palaces, marble courts, chambers on whose
floors were spread soft thick carpets, brilliant curtains, and huge divans
on which reclined, some unrobed, others clad in fairy gauze, women of the
most exquisite form and tempting beauty. In my ears was the splashing
of cool fountains. I inhaled the perfume of attar of roses mixed with that
of the perfumed cigarette, and I envied these Pashas who passed their days
in the midst of such a paradise.
Alas! my imagination since these days has received many shocks. The first
was received some years ago when, searching for some reference in regard to
Egypt in the Encyclopædia Britannica, my
eyes fell on this passage:
“These women had immense shoulders, deep abdominal lines and
enormous masses of fat on the hips and thighs; long
145
hair covered the lower part of
the face, as well as the greater part of the body.”
This dainty description of the first inhabitants of the Valley of the Nile
some seven thousand years before our time left me pensive. The Encyclopadia had certainly the grace to add that
this extraordinary type of. person disappeared completely, giving place to
a creature more approaching the European. But my visions were
ruined. In the atmosphere of attar of roses, of the regular fall of
the waters of the fountains, on those soft sofas covered with
silken cushions, the apparition would arise of enormous females,
rolling in fat and covered with long hair.
AN EGYPTIAN GIRL
Lekegian
In Egypt, where everything is complicated, there is, perhaps, no
question more difficult to understand than the position of woman.
In the first place, the Egyptian's manner of seeing
and of thinking is entirely different from ours, and, besides,
woman and the harem are two subjects which he never cares to discuss with a
stranger. That which concerns his family life is essentially private,
mysterious, in a way sacred, and no one but he has a right to view it. On
the other hand, it is impossible to generalise in speaking, I will not say
of the Egyptian woman, but of the woman who lives in Egypt. The only true
Egyptian women are the peasant women, wives of the fellaheen, as the
fellaheen are the only real Egyptians. Of the life of the latter, poor
creature who works like a beast of burden, and brings up a numerous
offspring, there is little to say, and she is so far removed from us and
our civilisation
146
that the subject would lack
all interest for the majority of readers.
If we take Cairo as our field of study, or rather of our remarks and
impressions, we find there various elements considered rightly or wrongly
as Egyptian. There are, first of all, numerous families of Greek, Austrian,
or Italian origin; Catholics, Jews, of the Greek Church, settled for many
generations on the banks of the Nile, and who, though without a drop of
Arab or Turkish blood in their veins, are none the less considered as
natives, though their tastes, manners, and ways of living are altogether
European. Of them also there is nothing special to be said.
There remains then the element essentially native. Now, in regard to this,
more than in any other country, it is necessary to make distinctions. At
the top of the social scale we find the Princesses of the Khedivial House,
or allied to it by ties more or less close. If the time is not yet long
passed when these Princesses lived in the seclusion of the harem, and
if there are some amongst them who do so still, nevertheless is it
true that the majority are quite emancipated. Many of them travel regularly
in Europe, speak other languages than their own, surround themselves with
all the comforts and conveniences of the West, and for them our
civilisation has no secrets. It is therefore amongst the people and in the
large class corresponding to our middle-class that we find women whose
lives differ entirely from those of ours. The vital differences are found
in the seclusion in which they live, the ignorance in which they are kept,
the insecurity of the marriage tie, and their position of absolute
inferiority in regard to man. One day, lunching at Montazah with the
Khedive and speaking of the condition of women in Mussulman countries, his
Highness said:
“It is generally believed in Europe that it is our religion which
enjoins the women to veil themselves and to live in retirement; but that is
an error, and religion has nothing whatever to do with it. It is an ancient
custom, and dating from the time, far distant, when each man in the East
had to defend his property, and especially his wives and his daughters.
The more beautiful and attractive these were the more was it necessary
that their beauty should be hidden.”
ENTRANCE TO AN OLD NATIVE HOUSE
Lekegian
147
“Sir,” I asked, “this custom which you have set
aside of having several legitimate wives* and numerous concubines and
slaves,† is it
still general in Egypt?”
“No,” he replied; “and you will find, especially
in the upper and middle classes, that the custom of having several
wives is disappearing rapidly. The principal reasons of this change are,
first of all, the abolition of slavery, which makes it more difficult to
obtain wives, and, secondly, the enormous increase in the cost of living.
Several wives mean several different establishments; and as our religion
insists on each one being treated with equal generosity, the expenses
are naturally very great, and, as you know, the price of living and
lodging has risen within the last few years in an incredible fashion.
To-day it takes ten times the amount formerly required to live in the same
fashion.”
“In a word, Sir, it is economy and not virtue that has led to the
change?”
“How you talk!” cried his Highness. “Virtue?
but, my dear fellow, we must first of all define virtue. Tell me, how
many married men do you know in Europe or America who are faithful to their
wives in every acceptation of the word, and who never deceive them?
“The religion which permits a man to have several wives, whom he
must treat with the same kindness, puts an end to a very bad side of
monogamy, a system which drives many a man to become a libertine, seeking
for pleasure which he can only find in the dangerous vice which he
purchases, or in criminal adultery.
“Only,” added his Highness laughing, “it is
certain that having several wives has its little inconveniences. If one
man sometimes finds it difficult to satisfy one, what would he do with
three or four?”
“And as many mothers-in-law into the bargain!”
On the same subject, his Highness Prince Mahomed Ali once remarked to me:
* The
Mussulman is permitted by his religion to have four legitimate wives, but
the number of concubines is not limited.
† H.H.
Abbas Hilmi, up to date in all things, has only one wife, H.H. the
Khedivah, mother of his children.
148
“Our law does not oblige a woman to veil herself, but it does
say, ‘If thy beauty cause strife amongst men, inspiring them
with love or jealousy in others, then were it better for thee that it
should be hid.’”
If this law were taken literally, beautiful women alone would veil
themselves, whilst those not so highly favoured would expose their lack of
it to the world; but by the grace of God, there never yet was a woman who
believed herself really ugly, the result of which is that the yellow
and wrinkled faces of the veriest old hags are still shrouded in
veils. The thickness seems to vary with the social standing of the
wearer. Whilst the woman one meets on foot in the street has an
impenetrable veil hiding the lower part of the face, those whom one
sees passing rapidly in a smart brougham or landau wear only the
lightest white gauze, which in no way hides their features.
VEILED WOMAN
Religion or custom as the case may be, the fact remains that for many
centuries the Mussulman woman has lived the life of a recluse behind the
iron gratings of the harem, to which came only a faint echo of the world
outside, its progress, its struggles and its civilisation. Seeing only her
women, her children, the eunuchs, and now and then her lord and
master, her intellect remained childish and undeveloped. Her sole
amusements came from outside, from the women, more or less degraded, who,
under the guise of fortune tellers, dancers, singers, or story-tellers,
brought to the harem scandals, cancans, superstitions, suggestive dances
and lewd tales.
Naturally women living in such an atmosphere and ignorant of any other life
are mentally much inferior to their husbands, who cannot find in them any
mental or moral stimulus, and who therefore seek the company of their
fellow men or European
149
women. It is by their brain
power and intellect, far more than by their bodily beauty, that foreign
women, even ignorant and vulgar, attract Mussulmans so strongly or, perhaps
to be more correct, it is the happy mixture of both.
Now that we have spoken briefly of the women, let us glance at the harem.
The word is a Turkish one meaning “woman,” but, in a
wider sense, the family and the fireside, in fact, the home. A
Mussulman's house is divided into two parts: the
“harem’ lik” and the
“salem’ lik.” The first is the private
dwelling, sacred in a way to the wife, the children and the eunuchs, these
calm, inoffensive, devoted, and useful beings. No man is admitted here
except the master of the house, who uses the other part, or
“salem’ lik,” to receive his friends. This
division exists amongst all classes, and even in the case of the very poor
who possess but one room, that room is considered the
“harem’ lik”: the head of the family will
give rendezvous or invite his friends to meet him at a
café.
One sees then that, speaking generally, the word
“harem” has not, for the Mussulman, the signification
usually attached to it by Europeans. Two things, I believe, have
contributed to that reputation for gaiety, little merited. Firstly, to a
monogamist, accustomed to see his one wife move about in every
one's sight, these houses, locked and guarded, in which a single
man possessed several wives, many concubines and slaves, appeared to him as
so many mysterious Edens. Then again the harems of certain wealthy
Mussulmans were formerly kept up on the most extravagant scale, and echoes
of the fetes that took place within reached the
outer world, not lessened but much exaggerated in the coming. But the
pashas who possessed hundreds of concubines and slaves, dozens of
musicians and singers, a corps de ballet, and
artists attached to their households, were very rare. Still they did exist,
and the rumours of their orgies, far away in the mysterious East, were
well calculated to inflame the popular imagination.
Some days after my arrival in Cairo I lunched with a foreign doctor, a
well-known man, who has passed the last quarter of a century in the
country, and who, talking of harems, said:
“We foreign physicians are the only men admitted. We
150
are allowed to enter alone the
chamber of a woman who is suffering, whilst a native practitioner would not
be admitted except in the presence of the eunuchs.”
“Which looks, my dear doctor,” I said, “as if
you and your confréres had a great reputation either for
virtue or indifference.”
“No virtue is necessary,” he replied, “and
indifference is natural. You see, the temptation is nil. The Egyptian
woman as we see her, without her garments, is to us Europeans far from
attractive. There is not one good-looking one in a thousand, and, besides,
they live in a state of incredible filth. I do not remember having seen the
bed of a single woman which did not swarm with vermin.”
I repeated this conversation one day to the Comtesse della Sala, widow of
one of the most devoted servants of Khedive Tewfik, a woman of strong
character and bound by many ties of friendship to the greatest Egyptian
ladies.
“It is a horrible calumny,” she cried. “All the
young women I know, Princesses or otherwise, are daintiness and
refinement personified. They take the greatest care of their persons, and
as to their houses, with the exception of a certain untidiness very
oriental, they are perfectly clean and well kept. I should very much like
to know what class of woman your doctor is in the habit of visiting.
Believe me, the Egyptian lady of good family does not cede a point to those
of any other country, and some of those I know are the quintessence of
elegance.”
To my mind one of the most extraordinary features about these Egyptian
ladies is, that after living a perfectly free and unrestrained life at
Carlsbad, Lucerne, or Paris, they will, immediately on their return to
Cairo, take up their old life of seclusion. Is it the fear of being
criticised by the oldfashioned Mussulmans, or not to give to those to whom
freedom is denied a sight of their liberty?
A certain person who knows Egypt thoroughly spoke to me thus:
“It would be impossible to give at once complete liberty to all
our women. For centuries they have lived apart, knowing nothing of life,
without the necessity of defending themselves or even of thinking for
themselves: if you granted
151
them their freedom they would
become the prey of the first man who cared to abuse their weakness.
“The slaves, happy and petted by their mistresses, conducted
themselves well; the day the door was opened to them they became
prostitutes, not because they were vicious but because they did not know
how to look after themselves. If you did the same for their mistresses the
result would be similar.”
It seems certain that the woman in Egypt is passing at this moment through a
period of transition, both critical and dangerous. I know that his Highness
the Khedive and other intelligent Egyptians recognise the backward
condition of the Egyptian woman, but they are convinced that the moment
has not yet come to emancipate her completely and absolutely, and that
in such a delicate matter it is necessary to proceed slowly and with the
greatest prudence.
I read on my return from Cairo a very interesting book, whose author, Niya
Salima (Mdme. Rouchdy), had kindly forwarded to me. Married to an Egyptian
occupying an important official position, and highly connected, she has the entrée to the best houses, and her volume,
“Harems et Musulmanes d'Egypte,” gives an
excellent idea of the condition of women in the valley of the Nile at the
present time. There are many interesting things in these pages; but, though
I do not know quite why, the thing which struck me most was the
declaration that such a thing as an “old maid” is
unknown; that, no matter how ugly or repulsive a woman may be, she need
never lack a husband, even though she may be without fortune. It is
true that the state of connubial bliss may be only an ephemeral one. The
Egyptian loves a change: he Hits like a bee from flower to flower, and the
ease with which he can obtain a divorce admirably suits his tastes and
temperaments. Should one of his wives displease him, he has only to
repudiate her, and if he wishes to make an end of things, the
repudiation becomes final on his repeating three times, “Thou
art divorced!” That is all, and, as one can see, the method
is simple and convenient. If all divorces are not settled quite so
rapidly it may be because of the fact that, when thus pronounced by the
husband, he must return the money which his
152
wife brought him, and pay her
a pension for three months, or, in case of her being enceinte, until the weaning of the child. Many men of the less
respectable kind, in order to evade these expenses, in lieu of repudiating
the wife, make her life so unbearable that the retched creature seeks the
separation herself. First she will apply to the Cadi, or religious
judge, who will try to bring about a reconciliation; but after his
sermon the bad treatment becoming worse and worse, she is forced to fly,
leaving her goods behind her. Her widowhood probably will be of very short
duration, and she will soon pass into the service of some other man.
The precepts of the Koran concerning repudiation and divorce are interesting
and edifying, and will be found scattered here and there throughout the
book of Niya Salima. I shall content myself with quoting a few passages,
from which we learn that:
“Repudiation may take place twice, after which, if the wife be
kept, she must be treated honestly, or, if sent away, treated
generously.”
“If a husband repudiate his wife thrice, he is not permitted to
take her back until after she shall have married another man, who in his
turn has repudiated her.”
It is true that in every case the wife repudiated must “allow
three months to elapse before remarrying, for they must not hide that which
God may have created within them.”
But the good and just Prophet commands, “That the rich man shall
give according to his riches, and the man who has only what he requires
according to that which God has given him.”
Just as in Paris the middle-class wedding-parties drive in processions of
rickety landaus for a turn in the “Bois,” so the
Egyptian trails through the town a long train of musicians, camels, cars
and impossible carriages. But the fêtes
given on the occasion of a wedding are much longer, more important, and
more complicated than with us, except in the case of a widow or divorcée. One would require a volume to
describe all the quaint ceremonies, the feasts, receptions and fêtes of all kinds.
153
I transcribe from the book I have mentioned the following passage
descriptive of a great feast:
“Little is said … hunger is too pressing. Not a sound
of a dish: fingers take the place of forks, and each one dips into the
middle of the bowl. … A pretty little hand shining with butter
meets another sticky with sugar in a dish filled with an atrocious
mixture called ‘tourchis.’ … Every one
munches noisily, quite at his ease; for is one not at home, and it is
only due to the Creator to enjoy the good things He has sent us,
without fuss. … Each one leaves the table when he wishes,
and makes his way towards the copper basin at the end of the table.
Ablutions, casual before dinner, are now made complete. Standing
there, ewer in hand, the servant pours into the palms of the hands a
stream of clear water. The lather of the soap covers the hands, and
finally finds its way to the mouth by means of the index finger,
serving as an impromptu tooth-brush. Then come gurglings and
garglings, highly hygienic no doubt, but rather inconsiderate
… all the room is full of them.”
MOTHER AND CHILD
These gurglings after dinner are known in other civilised countries,
and the rince-bouche, once upon a time popular
in France and elsewhere, was, in my humble opinion, much more disgusting.
At Cairo the guests leave the table and gargle at the other end of the room;
not as with us, when, not so very long ago either, the performance took
place at table and in unison.
It seems almost incredible to us that a young man should marry a girl on
whom he has never set eyes, and yet that is what happens at this moment in
Egypt. The following lines of
154
Niya Salima give an excellent
idea of the end of the marriage rites, which sometimes last an entire week.
“The husband, escorted from the Mosque by friends of his own age,
with lighted torches, music, and uproar, is at last announced. The young
bride descends from the platform, and supported by two matrons, veiled and
trembling, awaits the conclusion of the final rites. The eunuchs appear
followed by the bridegroom, blind with confusion, who walks nervously
towards the praying carpet prepared for him, and there prostrates himself.
When he has thus publicly made his devotions he approaches the bride, and,
raising her veil, looks at her. On her breast he pins with his own hands
a jewel, and as she lifts his hand to her lips he kisses her on the
forehead: then he throws a handful of gold to the matrons, who promptly
vanish. Ascending the steps of the throne they seat themselves for a
moment, and at last enter together the nuptial chamber, where the bride
commences the duties of her new life by giving her husband something
to drink.
“How does this first interview pass, and with what strange
sensations do these two so unexpectedly united regard one another? Curious
folk might wish to know, but the doors are jealously guarded, until proof
is given to the anxious parents that all is well.”
As to the happiness of the couple, that depends, it seems, on many things. I
shall mention only two: the first, which impels the mother of the bride to
place in the nuptial bed a pair of scissors, a means of ensuring the love
of the bridegroom; the second, which recommends that the young wife, if she
desires that “the grey mare should be the better
horse,” must place her foot on that of her husband and spit into the glass of sirop which she offers him!
I have already mentioned that the authorities most competent to judge are
opposed to the idea of emancipating too rapidly the women of Egypt. I know
equally that Lord Cromer is of opinion that the Egyptians will never attain
the mental and moral development which he desires for them, so long as
their women remain the ignorant and childish creatures which they are. In
spite of this decided conviction,
155
which he has himself mentioned
to me, Lord Cromer advises deliberation and prudence.
In his last report he recalls to the reformers the old Arab proverb,
“Speed is of the devil, Slowness of God,” and his
opinion is that rushing matters might lead to a veritable cataclysm.
There is no doubt that the entire country is beginning to
ARAB MANSION
Dittrich
understand the necessity of educating its women folk. The best
proof of this is the increasing number of young girls being sent to the
schools. Almost nil a few years ago, there were in 1900, 2050; four years
later, that is last year, the number had increased to 10,462.
I have paid a visit at Cairo to the elementary school for girls, presided
over by Mrs. Johnston, a woman of strong character and keen sympathy. I was
charmed with the place, bright and sunny, and with the hundred little
things by which a woman can transform a bare school-house into a real
home. The subjects of study are well chosen and practical, but the
difficulty is to retain the scholars after the age of thirteen or
156
fourteen years, as then they
are almost women, and the parents are already planning their marriage.
Although the Mussulman may consider a woman as an inferior being, he, none
the less, is capable of the great passions As in all other lands, the
weaker sex has inspired the poet, of the valley of the Nile, and above all
the Arabs, these grands amoureux.
M. Ferdinand de Martino Bey has published a very interesting volume,
entitled “Anthologie de l'Amour Arabe,” in
which I have found some delicious little poems, not to speak of others
well calculated to alarm Mrs. Grundy. The author declares that the Arab is
a great wit, and certainly many of the amusing stories which he rattled off
gave good reason for his opinion.
The rising generation—Education—The
schools—Religion— The Grand Moufti of Egypt and
the University—Lord Cromer's
opinions—The Arab University—Technical
schools—School of Medicine—School of
Police—Reformatory—The hospitals—
Works of charity.
“… Since your departure I have been so unwell that the
doctors prohibited me from all work. During the last two days I have
felt somewhat better, so I take the opportunity of this momentary
respite to send you these few lines as promised.
“… I intend sailing for Marseilles on the 14th inst.
… I hope I shall have the strength and time to come and see
you. We can then have a talk at our leisure on the subjects on which
you have asked me for information.”
Alas, the Grand Moufti of Egypt, Sheik Mohamed
Abdou, who wrote the above on June 6 last, had neither the time
nor the strength to carry out his intentions. Death claimed him,
whilst still a young man, five weeks later. His physician, the
celebrated Dr. Comanos Pasha, forbade him to leave, “for he
would have died on the journey,” as he wrote me in a letter
announcing the end of the celebrated Sheik, adding, “He was
the greatest man in modern Mussulman Egypt.”
At Cairo I had several important conversations with the Grand Moufti on
religious and educational questions. On
* Grand Moufti, i.e., Chief of
the Laws of Islam, Patriarch of the Mussulmans.
158
the eve of my departure he
came to see me, and promised to send me a note on each of these
subjects. The first, of which he speaks in his letter, has in fact
reached me, and is probably the last piece of work which he did, with
the exception of a beautiful poem, which, I have learned, he
dictated on his death-bed before rendering up his soul to God.
I had promised the Sheik that in making use of any notes which he might
send me I should not divulge the source from which they came, doubtless
to avoid any unpleasantness with the Government. Now that he is no
more, and that this important document is in my hands, I feel that I am
right in publishing, just as it came to me, what may be considered
as a last appeal, a clause, as it were, in the political will and
testament of this good man, who had so thoroughly at heart the welfare
of his country.
The following are his words:
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.
“The Egyptian Government spends annually on Public
Education the sum of £200,000 at a time when its Budget,
amounting to over £12,000,000, would allow of its
disbursing a larger amount. From time to time it raises the sum
which each family must pay for the instruction of its children;
and that in such a continuous fashion and in such proportions
that the education of the children becomes an expense too
crushing even for the middle class of the nation. If this increase
continues, education will become a luxury within the reach of
only the wealthy families. It is a principle with those directing
our affairs that the children of the poor have no right to be
instructed. This principle they loudly proclaim. In their
conversation, in their reports, in their books, one finds it
everywhere. One can admit that up to a certain point the
father of a family who sets aside a part of his income for the
education of his children will see that he gets value for his
money; he will see that his children should profit by the
instruction which costs him so dear. But to pretend from this that
all free education is useless is inadmissible and is refuted by experience.
EL AZHAR UNIVERSITY
David Gardiner
159
It should be observed,
in fact, that from the time of Mohamed Ali up to the year 1882,
entrance into the Egyptian schools was almost always free. That has
not prevented those schools from producing a certain number of men
really well educated, and who belonged for the most part to the
poorest class of the people. In Europe education is free in many
countries which do not do badly. But what is the experience of
the past and the example of Europe when one has made up
one's mind to have one's own way?
THE LATE GRAND MOUFTI
Fasani
“It is pitiful to see, each year, the spectacle of
fathers and mothers of families bringing their little boys to
the Ministry for Education, asking as a favour that they may
be accepted free, invoking their poverty, and often the
services rendered to the State by one or several of their
family, hoping always that Providence or pity will relax the
rules for once, but obliged ultimately to return to their
houses or to their villages deceived, disheartened,
discontented, not knowing what to do with these little children for
whom they had dreamed so many things. What should be done? We are
told, we have rich fellow countrymen who could well afford to
erect free schools for the poor. Certainly, our rich
compatriots could do that and more. But Egypt does not yet
possess philanthropists, and above all enlightened
philanthropists. There are those who sometimes build mosques of
which we have no need, considering the already excessive number
which we possess: there are others who leave part of their fortune
to a saint, but privatein itiative has not yet turned towards
education. Our people have too long looked to the community in
everything and for everything.
160
“If we consider now the instruction given by the Egyptian
Government from the point of view of its worth, we are obliged to
state that it hardly enables a man to acquire the means for earning
a living wage. It is impossible that it could turn out, not a
genius, but a scholar, a writer or a philosopher. The only schools
which represent higher education in Egypt are the Schools of Law
and Medicine, and the Polytechnic. Of all the other
sciences of which human knowledge is composed, the
Egyptian may sometimes obtain a superficial notion at the
preparatory schools, but it is almost impossible for him to
study them thoroughly, and often he is compelled to
ignore them. For example: Social Economy, with its
branches, historical, moal and economical; Philosophy,
ancient and modern; Literature, Arabic and European, and
the Fine Arts are not taught in Egypt in any school.
MOSQUE EL AZHAR
Dittrich
“The result is that we possess judges and lawyers,
physicians and engineers more or less capable of exercising
their professions; but amongst the educated classes one looks
in vain for the investigator, the thinker, the philosopher,
the scholar, the man in fact of open mind, fine spirit,
generous sentiments, whose whole life is found devoted to the
ideal.
“To sum up, the line of conduct which the State has
mapped out for itself and which it seems resolved to adhere to is
this: (I) To encourage summary education in the small
161
schools called
Kouttab, where the child is taught to read and write, and learns
the four rules of arithmetic. (2) To spread education as little as
possible amongst the people. (3) To reduce secondary and higher
education to the smallest limit. Egyptians are persuaded that those
who direct their public affairs are not doing all they can to raise
the moral and intellectual level of the rising generation. This
opinion is deplorable from every point of view; it will create,
sooner or later, a current of discontent in public opinion. We
cannot see what the English will gain by allowing such a conviction
to continue in the minds of the inhabitants. If there is a common
standpoint on which we might meet it is Public Education.
Between the interests of the English and the interests of the
Egyptians there can be no difference. To develop Egypt it is
necessary that every force should be employed, and especially man, above all man.
For that, the combined work of Europeans and natives is necessary.
In weakening, reducing, and mentally impoverishing the natives, the
English are acting against their own interests. It is to their
advantage that the Egyptians should become powerful, free and rich;
their own prosperity and their own wealth depend on ours.
ADMINISTRATION AND JUSTICE.
“The Egyptian Administration has no need of great reforms
in its organisation. Nevertheless, it leaves much to be desired.
Its principal fault lies in the unsatisfactory choice of its
officials. As a rule one thing alone is exacted in a candidate, and
that is that he should possess a nature entirely passive. A man in
the smallest degree independent will not be admitted, or if by
mistake he should be, he will not remain long. Why is it so? Simply
because the English mistrust too much, and without reason, men of
independent thought. They find officials ready to do all that is
asked of them, and even more if by doing so they can gain favour
with their superiors. And they seem to be satisfied with this
condition of things. Unfortunately, the result is that those in
charge of our affairs are seldom well informed on the men and
affairs of the Administration. The Egyptian officials dare not tell
them the
162
truth, they take no
initiative, approve all that is wanted, and never oppose any
measure. One example from a thousand:
“An Egyptian moudir in a province is assisted by an
English inspector. Normally the moudir should administer, and
the inspector control his work. But it is not so. The moudir
takes no responsibility, he submits everything, however
insignificant, to the inspector and awaits his orders, which he is
ready to carry out. The more he effaces himself, the more he does,
so he believes, to please his inspector. If the latter should
commit an error, he will allow it to pass rather than offer an
observation which might be badly received.
“And so it is all over. It is notorious that the English
will not put up with an Egyptian official unless he is willing to
play the part of dummy. The country is in this way deprived of the
services of those of its children who have an opinion on her real
needs, and who have the courage to express that opinion.
“In the Department of Justice the same fault exists, with
the aggravating circumstance that with an Egyptian judge of a
passive disposition, easily influenced by his English colleague,
the danger may arise that he will not give an opinion according to
his conscience. This danger is very great, and the evil a very
serious one.
“Another danger is the ease with which the law of the
country is made. Each Englishman [constitutes himself a legislator,
and attempts to modify the law as it suits him. He submits his work
to the Ministerial Council, which, as every one knows, is an
assembly of mutes, who sign whatever is put before them. The only
control exercised is by the Legislative Council. But this assembly
has only a consultative power, and the members of it who are up to
their work are very few.
“What is required is a kind of State Council, before
which would come all proposals in regard to the Law. There
they would receive serious consideration. The good would pass,
the bad would be rejected.
“MOHAMED ABDOU, “Grand
Moufti of Egypt.”
I have given the Grand Moufti's remarks. I leave to those
THE REFORMATORY
Sanderson
163
more competent than
myself the task of approving or refuting his criticisms.
Egypt possesses the greatest Mussulman University in the world, El
Azhar, established for nine centuries, and whose reputation
throughout Islam was at one time enormous, and is still to-day very
great. It is there that the Sheiks and Uelmas of the Mussulman
religion are turned out. It would be difficult to imagine an
institution more backward, more routinière, more impossible. The pupil passes
eight, twelve, perhaps fifteen years in reading ancient Arab books,
in discussing the exact meaning of certain words, or in comparing
the construction of “ideal phrases,” whilst
remaining crassly ignorant of every latter-day question or of the
progress of civilisation.
After their long and useless studies are completed, these men become
professors or Sheiks in their villages, where they can only spread
the vain knowledge they have acquired. Knowing to what an extent
his Highness the Khedive interests himself in all which relates
either to the religion or the future of his country, I have no
doubt that he will take in hand, at the moment which he judges
opportune and with his usual energy, the question of the reform of
the University.
On the occasion of the centenary of the accession of Mohamed Ali,
founder of the present dynasty, several Princes of the Khedivial
family and other distinguished Egyptians decided to collect the
amount necessary to found a great University on modern lines. It is
certain that an institution of this kind would render a very great
service to the cause of civilisation in Egypt, and it is to be
hoped that the efforts of the generous promoters of the scheme will
succeed. A large sum has already been subscribed principally by the
Khedive and the Egyptian Princes. This sum being still insufficient
for the founding of a University, it has been decided to employ it
in creating a certain number of bursaries, by which young Egyptians
will be enabled to undertake their studies in the different
European capitals.
Just as the idea of the University is a good one, so is that of
sending the students abroad a bad one. In the opinion of those best
able to judge, and I have questioned Egyptians, English and French,
the results obtained by this method are
164
detestable. With very
few exceptions the young Egyptians sent to Europe, finding
themselves far from home, in a strange land, badly looked after,
take on only a veneer of our civilisation. Pleasures attract them,
and too often their studies and their duties are forgotten. In
France the temptations are very great; and in England, where
College and University life is more strict, the young Egyptian,
considered without reason as an inferior, is badly treated by his
English comrades, and returns with a heart full of hatred and
bitterness.
It is then in Egypt and at their own doors that modern means of
education must be provided. The primary and secondary schools (all
paying) have already made great progress, as much from the point of
view of learning as from that of behaviour, discipline, hygiene and
cleanliness. Those which I have visited produced on me an excellent
impression. The children, clean, well behaved, and, above all, well
fed, looked smart, contented and happy. I found amongst them
children sent from Java and Zanzibar to be educated. The
majority, as is natural, are Mussulmans; but there are, besides,
Christians, Copts, Greeks, Armenians and also Jews. The study
of the Koran is not compulsory; but the greater part of the
Copts take the course, for it is the best, almost the unique book
of Arabic literature. The native teachers seemed well
qualified for their task except in the teaching of English, where
their pronunciation left much to be desired. They seemed also
to be enthusiastic in their work.
Things are very different, so I have been told, in the provinces,
where the small village schools, the Kouttabs, are nests of dirt,
ignorance and even brutality. From the tenderest age, the Egyptian
child is threatened with the schoolmaster and his rod, as with us
we threaten the appearance of the bogey man, with the result that
the school for him becomes a vision of all that is terrible.
When the Grand Moufti wrote to me that in Egypt there were no
philanthropists willing to set aside part of their fortunes for the
advancement of education, he was ignorant, no doubt, of the work
which Boghos Nubar Pasha, son of the celebrated statesman, has just
founded, and which he describes in these words:
165
“My object has been to come to the aid of these young men
who, on account of recent events in Turkey, have been obliged in
the last few years to emigrate to different parts of Europe, snd of
whom a large number, entirely without resources, have aought refuge
in Egypt. I have thought that in giving facilities to some of these
to study commerce, for which our race (Armenian) has a special
aptitude, they would find themselves better equipped for the
struggle for existence, and would enter on a career with much
better chances of success. I have therefore decided to
establish a School of Commerce, which, although founded
for Armenians, will not close its doors to young men of
other nationalities and religions. I have made one restriction
only in order to preserve an Armenian majority, and that
is that two-thirds of the total number of pupils shall be
of that nationality. The teaching will be given in
English and French, and the course of study shall approximate
to that of Schools of Commerce in Europe. In order to give
stability to my school and a guarantee for its future as regards
the funds necessary for its upkeep, I intend to invest a sum in
real estate, the income from which will belong to the school, and I
shall constitute everything—school and
gift—as what our Ottoman law calls a Wakf, that is to
say a property which shall be inalienable, and the management of
which shall be controlled by an Administration of the State.
BOGHOS NUBAR PASHA
Lekegian
“I shall add in conclusion that I am exceedingly grateful
to the Government and Lord Cromer, who have given me every
encouragement, and who have promised to facilitate, the
166
acquisition of the
necessary site, and to lend me later the assistance of several of
the Professors attached to the Government schools.”
That is, I think, an example worthy of the highest praise, and it is
to be hoped that it is but the first step, followed by many others,
towards the generous and philanthropic effort desired by the Grand
Moufti.
There is another institution in which Lord Cromer is particularly
interested, the Reformatory, situated in the country on the road to
the Pyramids, where the little vagabonds and children who have
committed some crime or other are sent. Admirably thought out and
managed, this institution, a model of its kind, renders an immense
service, and will be called on to render greater.
“Think of it,” Lord Cromer said to me one day,
“the Egyptians, convinced that the Reformatory is the
best school which we have in Egypt, ask to have their children
sent there!”
I must say I was delighted with the visit I paid to it. The
Director, an excellent fellow with a cheery face, showed me round
and proved to me that, although under strict discipline, the
children are perfectly happy and take well to the life which they
must lead. Besides reading, writing and arithmetic, each one is
taught a trade, shoemaking, tailoring, bookbinding, carpentering,
&c. &c. I visited the workshops, and was able
to admire the excellent work done. The children are paid for
their work, and, on their leaving the establishment, the amount is
handed over to them.
After having visited the buildings, the Director asked me to seat
myself in a chair which had been placed in an immense courtyard,
where I witnessed a most interesting military and gymnastic
display. These children, admirably trained, had a strength, agility
and a power of endurance which was really remarkable. During the
whole of the performance a band of sixty-five musicians, made up of
children of ten to fifteen years of age, performed various pieces
con brio incredibile. I had seen nothing
like it, and my enthusiasm getting the better of me, I was about to
applaud, when all these little reformés in their uniform of striped blue and
white, marched past me,
GYMNASTICS AT THE POLICE SCHOOL
Lekegian
167
music in front,
preceded by a drum-major about the height of my riding boot, and
aged eight years!
For a long time now complaints have been rife in Egypt with regard
to the police, and certainly they are far from what they should be.
Brutal towards the weak, cringing towards the strong, utterly
ignorant, and always willing to shut their eyes and open their
hands—that, I believe, is a perfectly just description
of the police as they existed only yesterday. To-day they are far
from being brilliant, but at least some progress has been made,
and, thanks to the energy of the Under-Secretary, Adviser to the
Minister of the Interior, Captain Machell, there is reason to hope
that in the near future a great improvement will take place.
The whole trouble arises from the fact that, through lack of
necessary funds which at present it is impossible to obtain, the
police is recruited from the army, and this, owing to the
detestable system of recruiting in vogue, is composed of the dregs
of the population.
According to the present law any Egyptian able to pay the sum of
£20 is exempt from military service. When Egypt was
still very poor, the number of families who were in a position to
pay this amount was very small, and the Government was able to
choose amongst the “condemned” the best
specimens from a physical and mental point of view. I say
“condemned,” because for the Egyptian to be
taken from his family and his land, and to be enrolled in the army,
is a punishment quite as great as being put in prison, with the
difference that the latter only happens to him when he is guilty of
some crime, whereas in the former case his only crime is his
inability to pay his £30.
It must be remembered also that for centuries the unfortunate
fellaheen were forced to serve in the army, where, badly clothed,
badly fed, badly treated, and the greater part of the time unpaid,
sent to the centre of Africa, from which they seldom returned, they
could not but receive a very poor opinion of a military career.
Many preferred to lose an eye or cut off the index finger, rather
than serve. To-day, without being quite such a nightmare to him,
service in the army is the thing above all others which he wishes
to avoid; and to do so he will sell
168
all that he and his
family possess, and when those who have been unable to pay the
amount must leave their village all the relatives turn out,
sobbing, crying, and shouting in their grief.
It naturally follows, therefore, that with the increasing prosperity
of the country, only the most miserable and destitute are unable to
pay the tax of exemption, and that the recruits obtained for the
army represent the dullest, most ignorant and lowest type which it
is possible to find.
Lord Cromer and the Egyptian Government are well aware of the evil
effects of this law, which deprives the poorest families of the
labour of which they are in need, whilst supplying Egypt with very
inferior soldiers, and it is probable that measures will shortly be
taken to alter it. It can be easily understood that the soldiers
taken from the army to fulfil the duties of police are far from
possessing the necessary moral or intellectual qualities. It is to
remedy this state of affairs that Captain Machell has founded a
“Police School,” which has already given
excellent results, and which is to be considerably enlarged. The
object of this school is the training of officers and
non-commissioned officers, to give them a thorough knowledge of
their work, so that they will be able not only to command the men
under them, but also to train and instruct them. It is necessary
for entrance to the school to possess a primary education
certificate, and when the school was founded the pupils accepted
received a sum of £2 per month, besides food, lodging
and washing. But as Egypt is the land of paradox, it was soon found
that the fact of a payment being made to the pupils, far from
attracting the class desired, repelled them. The system was
therefore changed, and instead of being paid the pupils were asked
to pay the sum of £30 for their education. The result
was excellent, and a large number of young men present themselves
each year for enrolment.
The school at present consists of twenty-four officer pupils and
forty non-commissioned pupils, but when the new buildings are
completed the figures will be raised to sixty and seven hundred
respectively. The classes are taught by professors from the School
of Law, and the instruction given is of a practical kind,
consisting of the duties of the police, the law and its
application, the manner of drawing up a report, and criminal
169
investigation. On
quitting the school they are equipped with a thorough knowledge of
administrative and police regulations.
Moral training goes hand in hand with a complete system of
gymnastics. Shooting, riding, and care of their mounts are also
taught. I do not believe that a race exists so open to physical
development as the Egyptians. The results obtained at the
Police Schools are really marvellous. In a few weeks, chests
develop and expand, enormous muscles appear on arm and
leg, and the men go through their exercises with a strength
and agility unsurpassed. I have been present at these
exercises, and found them most interesting and worthy of
a Hippodrome. The pupils are well treated, food is
plentiful, the dormitories comfortable, whilst excellent
bathrooms and douches are provided, the daily use of which is
obligatory.
THE STRONG MAN OF THE POLICE SCHOOL
Lekegian
In a country in which everything was in need of alteration and
reconstruction, and in which the police were such as I have briefly
described, one can imagine the condition of the prisons The
prisoners lived in an atmosphere that was putrid and were not even
fed. If their relations or friends thought of bringing them
something to eat, so much the better; if they forgot so much the
worse. Many of these unfortunate people were imprisoned on some
trumped-up charge made by an enemy.
In the case of the prisons, as in everything else, it was necessary
to alter, reconstruct and reorganise everything. Close
170
on £220,000
has been expended on improvements within the last few years, and
progress still continues to be made. But no time should be lost;
for, strange as it may seem, crimes and offences have considerably
increased along with the increased wealth and prosperity of the
country. That is one of these phenomena for which Egypt is
celebrated, and which I can match with another.
At Cairo there existed formerly an octroi or customs, to which all
produce and provisions entering the town were obliged to pay tax.
Living having become very expensive, it was decided to abolish the
octroi. On the very day on which this was done, the prices of
provisions increased considerably, and have continued to rise to
this day, when one has to pay 50 per cent, more for everything than
was the case a short time ago.
Lord Cromer takes the greatest interest in educational questions,
and his opinions are well known. Contrary to the idea current in
France, he does not believe that any political influence whatever
can be obtained in a country like Egypt by forcing the tongue of
the protecting nation on the people. He is, therefore, strongly
opposed to the teaching of English in the purely Egyptian schools.
Neither is he in favour of increasing the primary and secondary
schools on European lines, from which the pupil issues despising
industry, agriculture and trade, and seeking only to commence life
as a clerk in a Government office or an employee in a Company, with
the appearance of a gentleman.
Lord Cromer advises establishing in each village or in each quarter
of the large cities a Kouttab or primary school; and a school of
the same kind, but giving a more advanced education, in the
principal towns, and the affiliation of these with industrial and
professional schools, also colleges of horticulture and
agriculture. According to him, and his view certainly seems the
right one, what Egypt most requires is not a supply of clerks, but
of agriculturists, up-to-date horticulturists, mechanics,
electricians, carpenters, skilled workmen, in fact, whose hands
will be guided by a trained brain, developed by a practical and
modern education.
There is at Mansourah an excellent technical school, where
171
joinery and
cabinet-making are taught to about seventy pupils. The work
executed in the workshops by the children is sold, and last year
brought in a sum of £1000.
Finally, in connection with this subject, model workshops will be
opened in all the towns in Egypt. Cairo already possesses an
important one, whilst another is in course of construction at
Assiout, which will cost no less than £16,000.
There remain to be said a few words on the School of Medicine
founded by the celebrated Dr. Clot, a Frenchman, who, I believe,
A KOUTTAB SCHOOL
came to Egypt in 1825, and whose bust is to be seen in the
garden of the school. Little by little the school has become
Anglicised, and the faculty is now entirely composed of
English doctors. I believe the reason of this change to be that
most of the Egyptian students prefer to study in English,
which, in view of the actual condition of affairs, they find most
useful to them, and that it would be impossible to have classes
in both that language and French.
Under the able guidance of Dr. Keatinge, the School of Medicine
to-day counts one hundred students, who give one a most favourable
impression. All the arrangements for study are excellent, and the
pupils possess a club where meals are
172
provided for
7½d. a day. Alcoholic liquors,
cards and politics are taboo!
At the side of the school is the great Hospital of Kasr-el-Ainy, to
which are attached schools for nurses and midwives, also a most
interesting museum. The buildings of the hospital are in a shocking
state, and I must admit I cannot understand why large sums are
continually being expended in patching them up when no amount of
patchwork will do the slightest
A BOYS' SCHOOL
Lekegian
good. There is only one solution, and that is to pull down
the entire building and rebuild. Money is wanted, but money
can be found. The different wards of the hospital are arranged
as in Europe, but the greatest difficulty is experienced in
making the patients stay in bed; they much prefer to squat on
a blanket placed on the floor. The men are looked after by
male nurses; the presence of women, they tell me, would quite
upset them!
Most of the unfortunate creatures who come for treatment are in a
state of disgusting filth and swarming with vermin.
A CLASS OF CHEIKS
Lekegian
173
It is necessary,
therefore, to evacuate the wards one by one, and re-paint them from
top to bottom—which reminds me of a story told to me by
a young Egyptian one day when we happened to pass in the street a
poor beggar who, having made a suitable aperture in his garments,
was searching diligently for something which was evidently annoying
him, a common enough sight in Egypt.
“He is seeking his fortune,” said my friend.
“His what?” said I.
“His fortune of course,” he repeated;
“don't you know that one of the Rothschilds
has been making a collection of fleas? Now he has succeeded in
obtaining almost every type known. Only two specimens are still
lacking, and for these he is ready to pay an enormous sum. Lately
he came to Egypt, land of the flea par
excellence, in the hope of finding them. In spite of the help
in his researches of a doctor well-known in Cairo, he has not
succeeded; so you can understand that every flea-bitten native in
the valley of the Nile now lives in the hope that one day he may
find between his thumb and his first ringer that precious flea to
sell to the ‘Baron des Puces,’ as they call
the gentleman here.”
And to think of teaching them after that the advantage of getting
rid of such aids to fortune!
One of the best of the works of charity has been founded in memory
of the late Lady Cromer, the Home for Foundlings, the number of
which, alas, is very numerous in Cairo. The mothers usually leave
them immediately after their birth, absolutely naked, in some waste
piece of ground or uninhabited alley. The little unfortunates,
found, perhaps several hours after in a terrible state, are taken
to the Home to be cared for with a kindness which would have
brought joy to the heart of the lady in whose name the good work is
carried on. The children thus saved are generally adopted by those
women who have none. In fact, their religion teaching the
Mussulman women that they cannot enter Paradise unless they have
had a child, those who for one reason or another have had none
do not hesitate to adopt one, in the hope that this act, in default
of the other, will open to them the gates of Heaven.
Dr. Keatinge, who accompanied me in the course of my
174
visits to the School
of Medicine and the Hospital, and who spared me no detail, took me
also to see the museum. We made our way through rooms full of jars
containing all the organs of the body, attacked by the most
unlikely diseases, rooms where hundreds of entire mummies, or of
heads, arms or legs lying pell-mell, gave one a weird impression.
In another room, in fine show-cases, lay teeth and hair centuries
old, stomachs and other mummified organs in perfect preservation. From
LATE LADY CROMER'S HOME FOR FOUNDLINGS
there we passed into the laboratories, where gentlemen
celebrated in the medical world were performing various
unpleasant feats of cookery over electric furnaces, and with stills
full of blood.
“Now,” said Dr. Keatinge, “come and have
a look at our brains, we are rather proud of them!”
Brains! Heavens! There were thousands of them, of all sizes, of all
colours—I had almost said cooked in every
way— in immense glass jars. One was enormous, taken from
the skull of an Egyptian killed by the tram last winter, the
largest brain known, and belonging—to the disgust of the
savants—
175
to a man who died
unknown, his identity never having been established.
But why these brains? Simply because the famous Professor Elliott
Smith, in the service of the Egyptian Government and the greatest
authority on the subject, has given himself up for some years to
important studies in regard to them. Surrounded by all these
bottled brains and dried brains,* I found mine working badly;
but I understand that Professor Elliott Smith has at last
discovered that we possess at the base of our brain a point which
up to now has been found only in monkeys (or perhaps it is the
other way round, I am not sure), which proves conclusively, of
course, that we all belong to the same family. Leaving the room I
could not resist putting one hand to my head to make sure that I
had not left it behind in a glass jar, and the other I carried to
my — back, with a vague suspicion that I might there
meet with a long and hairy tail!
One o'clock struck. In his softest tones Dr. Keatinge
turned to me and said, “Let's have lunch. Are
you hungry?”
“Um!” I replied. “I certainly feel as if
my inside was mummi—I mean empty. Yes, I believe I could
do with something; but, doctor, if you love me, no
brains!”
* I also saw these brains dried by a new system, which
preserves their size, their weight, and their elasticity.
The Nile by day and night—The fellaheen and
their fields— Wealth and fruitfulness—The ruins,
temples and tombs—Memphis. Sakkara, Beni Hassan and
Assiout—Missionaries, Catholic and
Protestant—Influence of the American
Missions—Evangelising and living—The marvellous
Lake—Ancient history.
LAOADED CAMELS
“THE ascent of the Nile!” These
words, in all languages and since the world began, have suggested the ideal
voyage of man. The Greeks and the Romans dreamt of it centuries ago,
and the millionaires of the time undertook what was then a long, difficult
and costly journey, in order to visit the ruins of Thebes, and the
Elephantine Island. The desire is still present with us, and there is no
more ideal way of passing the winter months than by slowly ascending the
famous river on board a dahabeah. These boats, easily hired at Cairo, are
furnished with every comfort. Only a few years ago all the dahabeahs
were provided with sails, and one journeyed slowly at the pleasure of the
wind, stopping here and there as one wished. To-day, when all the world is
in a hurry, steam dahabeahs have been built, quite as comfortable as the
others, and with this advantage, that, no matter what the weather, progress
can always be made, and those parts which are of little interest
quickly passed.
177
But dahabeahs are not within the reach of every purse; according to the
number of persons travelling together they cost from £400 to
£600 a month, everything included. If the party consists of
eight or ten it is not much; if only two or three, it becomes costly;
whilst if one is travelling alone (which happens sometimes even in Egypt),
it is too expensive and too lonely. Fortunately there are Cook's
famous services of express boats* between Cairo, Luxor and Assouan, besides their
tourist steamers. The latter are very popular and deservedly so, for it is
impossible to wish for greater comfort. The Rameses,
the Rameses III. and the Rameses the
Great, which undertake the service, are fine boats, built, of
course, on a very different plan from our ocean steamers. Their
draught is almost nil, scarcely three feet, I believe, and the whole of the
boat is therefore above the level of the water, like a large house of three
stories. Besides sleeping accommodation, dining-room, library and
smoking-room, there is on the upper deck, in the centre of the boat and
occupying the entire width, a fine open space which forms a large hall.
Tables, arm-chairs, easy-chairs, soft Eastern carpets and green plants make
a charming resort and a favourite one with all the passengers. It is
there that after meals coffee is served, there that afternoon tea is taken,
there where one can chat or play cards or enjoy music, whilst able at any
moment to glance out on the banks of the river. If the evenings are chilly,
large awnings are let down round the deck, and by means of these an
immense salon is quickly made, brightly lit by numerous
electric lamps, and where impromptu dances can be held. The food is
excellent and unlimited.
Wherever there is something of interest to be seen the boat stops, and
donkeys, guides, or, if desired, chairs with porters, await the passengers,
the cost of which is included in the ticket.†
The most important person on board is the Dragoman,
*
These express boats, although very comfortable, cost much less. and the
voyage is shorter.
†
For some years Cook has no longer had the monopoly of the steamboat
service on the Nile. The Anglo-American Nile Co. has a similar service,
the comfort of which leaves nothing to be desired. The prices are the
same, and vary, according to the cabin, from £40 to
£60, for a voyage which lasts about twenty-one days.
178
who arranges the excursions
and gives all the explanations desired, in many languages. Somewhat shorter
than these polyglot performances, I give below a few extracts from my
diary:
“On board the Rameses,
“December 20, 1904.
“What weather! Can this be Egypt? The heavens are black, and rain
descends in torrents. In spite of the
S.S. “RAMESES” Sanderson
carriage hood I have been drenched between the hotel and the
landing stage. Why the devil don't they have closed carriages in
Cairo? Certainly days like this are few, but still they do exist, and every
now and then we are reminded that it is winter.*
After the lovely sunny days we have had the sudden change; short as it is,
it is severely felt, and no one coming to Egypt should neglect to bring
warm winter clothing. It is a
*
It must be borne in mind that the winter of 1904-5 was a severe one
everywhere. Even Algiers and Tunis were visited by snow.
179
detestable climate for those
with weak lungs, at least as far as Cairo is concerned; too much dust and
dirt in the air, and too relaxing. An old resident said to me yesterday,
‘To send consumptives here is a
crime.’ This year there was a lot of fog at Cairo, and they
say that the climate is changing, the irrigation and the number of trees
planted attracting a quantity of dampness and rain hitherto unknown. The
grumblers pretend that it is the effect of the English occupation,
which has brought fog and influenza in its train!
“At the landing stage I am surrounded by a crowd of Arabs,
all of whom claim to have brought my baggage. I have twelve packages and
there are forty Arabs. They are insupportable. I am not really a
bad-tempered fellow, but I must own I have a strong desire to smack them
over the head with my cane.
“All the flags soaked and hanging miserably, the Rameses started sadly on her voyage, and we leave Cairo,
wrapped in a grey veil of mist, far behind. It is freezing! Seated on
the bridge, smothered in coats and rugs we gaze on the flat melancholy
banks. Here and there, enthusiastic fishermen watch their lines, oblivious
of the drenching rain. In the fields the peasants, seated at the side of
the cut cane, shiver and utter wild cries as we pass.
“One o'clock. An excellent lunch has warmed and
consoled us. We have just arrived at Bedrachen. From here a start is
made to visit Sakkara and the ruins of Memphis. Bravely, armed with
mackintoshes and umbrellas, we leave the Rameses, and men and women straddle the donkeys. The
situation is so ridiculous, and there are amongst us some such curious
specimens, that we end by laughing. To come to Egypt to be soaked, and to
have the end of your nose red, —this is indeed the height of
pleasure. However, for once there is no dust!
“Two hours' donkey ride across flooded fields, past
clumps of palm trees, that would be delicious if only the Egyptian
sunshine would favour us, but, alas, no such luck; all the same we
must be fair, such days are almost unknown in Egypt.
“Now we are on the site occupied thousands of years ago by
Memphis, the celebrated city, founded, so they say, by
180
Menes, the capital of the
Sovereigns of the ‘Ancient Empire,’ and the immensity
of which was such that half a day's journey was necessary to
traverse it. Some mounds of earth sheltered by palm trees, that is all to
be seen to-day. Before arriving we pass, lying under the palms, the immense
statues of Rameses II., over twenty-five feet high.
“At last we find ourselves before a small house, quite modern,
with a large terrace. It was here that Mariette lived, the famous French
Egyptologist, who, in 1851, discovered
STATUE OF RAMESES II.
the tomb of Apis, and, later, the immense necropolis of Sakkara.
Mariette who, for thirty years, directing the excavations in Egypt,
re-discovered this ancient civilisation, and did more to reconstruct the
history of Egypt than any other man.
“Apis, whose tomb has now been discovered, was the sacred bull
worshipped by the inhabitants of Memphis, as in other villages dogs, cats,
or even crocodiles, are objects of adoration. Tastes differ, we shall not
discuss them.
“At Memphis the tombs of the sacred bulls are celebrated
monuments, which one must see: each tomb has its chapel. History informs us
that Apis was born of a cow, whose time of producing calves was over, but
on whom one day a flash of lightning descended from heaven, and
… Apis was born:
181
quite black with a white mark
in the centre of the forehead, an eagle on the back, and the hairs on the
tail double. Nowadays Apis would have been sent to Barnum; in those days
they made a god of him.
“And this is the City of the Dead! The necropolis of Sakkara is
five miles long by half a mile in breadth, and this immense space is
covered with the most extraordinary monuments. Here and there, scattered
amidst the ruins, are wonderful masterpieces. The bas-reliefs, carved and
painted, are most interesting, showing as they do the whole life of a great
people; how, thirty centuries ago, they sowed and reaped, how they
built their boats, made their furniture, prepared their meals, and, lastly,
stuffed … their geese! Truly, for I am not joking, and I saw a
charming little bas-relief where a gentleman, whose tailor's
bill cannot have worried him much, stuffed with ful hands the unfortunate
birds whose livers were destined to supply the succulent pâtés. Oh, Strasbourg, thou who possesseth
not bas-reliefs to illustrate the industry which is thy glory, who will
think of thee and thy foies gras six thousand years
hence? Follow my counsel, ancient city of Alsace, and provide thyself
immediately with bas-reliefs. May Memphis serve thee as a model! Taken by
assault by Cambyses, B.C. 525, occupied by the Persians, sacked by the
Christians under Theodosius, razed to the ground by Mahomedans and heaven
knows what else, the bas-reliefs still exist, and show us to this day how
at Memphis man triumphed over the goose!
“December 21.
“This morning I experienced a shock, a violent shock, and it was
the waters of the Nile which caused it. There are on the Rameses excellent bathrooms, and I had promised myself matutinal
ablutions pleasant and comfortable. Wakening early I ordered my bath from
the Arab servant at six o'clock. A few minutes later. I entered
the bathroom, and it was then that I received the shock. The magnificent
bath was full of dark yellow mud, very dark, almost black, thick and
repulsive. Questioned, I heard the Arab vaguely murmur as he closed
the door behind him, ‘Nile water, very clean.’ Very
182
clean! I turned the tap and
from it oozed the same liquid mud; and then this problem, difficult to
solve, presented itself to my mind: ‘Shall I be not cleaner, but
less dirty, by going without my bath, or by steeping myself each morning in
this mud?’ I calculate that we shall not arrive in Assouan
for twelve days … in the first case I shall have on my skin
the accumulation of two hundred and eighty-eight hours, and in the second,
I shall have twelve superimposed coatings of fertilising mud. The idea of the latter rather amuses
me; knowing its wonderful properties I begin to speculate on what
crops I am likely to raise, and begin to imagine that I shall find in time
on my person small plantations of sugar-cane, with here and there, perhaps,
a stray mushroom! I hesitate no longer, and make the plunge. The sensation
is not disagreeable, but unfortunately the idea suddenly strikes me
that the Arab, born lazy, could very well save himself the trouble of
changing the water, and that there never will be anything but mud. The
thought is not a pleasant one, and I jump from out the bath.
“No one is about, and I venture on to the deck in my pyjamas. The
rain has ceased, but the fog is still around us. Suddenly, in the grey of
the distance, I can see, as through a thick veil, the tall chimneys of a
manufactory,*
then a number of roofs, and, finally, a forest of masts. We are
evidently approaching a town of some importance, and, upon my word, we
might be on the Thames rather than on the Nile.
“Hardly had I formed this opinion when a ray of sunshine striking
through the fog rested on a high minaret brilliantly white. Thanks be to
God, who alone could so transform the scene! As by a miracle the mist
dissolves, and far as the eye can reach the land of Egypt, pulsing with
life, lies bathed in the golden beams of the glorious sun.
“Set in a girdle of green, the town appears gleaming in pearly
white, with, here and there, a spot of rose or blue, where the walls of
some large house shed a tender colour through the green of the trees. But
the Egyptian towns are best seen at a distance. What, afar off, appears to
be a superb palace, is often naught but a miserable building with
dilapidated walls,
*
Sugar-works.
COUNTRY SCENE NEAR CAIRO
Sanderson
183
and at the windows of which
one need not be surprised at the sudden apparition of the horned head of a
goat.
“Hundreds of boats are moored to the banks, and on every side
donkeys, camels, men wonderfully loaded, bring up the gram onions,
vegetables, sugar-cane, goods of every sort including bales of old rags,
descending the Nile en route to Cairo, Alexandria,
Europe and America.
“Yes, even here come the agents of the large paper-making
NATIVE BOATS
Lekegian
firms in the States to buy the loathly rags from the poorest
peasants; and these remnants some day will return to us to you and to me,
under the guise of a perfumed billet doux or a
magazine. Nothing certainly seems to be lost in this world. Look, for
instance, at these huge dovecots, of which you will see thousands along the
banks of the Nile. Would it sunrise you to learn that these millions of
birds are raised simply that they may supply guano for fertilisation?
“The town has now dropped astern. On the left, in the distance,
curious mountains, parched and bare, rise towards the
184
blue of the sky with their
steep and even outlines. Not a point is visible, the summits here are flat
as tables. From the river to their base the desert stretches, too high to
allow of the fertilising waters of the Nile to overspread them. To the
right, on the contrary, lies the lovely Egyptian land, flat and fertile,
where, far as the eye can see, stretch the fields which constitute the
wealth of the country. Men and women are working furiously, whilst swarms
of children, all naked, disport themselves on the banks of the river.
Everywhere the activity is extraordinary, and life seems intense.
“Here and there we pass little villages of mud huts, surrounded
by palms, huts which look poor and miserable in the midst of the rich and
fertile land. Across the fields or on the banks of the stream, long strings
of donkeys, buffaloes, camels, or women wrapped in black shawls carrying on
their heads immense jars, come and go without ceasing, their outlines
cutting with a strange sharpness the line of earth and sky.
“On the left, the Desert and Nature … dead; on the
right, cultivated fields … fertility and wealth. More than ever
are we in the land of contrasts. High chimney-stacks vomiting forth black
smoke at the side of a graceful minaret; here a modern steam-pump supplying
the neighbouring fields with the water of the Nile, there naked men working
without a moment's respite, raising the precious fluid by means
of an ancient sakkhies. Far off a goods-train disappears rapidly in a
cloud of dust, and, slowly winding its way alongside the track, a long
procession of leisurely camels.
“A few yards away from a modern factory the peasant labours
lovingly on his land with an ancient cart to which are harnessed a bullock
and a camel, strange combination! centuries old. Here stands a Mosque cheek
by jowl with a Christian (Coptic) Convent, on whose rounded dome there
shines a cross. On the Nile itself the contrast is no less: the Rameses with her engines, her electric dynamos, her
comfort and her luxury, meets or rapidly overtakes native craft, loaded to
the gunwale, the same craft which have passed up and down on the bosom
of the river for twenty or thirty centuries.
“‘I am certain that that is just as it was in the time of our
185
Saviour!’ This
exclamation, uttered a few paces off, came from an elderly lady, very
bigoted, who, since we started, had been diligently studying Egypt as
described in the Bible. Suddenly her eyes fell on my pyjamas, when she gave
me one look, shocked and angry, which I am sure our Lord would not
have approved of, but which, making me realise the somewhat scanty nature
of my attire, drove me to seek the friendly shelter of my cabin.
“An hour later we passed a large dahabeah, stranded on
TEAM OF CAMEL AND BULLOCK
Dittrich
a sandbank. The whole of the crew, completely
naked, were directing all their efforts to refloat her, whilst the
lady already mentioned put on her glasses to get a better
view. The doctor of the Rameses turned on
me laughing and said, ‘My dear fellow, your sin this morning was
appearing in pyjamas; if you had had nothing, she would probably have
honoured you with a second look through her glasses.’ Which
reminds me of the story of the rich Bostonian, who, a few winters ago,
hired a large dahabeah, on which he had, amongst his other guests,
five or six charming young girls. Shortly after leaving, the boat
touched on a sandbank, and immediately the crew, without any garments
whatever, sought to heave her off. On the deck the passengers looked on.
Our American, who had never before seen an Arab in a state of nature, was
horrified at the
186
sight, and, rushing to the
manager, he exclaimed, ‘Look at those men, how dare they, and
those young ladies on board!’ ‘But, sir,’
said the manager, ‘we take no notice of those things
here.’ ‘No notice!’ said the other, furious.
‘How can you help it? Send at once to Cairo for bathing-drawers
for all these men.’ And gathering the bevy of fair damsels under
his wing, he drew their attention to other and less exciting things. I
believe the gentleman had his fiancée on
board, which may have increased his anxiety.
“December 22.
“To-day has been ideal. On deck, up till six o'clock in the
PIGEON HOUSES
evening, we have enjoyed a delicious sun-bath. One might have
imagined that it was the month of June. I cannot understand those who say
that the Nile is monotonous; for me, every minute, it has a different
charm, and I could voyage on its waters for weeks without fatigue.
“Our Dragoman has just seated himself beside me. He is a
fine-looking man, a superb type of Arab, and very intelligent. He speaks
four or five languages fluently, and passed several months of last year at
the St. Louis Exhibition. The Yankees did all they could to astonish him,
but without success. After having shown him sleeping-cars, lifts, machinery
of all sorts, the products of American genius, and some of which was
destined for Egypt, he remarked quietly, ‘I see, I see; it seems
187
you make all that, and we buy
it. You are the workmen who do the work, we are the gentlemen who
pay!’
“One day when some particularly powerful machine had been shown
to him, he shook his head and said to the horrified and shocked Americans,
‘All that is nothing, nothing, I can assure you, compared with
the natural power which God has given to us. He has made us males, powerful
males, beside whom you are nothing but weak little children. That is
why your women when they come to Egypt despise you and make gods of
us!’ And this terrible man proceeded to tell me stories of the
various beautiful foreigners whom he had met, and, producing a pocket-book,
he showed me
PIGEON HOUSES
David Gardiner
letters from women, with well-known names and of good family,
which if published would give the world something to talk of.
“‘For us,’ he said, ‘woman is all in
all. It is she who, whilst we are on earth, gives to us glimpses of
heaven!’
“Then he spoke to me of hashish, that extraordinary drug which
excites the passions and ruins the constitutions of its devotees. What
ravages has this hashish not committed in Egypt! Extracted from a plant
grown in Greece, it is smuggled into the country in spite of all the
preventitive efforts on the part of the Government. It kills, or makes
mad, thousands of human beings, and Egypt has appealed in vain to
Greece to put a stop to its cultivation. What does it matter
188
to the Greeks what may happen
to a people, if only they can make their thousands?
“This morning has been perfect, and on the deck of the Rameses we are enjoying to the full the beauty and the
joy of life with every breath we draw. Numbers of wild birds,
thousands of duck, disport themselves on the water or pass overhead in
dense masses. That maddens a young Belgian, a great sportsman it seems, who
passes his time in repeating, ‘Ah! If I only had my
gun!’ ‘Well,’ I said to him,
‘what would be the use of your gun if you had it? The Rameses would not stop to allow you to pick up your
birds.’ He looked at me astonished, and replied in the most
natural way, ‘But I should have had the satisfaction of killing
them. Look! what a grand shot!’ There was the real man, with his
inborn instinct to kill and destroy … ‘the
satisfaction of killing them!’
“Towards mid-day it clouded over, a strong wind got up, and
immense whirlwinds of sand rose in the Desert threatening and terrible. At
the moment, we were arriving at Beni Hassan, where, on the banks, donkeys
and donkey-boys awaited us, whilst a large number of the inhabitants,
adults and infants, sought to board the boat with their cry of
‘Backsheesh, backsheesh!’
“Ah! this backsheesh, there indeed is one of the plagues of the
East in general and Egypt in particular. It is the tip, the palm-oil, that,
with open hand, every one awaits. It is the bribe that formerly was
pocketed always, and to-day often, by the Pasha, the Minister, or any one
else in whose power lay the blessing or the damning of a scheme.
Backsheesh! that is the word that from one end of Egypt to the other
accompanies the outstretched hand; and the thoughtless tourist,
enjoying life, showers right and left the little white coins; foolish and
stupid act, for thousands, harvesting thus in winter the small sum
necessary to keep them the entire year (the native lives on so very little
in Egypt), abandon all labour and live in idleness and vagrancy.
“Lord Cromer, whom nothing seems to escape, has lately had a
circular printed, which is distributed to all tourists and placarded
everywhere, explaining the extent of the evil, and
“SAKIYEH,” FOR PUMPING WATER
David Gardiner
189
asking, for the good of the
natives themselves, that the traveller should put a curb on his generosity
and give only in return for some service rendered.
“The wind is now blowing half a gale, and the donkeys, which had
been drawn up facing the steamer, refuse absolutely to keep the line and
insist on turning tail to the storm. ‘Backsheesh,’
yell the Arabs, until two or three policemen, armed with enormous cudgels,
fall on them with upraised arm, and, hitting out unmercifully, put them to
flight.
“Immediately after lunch we mount our donkeys, and,
not-withstanding the awful storm, we make our way to the tombs, cut
out up there in the rock. There are in all thirty-nine, opening on to a
terrace at the summit of the mountain, and dating back 4500 years. They are
exceedingly interesting, not only because of their remarkable construction,
but above all on account of the scenes of Egyptian life of the period
carved on the walls, and which are to-day almost as fresh as when they
left the hands of their creators forty centuries or so ago. Some of these
enable us to realise a Desert hunt or a dance, or an attack on a fortress;
others depict military reviews or assaultsat-arms. We see women weaving,
shepherds leading their flocks to sacrifice, barbers, artists, wrestlers,
dancers, and, lastly, homely pictures of the life of the man who here lay
in his last long sleep. The most interesting tomb of all, in my
opinion, is that of Ameny, who lived 2400 years before the Christian era.
On column and wall, paintings and sculptures show to us all the events of
his life of which he was proud. The inscriptions are numerous, and, in one
of these, he begs those who may visit his tomb to pray that numerous
gifts may be offered to his shade. ‘Oh! ye who love Life and
hate Death, pray that thousands of loaves and jars of beer, thousands
of oxen and fowls may be sacrificed in remembrance of the Prince and Duke
Ameny, triumphant!’ A little further on he sings his own
praises, and tells us ‘that he was kind and generous, that he
loved his town and his country, that all the great works were undertaken
under his guidance, and that his successes were so great that the praise of
his people mounted even to Heaven.’
“Ameny, my friend, I shall take your word for all that:
190
my means, unfortunately, will
not permit of my sacrificing thousands of oxen to your remains; but if you
can, from that far-off heaven in which you will certainly be seated unless
you were a terrible old liar, make this infernal wind which is cutting
us in two cease, and lay that dust which blinds us, I vow that, as soon as
I return safely to the Rameses, I shall drink a
bottle of the best in your honour.
“Alas! Ameny evidently did not appreciate my generosity, for the
gale redoubled its fury, and we had considerable trouble in getting to the
boat.
“Whilst we were seated on the well-sheltered deck having tea, a
rumour spread that the passengers would assist in the evening at some
native dances. Great excitement! The Dragoman was unearthed, but he, with a
sad shake of his head, declared that such dances no longer exist. Only a
few years ago, two or three evenings in the course of a voyage were
given up to this class of entertainment, but many of the dances were
of such an obscene character that the authorities put a stop to them. The
story goes that a young Englishman who had become enslaved during one of
these trips by a young American, was horrified with the realism of a
certain dance. He awaited with fear and trembling the bitter remarks which
the young lady should address to him for his having taken her to see
it. When they had got outside, she did, in fact, open her lips and
quietly remarked, ‘Well! I guess that woman had the most
wonderful command of her abdominal muscles I ever saw !’
“Towards evening the wind died away, the palm-trees ceased to
furiously shake their plumed heads, and we became the entranced spectators
of one of those wonderful sunsets which are the glory of the Nile. What
poet's pen or artist's brush can ever render this
scene which Nature presents to our wondering eyes, to our awed and
chastened minds? Little by little the daylight died, night fell, whilst on
the horizon the sun descended in a blaze of purple and gold, a blaze
which, first of a rich radiance, softened slowly into a tender echo of
its former self. A profound silence covered the darkened land, the birds
themselves ceased their flight, and, perching, seemed to await with a last
look the sinking of the sun. The East lay black, there already the night
had come; whilst the West,
191
steeped in a rosy glow,
changed slowly to glimmering gold, paling more and more to a spectral
white, until, strange and wondrous sight, darkness, sudden and complete,
covered the earth.”
“December 24.
“To-day we arrived at Assiout, a large town of 45,000
inhabitants, excellently situated at one of the widest parts of the Nile
Valley, and surrounded by land wonderfully rich and fertile. At this place,
across the river, there stretches an important dam, constructed at the same
time as the reservoir at Assouan, and thanks to which the waters of the
Nile are controlled. The landing-place is invaded by a crowd of Arab
traders offering for sale the numerous products of the country; red
pottery, shawls of extreme fineness embroidered with gold or silver, ebony
canes with ivory handles, and a fabulous quantity of
‘antiquities,’ mostly from Birmingham or Germany.
“The finest donkeys in Egypt are at Assiout, so our Dragoman
informed us, and, in fact, we found some splendid specimens and excellent
saddles. The Egyptian donkeys are extremely elegant, and I admire them
enormously. And such workers! They seem gifted with powers of endurance
which no fatigue can conquer, and they are so frugal. This, alas, is
obligatory. Poor beasts, my heart often bled to see the meagre fare
given to them and the heavy blows they received. As for the
donkey-boys, they are brutes, and I should have had the greatest
pleasure in treating them as they treated their beasts.
“Carriages are also to be had, victorias with spirited little
horses; and it was in one of these that I made a tour of the town, a
mixture of large palaces, dilapidated houses and miserable mud huts, in
which live, promiscuously, beings half-clad, men, women, and children, with
their pigs, dogs, goats and hens. Almost all the shops exhibit signs in
various languages, where as a rule abominable English rivals
impossible French; whilst over the whole city huge bills announce in
stirring type the ‘Greatest Hypnotiser in the World,’
just arrived from Paris!
“The bazaars are large, and one can find in them most of the
products of the East. The serene air of the merchants,
192
seated Turkish fashion,
smoking and drinking their coffee, absolutely unconcerned, contrasts
strangely with the hawkers on the landing-stage who pursued and worried us.
“The Arab is a wit, without doubt. I was bargaining with one of
these for a shawl, for which he had asked four times the value, and we had
just arrived at the price which I was willing to give when, seizing a
necklace, he wrapped it up quickly in the shawl, and, handing them both, he
whispered, ‘Here, take, backsheesh!’ Then, alluding
to the famous Ministerial circular, he added, ‘But, sure, not
tell Cromer Pasha!’
“Of course there are tombs at Assiout. Where in Egypt are there
not? Here they are situated high up on a barren mountain, on the side of
which are to be seen, from far off, the gaping holes of various sizes,
according to whether they are the tombs of man, or of dog, cat or wolf,
animals formerly held sacred at Assiout. Under the blazing rays of the
sun we mounted the hill, covered with bleached bones, and arrived at
the entrance to the first great tomb. Against the grating a hideous mummy
stands erect. One of the keepers, putting his right arm around it and
stretching out his left hand, said to us, ‘Photograph the two
generations … five piastres, if you please!’ The
tombs of Assiout are really not worth the trouble of a visit. They are
ordinary caves, in which some holes indicate the places from which the
mummies have been taken. In a corner of one of these there is a heap of
mummy cloths, and the Dragoman offers us pieces as a souvenir.
‘Extraordinary,’ he says, ‘how this stuff
has been preserved for ages.’ Outside, one of the party,
observing a bundle of filthy rags, and drawing the guide's
attention to them, asked, ‘And that, is that also
mummy-cloth?’ To which the other glibly answered, ‘Oh
no, that is filth that comes from Birmingham!’
“In one of the caves one can just perceive on the walls some
designs, almost obliterated, and the Dragoman, with his voice of a child
reciting a lesson, tells us, ‘These are the women of the harem
who are inhaling the perfume of the lotus.’ ‘Vieux
farceur, va!’ And a little further on he cries:
‘That, that is the dead man with his mother behind him
… proof that he respected his mother and was proud to be her
son. The ancient Egyptians respected their women … the
193
modern Egyptians also do so
… only, they have got a bad reputation, that is all!’
‘Yes, my friend,’ I could not help saying to myself,
‘there is no smoke without fire.’
“We descended by another path and came to the City of the Dead,
the great Arab cemetery, lying white beneath the sky, with its thousands of
tombs covered with graceful domes. From a distance the scene is a beautiful
one; from close by it
PALACES AT ASSIOUT
Sanderson
is less pleasant. Certain graves are open, the bones lie
uncovered, and the vultures eye them as they hang aloft.
“I took the opportunity of my short stay at Assiout to pay a
visit to the American Mission, which possesses a church, a hospital, and
two important colleges for boys and girls. Very warmly received by the
Director, Rev. Dr. Alexander, I visited in his charge the well-appointed
buildings. Established for half a century in Egypt, these Presbyterian
Missions have undoubtedly rendered a great service to civilisation.
“I still continue to think that the results, from a purely
religious point of view, are almost nil, although, from a civilising and
humanitarian point of view, they are enormous. The
194
colleges at Cairo and Assiout
have each some seven hundred pupils. The girls' school at Cairo
has four hundred. Altogether, the different schools belonging to the
American Mission in Egypt give an excellent and practical education to
12,387 boys, and 3521 girls.
“At the college in Assiout the course of study lasts six years.
On leaving, the graduates become some (the number is very limited)
missionaries, others teachers, whilst the great majority return to their
villages, where they obtain situations in the post, telegraph, or telephone
offices, &c.
“Now these thousands of Orientals who have passed six years of
their life in daily contact with their Western teachers contribute in no
small degree to better the relations between Mussulmans and Christians.
Scarcely twenty years ago it was impossible to speak to a Mohammedan of the
Bible; to-day many of them study it, some through curiosity, others with
the desire of instruction, and they will willingly discuss questions
of religion with Christians. The efforts of the American, French, Austrian,
and other missionaries have certainly had the result of rendering
intercourse between the natives and foreigners much more frank and
friendly. Indirectly, they have had another result. They have taught
appreciation of many of our ideas and our customs, which lead to a better
and healthier life. The men educated at these colleges give up
polygamy, and get a better understanding of the meaning of family life, the
affectionate ties which bind parents and children together. The women also
on leaving the schools know better how to guard their position with modesty
and firmness, and their houses are better kept and cleaner.
“‘Our endeavour,’ Dr. Alexander explained to me,
‘is to turn out better men, and not to convert them to
Christianity. Certainly we leave no stone unturned to impress on them
all that is beautiful and noble in our religion, which comes as a
surprise to many of them. If we do not succeed in making them Christians,
at least we do succeed in making them our friends, and in inculcating a
respect and an appreciation for our ideas.’
“I believe that most of the American missionaries are married,
and they seem to me to have an extraordinary number
ASSIOUT
Béato
195
of children. Is it the
climate, or because, as I believe is the case, the stipend is increased
with each new arrival? Anyway, if the missionaries do have abundant
offspring, they are only following, but in a more moral fashion, in the
path of their predecessors, the first monks of Rome, who entered Egypt
in the reign of Theodosius. They were knowing fellows, these monks,
and believed firmly in the divine command to ‘go forth,
increase, multiply and replenish the earth.’
“At Assiout the tourist is shown a small lake whose fame
CALM DAY ON THE NILE
David Gardiner
has been sung in ancient days by many poets, and whose miraculous
waters ‘made fertile the women who bathed therein.’
But these ancient writers have failed to give an explanation of the
miracle; not so my Dragoman, who thus delivered himself: ‘At
that time,’ he said,’ there were many monks living in
the caves at the foot of the mountain. These holy men were consulted on all
things, and when a woman was barren what more natural than that she should
seek the monks to find a remedy? These sly fellows, they recommended a
bath in the lake, and took care that they should be having their own
dip at the same time. Ah! they were merry bucks these monks, and sterility
had little chance whilst they were about!’
196
And a strong inclination came
to me to say, ‘And what about the
Dragomans!’”
“December 26.
“Yesterday was Christmas Day, and the Rameses
was en fête! The two decks were covered
with flowers, plants and wreaths, and the company offered the passengers a
monster dinner, excellently served. We had toasts and speeches; but
it. is certainly a great pity that my bigoted lady, of whom I have already
spoken, had not raised her voice, so that the
TEMPLE OF DENDERAH
general public might have had the benefit of the story which she
was telling a lady at her side, and which I could not but overhear. I give
only one extract: ‘Madame B., one of my greatest friends. When I
return to Cairo she is going to take me to see the harems; all the doors
are open to her, you know; she has married a Pasha, a very wealthy and
influential man, whose grandfather was a eunuch to the
Khedive’!
“This morning early we landed at Keneh (420 miles from Cairo).
Donkeys were awaiting us, and we set off at a gallop across country to
visit the famous temple of Denderah, dedicated by the ancient Egyptians to
the goddess Athor. It was a delicious ride in the cool of the morning over
the land just beginning to catch the first rays of the sun. Hundreds of men
197
and women were at work in the
fields, cutting the Egyptian maize, whose tall stems, twelve to fifteen
feet high, bent under the weight of a huge pear-shaped head, in no way like
the Indian plant. Numbers of donkeys heavily loaded ran to and fro
betwixt the fields and the boats moored to the banks. All of them seemed
happyand contented. What a change for the peasant between yesterday and
to-day! Not only is he no longer oppressed and down-trodden, but he is able
even to borrow money, at a small rate of interest, to free himself
from the grip of the usurers. With the awful misery which formerly
existed in Egypt, there were very few peasants who had not fallen into the
hands of the Greek and Armenian money lenders—another plague of
Egypt which has now passed away.
“When the Government authorised the Cassel-Suarès
group to establish the National Bank it was with the condition
attached that a certain sum should be set apart each year for loans to the
peasants at 9 per cent., a small rate compared with that charged by the
money-lenders. Notwithstanding the suspiciousness of the fellaheen, this
move met with great success, and the National Bank then decided to create
‘The Agricultural Bank,’ whose object is to come to
the aid of peasants who are in need of money, either to pay off the
money lenders, or in hypothecation of their crops. Admirably managed
by Mr. G. Scott Dalgish, this bank has been a great success. The total
amount outstanding on December 31, 1905, was £5,914,000, an
increase of £1,908,000 over 1904. There is no mistake as to the
great good done by this institution. The Founder's shares of a
nominal value of £5 are now worth £800. In the course
of 1905 the Agricultural Bank was authorised to issue 284,000 new ordinary
shares at £5 each to its old shareholders at par, thus raising
its share capital from £2,500,000 to £6,570,000. The
Bank was also authorised to increase its debenture capital from
£2,500,000 to £6,570,000.
“Speaking of the poorer class, I should like to say a word in
regard to a philanthropic work which is due to the generosity of Sir Ernest
Cassel. As is well known, eye diseases attack an enormous number of
Egyptians. It is a veritable scourge, which deprives thousands of any
possibility of gaining a living. Sir E. Cassel, two or three years ago,
placed at Lord Cromer's
198
disposal a sum of
£40,000, the interest on which is employed in the treatment of
those who suffer from these diseases. Sir Horace Pinching, Director of the
Sanitary Service, advised the equipping of travelling dispensaries, which
should move from town to town and village to village, carrying succour
to those in need. Two of these were organised, with Drs. MacCallan and
Miller in charge. Thousands of unfortunate sufferers have already been
treated or operated on without charge; and the success of the scheme has
been so great that the authorities would not hesitate to increase the
number of dispensaries, if only funds were forthcoming.
“The temple of Denderah is one of the most interesting in Upper
Egypt. These ruins, wonderfully preserved, are superb and magnificent, and
one cannot but stand in awe before the colossal work which they represent.
I shall stop here without attempting to describe them; for has not
Mariette himself written in his ‘Description
générale de Dendérah,’
‘It would take several years to copy all this vast mass, and
twenty volumes to describe it’? Evidently my stock-in-trade is
insufficient for such a task, and I can only console myself in listening to
the lamentations of a lady on board who is complaining of the want of a
maid. ‘And it is terrible for me,’ she said,
‘because all my dresses button or hook or lace down the back. I
can't do it myself, so of course I've got to call the
Arab, and his cold clammy finger wanders continually all over my back, and
gives me the most horrible feelings!’ Poor lady, I know these
Arabs by reputation and I can understand.”
CHAPTER XIII LUXOR, KARNAC, AND THE TOMBS OF THE KINGS
Ancient Thebes—A visit to the temple of Karnac with M.
Legrain—To the tombs of the kings with M. Quibbell—A
new discovery—The tomb of Queen Tia discovered by Theodore
M. Davis, Esq.—An unpublished lecture by M.
Maspéro.
KARNAC
Béto
“LOOK over there,” a gentle voice
said to me, “do you see these heaps of masonry? These are the
ancient walls of Thebes! When I was a boy, and read that chariots drawn
by many pairs of horses galloped on these walls, and met and passed
and overtook each other, I looked at the walls of our villa in the suburbs
of Paris half a yard thick, and I said to myself, ‘That is a
joke.’”
So said to me M. Legrain, that charming, learned and distinguished
Egyptologist, who, for ten years, has worked with such intelligence and
will at the reconstruction of the famous temples of Karnac.
“But,” he continued, “to-day I believe in these
famous walls, for, centuries after, I can still drive my little carriage
on their ruins.”
I could not help asking myself which of the two one should most
admire—the Ancients who created such marvels, or the Moderns,
like M. Legrain, who devote the best part of their lives to bringing them
to light? One must visit Luxor, the
200
ancient Thebes, and the
temples of Karnac to obtain an idea of the creative power of the ancient
Egyptians, as well as of the moral strength and patience of the man who,
little by little, gradually rebuilds what was perhaps the greatest temple
in the world.
If Mariette considered that it would require twenty volumes to describe the
temple of Denderah, how many would he have required to give a just idea of
Karnac? They are to-day the most wonderful ruins in Egypt, as, in the time
of their full splendour, they were one of the wonders of the universe.
Picture to yourself a space of about 900,000 square yards, which, during
more than two thousand years, was the sacred place where Egypt, her
sovereigns, and her people, came to pour out their treasures on the altars
of their gods! Temples, full of statues in gold and ivory studded with
precious stones, obelisks of granite cut from a solid block, taken from
the quarries of Assouan, hundreds of miles of walls covered with
bas-reliefs and paintings, innumerable immeuse columns carved from base to
summit, avenues lined with mysterious sphinx. … Imagine all this
and a thousand times more, and still you will fail to realise what Karnac
was forty centuries ago.
In the middle of this temple you will find a hall so vast that St.
Paul's could easily be placed within. It is the hall in which a
veritable forest of enormous sculptured columns raise towards heaven their
lofty capitals. In the centre there rise twelve, having a height of close
on 60 ft., and a circumference of 34 ft., and at the sides one hundred and
twenty-two, measuring 37 ft. by 28 ft. It is a superb and wondrous sight.
Since the day when Cambyses destroyed Thebes, the ruins of Karnac became
gradually covered over with sand, earth, and rubbish, and they had
completely disappeared, until the day when the Egyptologists commenced
their excavations. Then when they had cleared the avenue of the Sphinx
and the great hall, the enormous sculptured columns began to give way, and
later, in 1899, eleven of them came down with a terrible crash. The
foundations, sapped by the change in the level of the Nile which runs close
by, were no longer sufficiently solid. The disaster seemed
irreparable; but M. Legrain was there, and vowed that, cost what it might,
201
these columns, prostrate and
broken, should once more be set up, and set up they now are.
“How in all the earth did you manage it?” I asked.
“Well,” he replied, with his charming smile,
“it was really the simplest thing imaginable, only it took a
long time and a great deal of labour. First the fragments of the
columns were gathered, numbered, and stored. This done, we
strengthened the foundations, and when these were ready we took the pieces
of column one by one, and set them up. Afterwards,
KARNAC, PYLONE OF PTOLEMY
Béato
we had to pull down those columns, which threatened to collapse,
and restore the foundations. It was really nothing more difficult than
that.”
Wondering, I looked on this man who, for ten years, has combined the rôles of mason, engineer, carpenter,
architect, and archaeologist; then, raising my eyes towards these
enormous piles of stones, I asked what power could have raised them to
such a height.
“That also was very easy, and, besides, we used no mechanical
means, no mechanical power. We simply did what very
202
probably the ancient Egyptians
themselves did … we used earth.”
“…?”
“Certainly, earth. As the column or the wall continued to rise,
so we raised the earth round it. We brought earth, more earth, always
earth, until slowly but surely we created a gradual incline, over which
stout ropes and strong arms were sufficient to move the blocks into their
places. Thus we moved sections weighing fifty tons, without the slightest
accident. As to the earth, this immense hall has been filled and emptied
three times during the last year. The task of bringing it or taking it
away is performed by hundreds of children, to whom we pay 3 1/2d. a day; the men receive 5d. When
three children of one family are each earning 3 1/2d., the father retires from business!” “But all
this earth, where does it come from?”
“Ah! there you touch on an interesting point. We take it from
those parts of Karnac which have not yet been laid bare, and thus we kill
two birds with one stone, for we find in the course of our excavations
numbers of small objects which we sell, and the income from which helps us
on with our work. Come with me, and I shall show you a hiding-place from
which we have already taken 698 figures in granite, chalk, alabaster, racîne c'émeraude,
petrified wood, &c., and 12,000 other statues and statuettes in
bronze.”
I followed M. Legrain, who led me to the opening of an immense hole, at the
bottom of which some naked men dabbled and dug in the mud and water. This
was the famous hiding-place, but at the depth to which it has now attained
it has become full of water, and the work in consequence much harder.
Further on I had a look at the excavations. The men with picks loosened the
earth and filled the baskets' which were then carried off by
squads of children, running and singing, towards the place where the
columns were in course of erection.
Historians have always been of the opinion that Thebes and Karnac date from
the same time, but it seems that this is not so.
“In fact,” said M. Legrain to me, “we have now
discovered under the foundations of Karnac the ruins of a temple much
older, and which dates back to B.C. 6000 or 5000. It was
GREAT COLUMNS AT KARNAC
Béato
203
evidently a temple of great
importance, and we found on its stones sculptures of the greatest beauty.
For instance, look at this small piece of bas-relief.”
And the Director of Karnac showed me one of the most exquisite little bits
of carving which I have ever seen. It was the representation of a charming
head, of flowers, and a small hen beautifully modelled.
“We label all that,” continued M. Legrain, “and
shall endeavour to reconstruct this underground temple, as we are
doing Karnac. Last year, we discovered in that corner down there a small
temple, dedicated to an old and awful goddess, who, it seems, was in the
habit of eating children. I have managed to put it together; come inside
and see, it is rather striking.”
There, in fact, in the centre of a small temple, stood a hideous image, lit
up in fantastic fashion.
“The Arabs are horribly afraid of it,” continued M.
Legrain, “and not one of my men will enter unless I am here.
They are only big children, and believe thoroughly in fairy tales and
ghosts. One of my workmen declares that each time he passes the cemetery,
he is beaten by awful beings without heads, and whose bodies vomit forth
fire, and the others believe him! There is also a legend of a boat which
glided over the sacred lake, and they declare that I shall yet find
it.”
It is hardly to be wondered at that the poor Arabs regard their Director,
the only European amongst them, as a being slightly out of the ordinary. It
is only necessary for him to point to a place for things to be discovered
there the existence of which no one had suspected. Last year, on returning
from his holidays, M. Legrain said to one of his foremen,
“Look round about here, there ought to be a
staircase,” and the staircase was found.
“Yes,” said M. Legrain, “I had discovered the
existence of this staircase in some old documents in the
Louvre!”
We had reached, at this moment, a superb obelisk, the letters of which,
graven in gold, informed us that it had been erected by Queen
Makeré; that the huge task of cutting the single block from the
quarry at Assouan, of bringing it to Thebes (it weighs about 1800 tons), of
carving the characters, and
204
erecting the stone, occupied
seven months! It is almost certain that, even with modern appliances, it
could hardly be done to-day. The Queen, it seems, was quite prepared for
the incredulous astonishment of future generations, for, on the
obelisk, she declares that she had undertaken the work in order
OBELISKS AT KARNAC
Dittrich
that in time to come people should exclaim: “Is it
possible? What a magnificent work!”
“Come and see my garden,” said M. Legrain; and
following him into a place surrounded with walls, I looked about in
vain for flowers.
“No, no,” he said. “Don't look on the
ground, look on the walls!”
And there, carved on the stone with wonderful delicacy, I saw every
imaginable plant, a complete collection, a veritable
“Horticultural Exhibition!”
It was quite to be expected that all the thieves in Egypt, all the sellers
of antiquities, false or stolen, should have been on the look-out for the
discoveries made at Karnac, and it is no
205
light work to supervise all
the workmen engaged. Last year some thieves, with the connivance of a few
of the watchmen, one night broke through the wall of M.
Legrain's study, entered and carried off with them two very
valuable statues, which after many wanderings were at last recovered. I
would advise travellers strongly to be on their guard against these
sellers of antiquities. One of them has a celebrated plan.
Consul at Luxor of a certain country, he invites any rich strangers he may
meet to a dinner in true Arab style. At dessert, the door-bell is heard to
ring, and the servants announce that some natives have just arrived with
some remarkable antiquities discovered that day. They are brought in,
and, on the advice of the Consul, the rich foreigners, unable to
resist the temptation, buy what really belongs to the host himself.
Karnac, at the height of its magnificence, was connected with the great
temple at Luxor by an avenue over a mile long and 100 feet broad lined with
Sphinx. It was from this latter temple that the obelisk erected in the
Place de la Concorde was obtained, and one exactly similar still
remains in the midst of the ruins.
Luxor, in itself an uninteresting town, is, thanks to the proximity of the
royal tombs and other ancient monuments, one of the most attractive places
in Egypt. The climate in winter is charming, and there are several good
hotels. The Luxor Hotel, belonging to a very obliging Frenchman, M.
Pagnon, is the best and most popular. Although not a new building, it
is comfortable, and the food and attendance all that one could wish. It is
situated in a fine shady garden, a rare thing in Upper Egypt. The situation
of Luxor is perfect, and the ancients could not have chosen a finer site
for the city, which for several centuries was destined to be the capital of
the Emperors of Egypt. Here the Nile flows majestically through a vast
and fertile valley, surrounded by high and barren mountains.
According to Diodorus, Thebes was the most ancient city of the Nile Valley,
and is believed to have been founded, like Memphis, by Menes B.C. 4400. Homer has sung its praises, and
described to us its greatness and its glory, its 100 gates and 20,000
chariots of war. This celebrated town stretched
206
not only on the right side of
the Nile, where to-day we find Luxor and the ruins of Karnac, but also on
the left bank, where, in the midst of the fertile fields, superb ruins are
still to be seen.
The Ramesseum, an immense temple built by Rameses II., the Colossi of
Memnon, two extraordinary statues whose heads seem to threaten heaven
itself, the famous temple of Medmit Habu, all these are still standing, and
are of the greatest interest. Formerly, when Thebes flourished, the
Necropolis was on this side of the Nile as well as the houses of the
priests, the embalmers, the craftsmen and workmen engaged on the
tombs, the buildings containing the sacred animals, the schools and
libraries. At the foot of the valley rose the Lybian mountains, whose sides
are honeycombed with tombs. On the left, in a small valley, are the tombs
of the Queens, whilst on the right, in another valley, bare and narrow, lie
those of the Kings. These are to my mind the most interesting and
marvellous sights in all Egypt, and I shall never forget the impression
left on me by my visit.
Accompanied by Mr. Quibell, a Scotsman, Inspector General of Antiquities,
and a charming companion, I set off early one morning from the Rameses. The day was sunny and the air delicious.
Crossing the Nile by sailing-boats we mounted the donkeys which awaited us,
and, for nearly an hour, galloped across the fertile country until we
reached the entrance to the Valley of the Kings, narrow and hemmed in by
barren yellow rocks. The contrast between the land which we had just
left, teeming with life, changed in a moment to this road to Death,
where not a bird, not an insect, not the shadow of a living creature could
be seen, was most striking. This was truly the Gate of Death, the Valley of
Nothingness, at the end of which lay the gaping tombs of once powerful
Kings who, wishing to pass in peace their last long sleep, had hollowed
out, above and below in the side of the barren rock, marvellous caves,
carved, painted and chiselled, where their mortal remains might at
last rest.
“Oh, Kings! Vanity, vanity, all is vanity! Ye who had ordained to
be buried here with thy jewels and precious stones, thine ivories and
gilded furnishings; ye did not understand
207
that the day would come when
thy priests who defended the entrance to thy tombs should vanish away, and
thy people be destroyed, that thieves should break through to steal,
should burst the doors and break down the walls, should pierce
LANDING-PLACE, LUXOR
David Gardiner
even the shell itself, and carry away with them from the sacred
precincts of the grave thy royal remains!”
But so it came to pass. According to M. Maspéro, some 966 years
B.C., robbers had become so powerful, and could so
easily defy the Government, that they had desecrated several of the royal tombs, until Aauputh, son of Shashank, decided to have all the caves
opened, and the coffins with their remains removed to one vast cavern,
where, some thirty centuries later, they were destined to be once more
brought to light in a strange manner.
It seems that in 1871 an Arab, named Abd er Rasul Ahmad, found by chance the
entrance to this cave, and understanding the rich find which it contained
determined to profit by it. He announced his discovery to his two brothers
and his son
208
QUEEN TIA'S MUMMY
New Royal Tomb discovered by Mr. Davis
and for several years he and his accomplices sold to
tourists objects of great value but small size, which they could
easily carry from their hiding place to their homes. At last, in
1881, the Egyptologists wakened up, and M. Maspéro, at that
time Director of the Museum at Cairo, came to Luxor to make
inquiries. After difficulties without number, and too long to
recount here, the hiding-place was discovered, and the royal
mummies took the road to Cairo, where they finally made their
appearance at the Museum under glass cases. Two years later the
mummy of Queen Mes-Hent Themebubegan to emit an odour which was
far from being agreeable, and it was found necessary to unswathe
her. Soon it was the turn of Queen Nefartari, who after being
unrolled completely putrified, and had to be buried. It was then
decided to undo all the mummies and air them, and a beginning was
made with Rameses II. He was the first of
209
the Egyptian Sovereigns whose
form was revealed to the world, 3200 years after his mummification.
Though emptied of their mortal remains, of the furniture and utensils with
which they were adorned, the tombs of the Kings are still of extraordinary
interest. The sculptures and the bas - reliefs are admirably
preserved, and a number of the paintings, even after so many
centuries, are of incredible freshness and vividness.
Of the fifty and odd royal tombs mentioned by historians, forty -
three have, I believe, been discovered, and are to-day open to
the public. All are hewn out of the solid rock, and are composed
of long passages leading to vast chambers, of which the last,
containing the sepulchre, is situated some 300 to 500 feet from
the entrance.
GOLD MASK OF QUEEN TIA'S MUMMY
To the ancient Egyptians their tomb was not simply a coffin laid in a
grave, but a huge apartment, beautifully ornamented and decorated by
the greatest painters and sculptors of the time, and in which the dead
could walk at his ease and enjoy all the comforts to which he had been
accustomed. Thus we find on the walls and on the pillars scenes,
wonderfully depicted, of the life which he had led, and the future life as
he imagined it, to be.
210
Mr. Quibell conducted me first of all to the tomb of Meremptah discovered
only a few months ago, and which had not yet been opened to the public. The
passages and ante-chambers were lighted by electricity, which enabled one
to admire all the details; but the sepulchre itself, the sanctuary, was,
when we entered, in complete darkness. Suddenly the sombre cave was
filled with light, and, under the brilliant glare of the electric lamps, I
saw before me an immense and beautiful granite figure of tender grey
colour, lying on its back, with hands crossed on its breast. The
effect produced by this wonderful carving of the dead cut on the cover
of his coffin, is unforgettable.
BLUE ENAMELLED AND GOLD COFFER WITH NAME OF KING AMENHOTEP
III (QUEEN TIA'S TOMB)
For me, however, of all the tombs which I saw , that which impressed me
most was of Amenhotep., probably because it was the only one in
which the mummy still remained. In the middle of the sanctuary is a
superb and enormous coffin of red marble, the covering of which
has been removed, and in which rests the corpse. A part of the bands which
enwound it has been undone, and the head, the neck and the shoulders
appear black and dry. It is impossible to describe the effect of the sight
of this once powerful monarch, who, 3500 years after his death, reposes, so
small, so withered, under the rays of the Edison lamps. Mockery of human
desires! After piercing the very bowels of the mountain, where he believed
that, inaccessible and still, he would sleep his eternal sleep, he is
to-day exposed to the gaze of thousands of curious tourists.
A short time after my leaving Luxor, another royal tomb was discovered by
Mr. Theodore Davis, an American, who is also a distinguished Egyptologist,
and who passes his winters in archaeological research. One can easily
imagine his joy
211
when, after his long,
difficult and costly researches, he at last saw his efforts crowned with
success, and a royal tomb lay open before him.
If I was unlucky to leave Luxor before this new discovery I had, at least,
the good fortune to hear, a short time after, the lecture given on the
subject by M. Maspéro. With the greatest simplicity, in a clear
and easy style, with a soft and winning voice, the Director of
the Museum explained to us that this was the tomb of Queen Tia,
wife of Amenhotep III., who lived B.C. 1500.
M.Maspéro rendered well-merited praise to the rich
foreigners who, like Mr. Davis, with their time and their money,
lend aid to his Department, then he continued:
A CHAIR FOUND IN QUEEN TIA'S TOMB
“The excavations made by Mr. Davis took place in a corner of
the Valley of the Kings, where the majority of Egyptologists did
not consider that anything interesting would be found. Destiny
decreed that just there Mr. Davis should make one of the most interesting
and important discoveries of our time. The tomb of Queen Tia was in
fact intact, although at the time of the Roman period it had evidently been
visited by robbers. But these contented themselves with taking the jewels,
and left the rest untouched. We were so keen to see this tomb without
altering anything that we penetrated by a little hole just large
enough to admit a child, a thief … or an archaeologist.
“Near the entrance we found a superb scarabee, and some elaborate
vases evidently lost en route by the thieves, a bad
sign, which showed us that the tomb had been opened. Great was our
212
joy therefore when we
discovered that the sanctuary was intact, and full of a thousand objects
which recalled the past. On the brick wall which had until to-day separated
it from the world, we could still see the marks of muddy
hands—hands of men, now for centuries dead, who had sealed it
up, as they thought, for eternity. The dead centuries rose up before us as
though alive. On the middle of the coffin a pink cushion lay carelessly
thrown; at the side was a chair of modern appearance, rather in the
Empire style, yet with I know not what of Egyptian. Further away was a
gilded arm-chair with straight legs, which recalled the style of Louis
XVI., and, facing it, yet another quite Egyptian. Here too was a chariot,
covered with leaf gold, complete with its wheels, pole and yoke. Here also
a complete suite of furniture, large chests of black wood, and
seventy-two jars containing offerings and provisions, ducks, haunches of
venison, meat dried or mummified, bread, wheat, and in others traces of the
wine and perfumes which they had contained. One large vase was overturned
by accident, and from it came a thick yellowish matter, honey, and strange
to say, at that very moment, we saw , alighting on it, a bee which had
entered from without. At the side were objects of gold, ivory, silver, not
to mention an enormous bunch of onions!”
Then M. Maspéro proceeded to give us some charming details of the
life led by these ancient Egyptians in general, and Queen Tia in
particular, who, it would seem, was a remarkable woman.
I have tried my very best to obtain a photograph of M. Maspéro:
the place for one in a book on Egypt was naturally marked off, but, alas, I
have only succeeded in obtaining part of the head of the Director of
Antiquities. To my first request for his portrait, M. Maspéro
replied: “I regret I cannot satisfy you. My last photograph was
taken in 1883. Since then I have never been taken except by a fluke, in
accidental groups or at the side of a monument in order to give an idea of
its size. In these I usually measure about one-eighth of an inch.
I'm afraid that would hardly do for you.”
Evidently not. M. Maspéro is not a giant, but really one-eighth
213
of an inch is a trifle small.
One would need a magnifying glass to find him in the middle of the page!
Being an obstinate person, I returned to the charge, and begged M.
Maspéro to allow Dittrich of Cairo to photograph him. His reply
is as follows. I give it as typical of the man:
GILDED HEAD TO BEDSTEAD REPRESENTING THE GOD BES (QUEEN
TIA'S TOMB)
“CAIRO, July 3, 1905.
“DEAR SIR,—If Dittrich photographed me for you, to-morrow I
should be for sale at all the photographers in Cairo. I have found a copy
of a photograph which X. took of me at Karnac this winter. The likeness is
a good one, but the picture has been badly balanced, and one side of
my head is wanting. Your photographer can easily put that right. The
portrait is not beautiful, but then, neither am I, and it
214
is more natural than if I had
been taken by a professional photographer.
“Yours very sincerely, “G. MASPÉRO.”
Alas! dear Monsieur Maspéro, even the most talented photographer
cannot put in pieces of a head, especially when the pieces are lacking, and
he has not even seen his subject. I prefer not to publish your portrait
with the half head lacking, rather than chance having added a lump which,
in the eyes of a phrenologist, would turn the great Egyptologist into
something unlooked-for and terrible!
The First Cataract—Society—The famous reservoir
which gives water and wealth to Egypt—Is it strong
enough? Possible devastation of the entire Valley of the
Nile—Sir William Wilcox and the pet ideas of a great
engineer—The future schemes of Sir William
Garstin—Is Philae, the most graceful monument in Egypt,
doomed to certain oblivion?
ASSOUAN AND THE CATARACT HOTEL
Al Vista
ALTHOUGH the distance separating Luxor from Assouan
is only 130 miles, the trains take no less than eight hours to do the
journey over the narrow-gauge track, and through a country where King Dust
holds his sway unchallenged.
I returned from Assouan to Cairo by rail, and I do not think I ever
swallowed so much dust as between the first-named station and Luxor. On the
contrary, between Cairo and Luxor one has the train-de-luxe of the International Sleeping Car Company, which is
most comfortable. It is one of the best trains I know. Leaving Cairo in the
evening it arrives at Luxor the next morning. There is an excellent
dining-car attached, and the sleepers are first-rate. I believe that
the widening of the track between Luxor and Assouan has already been
begun, and that in this coming winter, or at latest by the next, one will
be able to travel comfortably to the latter town.
216
Naturally, I did the journey between Luxor and Assouan on board the Rameses, which, after having given us three days to
visit the ruins of Thebes, continued her voyage in perfect weather,
the weather which gives to Upper Egypt a delicious springtime in
the midst of winter. Whilst we were basking in the warm
sunshine, telegrams advised us that the whole of Europe was
shivering, that the Riviera was covered with snow, and that even
Algiers had seen the white flakes.
SHÂDûFS
David Gardiner
The Nile seemed to us wonderfully busy. Large numbers of boats
ascended and descended; and on the banks, every few yards,
men, clad simply with a piece of cloth round the loins, worked
with-out a pause in raising the water by means of ancient
shâdûfs. Who would believe that these poor fellows
manage to raise about 8000 gallons in a day? It is true that they work
from sunrise to sunset … for 5d. per diem.
Between Luxor and Assouan, Cook's large boats do the distance in
two days, with stops at Esneh, Edfu and Kom Ombo. The first of these places
is a town of some importance,
217
with large houses, streets
swarming with people, and good bazaars and markets. The temple is only
partially excavated, and one hall alone is visited by tourists.
At Edfu, however, there is an immense temple which was begun in the reign of
Ptolemy III., B.C. 237, and which took no less
than 180 years 3 months and 14 days to build. Completely covered over with
sand, earth, and rubbish, on which
TEMPLE OF KOM OMBO
David Gardiner
huts and stables had been built, it was discovered and brought to
light by Mariette.
The sculptures of the temple of Edfu are very interesting, and some of them
were to me inexplicable. For instance, on the bas-reliefs which we saw
there, as also in those we visited next day at Kom Ombo, were men, in
profile, with a breast like that of a woman, with this difference, that in
the case of the sculptures representing the female the breast was
hanging, long and slack, whereas that of the male was straight and
firm. According to our Dragoman this male with the extraordinary
breast was symbolic of the Nile, and the breast the symbol of fertility.
I must admit that if these ancient Egyptian carvings faithfully represent
the ladies of the time, they left something to be desired. Arms and legs
like drum-sticks, immensely
218
large shoulders, and no hips.
That is a pretty picture of feminine beauty! I have my suspicions that the
Egyptian sculptors of the period had some reason for wishing to keep
us in ignorance of the true form of their womenfolk. It is likely
enough though that the number of those able to make a pleasant impression
without the aid of the dressmakers' art was, as is the case
to-day, extremely limited. In spite of all that these sly dogs, the poets,
ancient and modern, have told us on the subject, and the efforts of
painters and sculptors who show us the exceptions, I thank my stars that I
live in an age when women no longer go unclothed, but when they allow
artists like Doucet and Redfern to cover with their art all their
imperfections. When I saw , as I did in the Sudan, negresses exhibiting
their revolting nakedness, I pictured to myself with dismay the sight of a
Paris or a London where all the women without exception, young and old,
thin and fat, long or short, walked the earth as their Creator had made
them, exposing to our horrified eyes their angles, or their lack of
them, We have on board the Rameses a superb specimen
of the latter type, and the beds being somewhat narrow, she has to be
wedged in each evening … she lies there through the night,
unable to move, and in the morning her husband, with the aid of the Arab,
puts her on her feet again. She insists on mounting a donkey straddle, when
the poor animal completely disappears beneath the mountain of flesh, which
is, I may mention, surmounted by a huge hat, trimmed with a bird with
impossible waving plumage. Well, even so, I prefer her thus to au naturel. And then it gives her husband reason for
congratulating himself that he has only one wife! I know an Englishman
who was in the habit of travelling about with his four sisters, all very
plain looking, and who only ceased to do so when one day a donkey boy, at
Assouan, said to him:
“Three of your wives have just gone out. I have not yet seen the
fourth!”
The temple of Kom Ombo, where the boats only stop for one hour, is full of
interesting sculpture, where the women without hips and the men with
breasts rival the beings of double sex who offer dishes, covered with all
manner of things, to personages, kings or gods, who receive them with open hands.
ELEPHANTINE ISLAND
David Gardiner
219
Ah! that open hand!
… one sees it throughout Egypt, in the streets as well as in the
temples. Backsheesh was evidently popular with the Pharaohs themselves.
Some yards away from the ruins of Kom Ombo rises a colossal brick chimney,
surrounded by hideous modern buildings, indicating the site of the new
enterprise launched by the group of capitalists at the head of which are
Messrs. Cassel and Suarès. No one had ever thought of buying the
land situated round Kom Ombo, because, considering its high elevation
above the Nile, it was thought impossible to irrigate it. To-day, however,
there are steam-pumps of such great power that raising water to a height of
45 feet is mere child's play. The Kom Ombo Co. purchased from
the Government 30,000 feddans (about 27,250acres) for four shillings a
feddan (4400 square yards), the agreement being that the company would
spend all the money necessary to irrigate these lands. On the other hand
the Government agreed not to levy any taxes during a period of five years,
and to sell 35,000 feddans more to the company whenever this one asked
them. Very remarkable works have been executed, which so far have cost
£300,000, and it is anticipated that £300,000 more will
have to be expended before the land yields. The irrigated feddan would
therefore come to £20, and there are good reasons to believe
that it will be worth £40 or more a feddan within a few years.
As to the Government, it will receive some £30,000 from yearly
taxes when the 65,000 feddans have become productive.
At last, twelve days after leaving Cairo, the Rameses
has arrived at Assouan, the celebrated town situated at the First
Cataract of the Nile. From all time Assouan and the Elephantine Island
opposite it have been considered amongst the most important and interesting
places in Egypt. It is the frontier town, the extreme south, where the
Egyptians, Persians, Romans, and finally the Anglo-Egyptians have
established garrisons. Beyond the cataract lies Nubia, and beyond
Nubia the Sudan, immense and even now mysterious.
To-day Assouan is a modern and important town, which in winter is full not
only with the tourists whom boats and trains daily disgorge, but with a
large number of foreigners, who, in
220
ever-increasing numbers, come
here to spend the winter. The climate has a reputation rather overdone.
Very dry, warm and sunny, rain and fog are almost unknown; but it must
be remembered that this great dryness of the air makes the climate
enervating, and also that a cold piercing wind sometimes makes itself felt.
The danger for delicate persons is great. In the sun, and sheltered from
the wind, one can “bake” very
A SHEIK'S TOMB IN THE DESERT, NEAR ASSOUAN
David Gardiner
comfortably in the month of January; but when the wind blows
hard, it pierces through one's clothes, and makes one shiver. It
is not an uncommon thing to see people with flannel suits and sun-helmets,
armed with a parasol, and carrying an overcoat and a thick rug. With a
little intelligent care one can avoid a chill, but it cannot too often be
repeated that even the strongest ought to take the greatest precautions.
With these disadvantages, I am ready to admit that Assouan is, in winter, an
ideal spot for those who wish to lead an out-door life. Whether one chooses
to pass the day sailing
221
on the Nile, visiting the ins
and outs of the Elephantine Island and Philoe, or in playing Tennis ,
croquet, or golf, in riding over the Desert either on donkey or camel,
there is no need to weary, and every moment in the life-giving sunshine can
be enjoyed.
At Assouan there are three excellent hotels, two of which are large modern
houses. The “Cataract,” belonging to Cook, is
admirably looked after by M. Pagnon (proprietor of the hotels at Luxor). It
is ideally situated on rising ground, and facing south. The salons, halls,
terraces, libraries, billiard-room, &c., are perfectly
furnished, and the immense Moorish dining-room is delicious. It is easy to
understand the enormous difficulties which have to be overcome to conduct
really well such a place, and to offer daily, at six hundred miles from
Cairo, a varied and excellent menu worthy of any of the big Paris
restaurants, to hundreds of guests with appetites whetted by an open-air
life. It is really extraordinary to find on the frontiers of Nubia, at a
reasonable price, all the comforts and luxuries to which we are accustomed,
and for which we are willing to pay a large price, at Ostend, Baden Baden,
Nice, or Monte Carlo.
On the Elephantine Island, in the midst of a charming garden, there is
another palatial building, the “Savoy Hotel,”
belonging to the Anglo-American Company, and which enjoys equal popularity
with the “Cataract.”
Finally, in the town itself, and near the landing-stage, is the
“Grand Hotel d'Assouan,” belonging to M.
Pagnon, less pretentious than the others, less costly, but all the same
very comfortable. Just as in Cairo, the hotels are the centre of all
that is going on. During the day there are sports of all sorts, and in the
evenings, concerts, balls, and bridge-parties.
From time to time gymkanas, donkey and camel races, paper-chases,
&c., are held, when ladies, gentlemen, children, young and old,
take part with extraordinary enthusiasm.
One afternoon, when writing in my room, with wide open windows, I heard
suddenly a fearful uproar, and rushing on to my balcony I witnessed a
spectacle not to be forgotten.
Hundreds of donkeys arrived at the gallop, donkeys of every colour and size,
mounted by the most varied types of riders that one could meet with under
the same sky. Every one had
222
come for a paper-chase, the
start and finish of which were to take place at the
“Cataract.” Never in my life have I seen such an
extraordinary collection of men of all ages, their heads covered with
sun-helmets, panamas, straw and felt hats, their legs encased in putties,
gaiters, and riding-boots of extraordinary shape; the women adorned with
strange head-dresses, from which streamed immense veils, with short skirts,
excellent for walking but a trifle airy for the saddle. All this host,
gathered from the four corners of the world, shouted and gesticulated in
all the tongues, and I wondered at the quietness of the donkeys, excellent
animals if ever there were.
A little further on, squatted on the sand, their necks out-stretched, the
camels looked on with the greatest interest at this stirring scene; and
when the signal to start was given, and the immense cavalcade careered off
with yells and cracking of whips, some of them, furious at being left out
in the cold, emitted the most awful groans—and the groaning of a
camel is none too musical.
If I am not mistaken, all the Assouan and Luxor hotels have now been formed
into a single company, the “Upper Egypt Hotel
Company,” managed by M. Pagnon, and in which are interested the
two large hotel owners in Cairo, Messrs. Nungovich and Baehler. The number
of tourists increases so rapidly that the “Cataract”
and “Savoy” are both building annexes, which will be
composed almost entirely of single rooms. It seems that tourists ask less
and less for double rooms. I do not think one need go far for a reason
for this state of things. There is no doubt that two people are more
comfortable in two communicating rooms, each of which has a bed, a table, a
wardrobe, toilet-table, &c., than in a double room; and as the
price asked is the same for two single as for one double, the public is not
such a fool as to demand the latter.
At Assouan last winter no one wished a double room, even the couples most
undoubtedly married, but there was always a rush for the single ones. A
Frenchman who was there suffering from some illness of the limbs, and
accompanied by a buxom nurse, was put with her into a double room. Every
day he lamented the state of things, and said to the Director:
NUBIAN VILLAGE—ELEPHANTINE ISLAND
David Gardiner
223
“But, Monsieur, it cannot go on. Think of my reputation.
… I am the father of a family. What will people say when they
hear that I have had this young woman sleeping in my room?”
“But, Monsieur,” said the Director, “since she dresses
BESHARINS' ENCAMPMENT
you and undresses you, and puts you to bed, what does it
matter?”
“Matter!” shouted the Frenchman, “it matters
everything!”
“And to think,” murmured the Director, glancing
towards certain groups, “that there are so many who would
willingly change places!”
Assouan is undoubtedly the most picturesque spot in Upper Egypt. On both
sides of the Nile, high and rocky mountains
224
almost entirely covered with a
golden sand of a warm, almost indescribable tint, and topped here and there
with ancient ruins, raise against the background of sky their
blackened summits.
Between the town and the Elephantine Island, covered with verdure, the Nile
flows swiftly, dotted with hundreds of dahabeahs and other craft, the crews
of which chant their eternal and monotonous song. A little higher up is the
First Cataract, with its rapids, where the water comes roaring down
between the rocks.
I have never seen elsewhere more glorious sunsets than at Assouan; but it
would require a more gifted pen than mine to describe the wonderful and
fantastic colours in which heaven, earth, river and mountains are bathed.
Camels are in great request here. Ladies especially seem to like this
enormous steed, and it certainty has its attractions, but it is
violent exercise, and it is not every one who can stand it.
With camel or donkey the excursions to be had round Assouan are exceedingly
interesting. The camp of the Besharins, situated half an hour's
ride away, and close to the Arab cemetery, is a favourite one. These Arabs
(of the camp, not the cemetery), with long hair and strange faces, live in
miserable tents made of matting, and of such primitive construction
that they succeed in being picturesque.
Needless to say that at Assouan there are celebrated tombs, as everywhere
else in Egypt; and here also are these famous quarries of granite, whence
the Egyptians have taken their obelisks, their statues and their
sarcophagi. To this day an unfinished obelisk, measuring some ninety feet
in length, can still be seen.
At some distance from Assouan, not far from the head of the cataract, is the
temple of Philae, the most graceful and elegant of all Egyptian temples.
Situated on the island of the same name, the “Pearl of
Egypt” is really in Nubian territory. The natives call it
“Gesiret Anas el Wogud,” after the hero of one of the
chapters of the “Thousand and One Nights,” who, in
the Egyptian version, there found his bride. The Island of Philae is in the
centre of the space which forms the immense reservoir of Assouan, of which
I have already spoken;
225
and at the time when this is
full the entire island, and almost the whole of the beautiful temple,
disappears under the muddy waters of the Nile.
The savants and archaeologists of the entire world rose
in arms when the construction of the reservoir was decided upon, and
demanded that another site should be chosen. It was, however, impossible to
find in the whole Nile Valley another spot equally suitable; and between
the graceful temple and the
KIOSK OF PHILAE DURING THE FLOOD
David Gardiner
works which were to double the agricultural wealth of Egypt, the
engineers did not hesitate, and Philae was sacrificed. Nevertheless, it
must be remembered that very important works were’ executed in
order to consolidate this remarkable monument, the Government spending no
less than £22,000 in doing so.
The curious thing is that the water which it was presumed would destroy the
celebrated temple has probably saved it. In his 1904 report, Lord Cromer
remarks that, having visited the works whilst in course of execution, he
was struck with the deplorable state of the old foundations, which would
shortly have resulted in the collapse of certain parts of the temple.
M. Ed. Naville, some two years ago, wrote thus to the Journal de Genève:
226
“I am one of those who, on many occasions, either in the press or
at scientific congresses, protested against the construction of a dam at
Assouan. … I think now that archaeologists have reason to be
satisfied. The monument is out of danger for years, and it does not seem
that the water has any bad effects on the stone, except perhaps in a few
chambers which, having as sole opening a low door, necessarily remain
damp, and have become covered with saltpetre. One can even believe, in
certain regards, that the temple of Philae is to-day in better condition
than most of the other Egyptian monuments. For some years the great temples
have been passing through what I may call a crisis of senile decay. Is
it the excavations which are the cause of this? I cannot deny it. It is
certain that too often in the haste to bring to light these magnificent
remains, sufficient inquiry has not been made as to whether they are strong
enough to stand by themselves, and whether they were not in absolute need
of the support given them by the mountains of rubbish, or of the
villages which had been built midway between the columns. At Philae the
same thing might have happened as with the others. The temple would have
sunk gradually; here and there a column would have fallen, then an arch,
and it might have been necessary to wait until sufficient funds were
available before the foundations could have been strengthened. Now that has
been done lastingly; and whilst grateful to the Egyptian Government for the
ready way in which they made the pecuniary sacrifice, we also like to think
that the protests which we made were not without weight in their
decision.”
Lastly, in his latest report, M. Maspéro declares: “I
am happy to state that the condition of Philae is quite satisfactory.
The sandstone, instead of crumbling away under the influence of the water
as had been feared, has consolidated and hardened; it has greater
consistence, and in consequence more chance of holding out than
before.”
One had grounds for hoping then that, in spite of its annual bath, Philae;
would endure still for many centuries, and the archaeologists were happy;
but, alas! their peace has been of short duration, for the engineers have
begun to talk of
PHILAE BEFORE THE ASSOUAN DAM WAS BUILT
David Gardiner
227
raising the level of the water
in the reservoir some twenty feet. That would be the end of
Philæ!
The raising of the reservoir is a question of the greatest importance for
Egypt, and, ignorant as I am of these matters, I must try and briefly
explain the reason. The two great aims of the Ministry of Public Works (at
the head of which is his Excellency Fahkry Pasha, an Egyptian of great
intelligence, having as Under Secretary Sir William Garstin) are
firstly, to increase by the means already mentioned in Chapter IV. the
quantity of Nile water, on which the agricultural wealth of Egypt
depends, and, secondly, to store at the time of the flood millions of
cubic yards of water which, released in the dry season, will render
the soil twice as productive as formerly.
H.E. FAHKRY PASHA, MINISTER OF PUBLIC WORKS
Reiser
People at a distance who hear speak of the reservoir of Assouan imagine
vaguely a certain huge tank containing a quantity greater or less
of water. But that, of course, is hardly correct, and it is
exceedingly difficult to describe to those who have not seen it, the
immensity of the work. In a word, a colossal barrier, formidable, a
veritable mountain of granite, has been constructed across the river, at
the head of the First Cataract. The water, arrested by this powerful dam,
spreads over the space between the mountains which rise on either side
some distance off, thus forming an immense lake, under which the plain and
the villages formerly there have completely disappeared. Here and there the
tops of some lofty palm-trees appear on the surface of the water: of the
island of Philæ
228
only the tops of the pylons
and a few columns can be seen. The dam is pierced with 180 enormous
sluices, by which the surplus water is carried off, roaring with a
thunderous noise. The quantity of water retained is over one billion cubic
yards, and Mr. MacDonald, the distinguished engineer, who is in charge
of the works, told me that in evaporation alone they lost one hundred
millions of cubic yards of water in each twenty-four hours. One can easily
understand the enormous pressure placed on the dam by this vast quantity of
water, and the force of resistance required to counteract it.
As I said above, the engineers now desire to raise the level by some twenty
feet, which would almost double the quantity of water contained. The whole
of Egypt is crying out for water, always water. The raising of the dam at
Assouan would mean millions added to the wealth of the country.
The well-known engineer, Sir William Wilcox, only last year was crying out
loudly for the work to be done. A man of great talent, with the powerful
and fertile brain necessary for great enterprises, his motto seems to be,
“De l'audace, de l'audace, et au diable
les conséquences!” And, treading on his heels, all
those who possess land in Egypt, or are speculating in it, demand that
the work should be undertaken without delay. But Fahkry Pasha and Sir
William Garstin are prudent men, and although themselves in favour of the
scheme, which appears, as far as all the data obtainable can prove, to be
feasible, they were not inclined to risk anything without having the
matter studied on the spot by the greatest authorities on the
question, especially as two well-known savants,
Messrs. L. W. Atcherley and Karl Pearson, have lately expounded
theories which completely overturn all those entertained up till now
as to the solidity and resisting power of a dam.
After a thorough study of the question it was at last decided to drop the
scheme for the present, to continue certain works of consolidation and
protection at the base, and to wait two years longer before deciding
whether the proposed elevation is possible or not. If then it is thought
that it is impossible, a second dam will be erected above Assouan, on
some site not yet fixed. The engineers are at present studying the
various likely places.
THE BARRAGE AT ASSOUAN
David Gardiner
LOCK, BARRAGE AT ASSOUAN
David Gardiner
THE BARRAGE AT ASSOUAN
David Gardiner
LOCK, BARRAGE AT ASSOUAN
David Gardiner
230
Egypt, therefore, must wait three or four years before she obtains a larger
quantity of water for her lands. I do not think that this is an evil. Her
present prosperity is so great that a period of relative calm in which she
can recover from the fever of speculation from which she at present suffers
cannot but be an advantage.
SIR WILLIAM GARSTIN
In certain circles, the reservoir of Assouan is much criticised, and its
solidity placed in doubt. A celebrated archæologist said to
me: “It is an error, a terrible error, to have constructed
this immense rampart, which, one day or other, will be broken down
by the waters. Several smaller dams would have done equally well
without running any risks, and the act of barbarism in connection with
Philæ would not have been committed. The English
engineers will not admit the possibility of constructing a barrier
on any other foundation than rock. They therefore chose the
actual site because the bed of the Nile at that point is rocky; but
the Assouan rock is hard only on the surface, this hardness coming
from the action of the water: underneath it is soft, in a way rotten. For
two years, under the continual pressure, the rock on which the foundations
rest has sunk, and the darn itself has already shifted about eight feet. My
opinion is that it will not last, and unless it is decided to abandon
it, and create several smaller barriers, the world one of these days will
assist at a most fearful cataclysm. Imagine, if you can, what will happen
when, the dam giving way, a hundred thousand millions of square yards of
water will rush down the Valley of the Nile, carrying with it entire
PHILÆ
Marques Fiorillo
231
towns and villages, and
completely wiping out the population. That is the danger which Egypt is
running. Assouan is threatened by another sword of Damocles. I am, in fact,
convinced that the road which leads actually from the reservoir
(Shellal) to Assouan is an ancient arm of the Nile. I have studied the
land, and I have not the slightest doubt on this subject. I will even add
that there are already serious infiltrations on this side. Very well, it is
quite possible that in a year of high flood,
TUSKS OF LAST ELEPHANT KILLED BY SIR W. GARSTIN
the Nile, stopped by the dam, will hurl itself into this dry arm
of its ancient bed … and that will be the end of Assouan, which
will be swept by a monster wave which will not leave one stone standing on
another.”
When I retailed to Sir William Garstin these terrible predictions he quietly
shrugged his shoulders, and replied:
“It is useless to say that my own opinion is that the dam is not
in the slightest danger; but here is another opinion, which is worth quite
as much as that of your distinguished archæologist. It is a
report which has been sent to me by Sir Benjamin Baker, the famous engineer
whose authority on these questions
232
is recognised throughout the
world, and from which you can take this passage: ‘I leave the
dam (after fifteen days' study) with the most absolute
confidence that you need not have the slightest fear as to its permanent
stability, and that for centuries to come.’”
Last summer, the dam at Assouan was the means of saving Egyptian agriculture
from ruin, and the entire country from famine. The Nile flood was in 1905
so late and so low that the crops of cotton and rice would have been lost
had it not been for the water stored in the reservoir, which assured such
a satisfactory supply for irrigation that the cotton harvest was an
excellent one.
Sir William Garstin has lately made a voyage of inquiry in Upper Egypt, the
Sudan and the Bahr-el-Gazal. A keen sportsman, he combines the pleasures of
the chase with the studies which have made him celebrated. In the course
of this trip he had the good luck to kill the largest elephant so far
shot in the Soudan. The tusks of this giant are enormous, the left
measuring 7 ft. II in., and weighing 159 1/2 lb., the right 8 ft. 3 in.,
and weighing 135 1/2 lb., in all 295 lb. of ivory from a single animal.
One last word on the subject of Philæ. I am assured that an
American has offered to buy the temple for £40,000, and to carry
it off to Chicago, an offer which naturally has no chance of being
accepted. But why not do in Egypt what this enterprising spirit offered to
do in America? I mentioned the matter to M. Maspéro, who first
of all shook his head, but finally said: “Give me
£40,000 and I will undertake to do it.”
£40,000! Why, one could get that sum easily, and, if I were
allowed carte blanche, I would undertake, to save
Philæ, to collect it in a very short time.
From the First to the Second Cataract—Abu
Simbel—The return of the Empress
Eugénie—A last pilgrimage—Sovereign
and woman—Wadi Halfa to Khartoum by train de
luxe—The famous baths for travellers in the
Desert—How the line was made—Its
future—Without it France and Abyssinia might perhaps to-day
have been in possession of the sources of the Nile.
FLOODED PALM GROVE
ONE can travel to-day into the heart of the Sudan, to
Khartoum or to Omdurman, the town which, only a few years ago, was the
capital of the Dervishes, as easily as one can to St. Petersburg or
Chicago. I can even say that in winter the voyage from Assouan to Khartoum
is one of the most interesting, pleasant, and comfortable journeys which
one could undertake. The temperature is delicious, neither too hot nor too
cold; rain and damp are unknown, and from morn till eve one can revel
in the brilliant sunshine which no cloud ever comes to obscure.
The voyage is divided into two stages: the first by the Nile as far as Wadi
Halfa; the second from that town by rail to Khartoum. Three different boat
services are at the disposal of the traveller, who has only to make his
choice.
Cook have two magnificent steamers, which, with halts at all the most
interesting points en route, cover the distance
234
in four days. The Prince Abbas, on which I did the journey, is the
pleasantest and most comfortable of all the boats on which I sailed in
Egypt. I preferred it even to their large boats on the Cairo-Assouan line.
The cabins are larger, attendance excellent, and the food superior.
The Anglo-American Nile Company has a similar service equally popular, and,
lastly, the Government of the Sudan has some first-rate boats leaving
Assouan twice a week, and doing the journey in two days instead of four.
They steam day and night, instead of halting in the evening and
continuing next morning as the boats of the two companies do, and
their one intermediate stopping-place is Abu Simbel, the only really
interesting point between the First and Second Cataracts.* Those, therefore, who
are pressed for time can, by going from Cairo to Assouan by train, from
Assouan to Wadi Halfa by Government steamer, and from Wadi Halfa to
Khartoum by train de luxe, accomplish the journey in four days and a
half.
Cook's boats leave Shellal, near Philoe, in the morning, crossing
the lake formed by the reservoir, and entering the Nile at the other end,
where it flows between steep banks. The level of the river, raised by the
dam, is such that the villages formerly situated on the banks are now
entirely covered with water. Here and there palm-trees, evidently planted
on more elevated ground, expose their tufted heads, which rest on the
water like huge baskets of ferns. The unfortunate Nubians who inhabited
these villages have been indemnified by the Government; but what is the
small sum of money which has been paid them compared with the home which,
generation after generation, was theirs, and to which they were attached by
ties so stron?
The Valley of the Nile is at this point much more picturesque than between
Cairo and Assouan. Three hours after leaving Philoe, the steamer makes its
way between gorges, shut in by barren and wild mountains. Now and then,
betwixt stones and steep rocks, one gets a glimpse of an oasis, of a
*
I made the return voyage on board one of these Government steamers and
was charmed with it. The price of the return ticket is about
£13 instead of £20 to £23 charged on the
other boats, but the voyage is shorter, four days as against seven.
235
clump of waving palm-trees.
The scenery is magnificent, and, comfortably settled on deck, the
passengers admire it at their leisure. Amongst these is the Marquis de
Rudini, the celebrated Italian statesman, with charming manners and
exceedingly sympathetic, an ideal fellow-traveller. In spite of the years
which have whitened his beard, his tall figure is still erect and full of
vigour. With his eyeglass fixed, he
THE SECOND CATARACT OF THE NILE
Béato
admires the country, for, alas! there is nothing on board to
admire, and we have come to the conclusion that nine-tenths of the ladies
who travel are ugly. It is really remarkable the number of plain-looking
women in the world. I know that all men are not beautiful, but who minds
that?
At sunset we pass a large village built amidst the green fields and clumps
of palms, and which the Nile has not yet devoured, but which it assuredly
will, should the dam at Assouan be raised. Makhmoud, my black servant, whom
so far I have always believed to be a Sudanese, but who turns out
236
to be a Nubian, rushes up to
me crying: “There is my village, that is where my wife and
children live!” I accompany him on to the bridge, whence, with
all the force of his lungs, he shouts to the people working in the fields,
“Hi! down there, here I am, Makhmoud! “In their turn
they shout, “There's Makhmoud, there's
Makhmoud!” and from all sides, from men, women and children,
there rises a cry of “Makhmoud, Makhmoud!”
But his wife and children are not there, for his house is far, far up on the
hill. He points proudly to it, and to the palm-trees which, he says, belong
also to him, and adds: “It is the finest and richest village in
all Nubia.” He is quite moved, poor devil, and I cannot help
asking myself why it is that the white man is always inclined to treat the
black so badly. I have had Makhmoud with me for five months, and he
has served me with a devotion and honesty which one very rarely meets
with nowadays at home.
Shortly after engaging him, having a certain sum in gold, too heavy to carry
with me, I hid it amongst my shirts. Some days later, as I was dining in
town, I left behind in a drawer several silver coins: on my return, rather
late, I found that they had gone. Somewhat scared, I began to look for my
bag of gold, but taking out each shirt separately, and shaking it
well, I found nothing.
“It is that miserable nigger who has robbed me,” I
thought.
When Makhmoud appeared next morning I asked him, with a severe look:
“Did you take any money from this drawer?”
“Yes, sir,” he replied calmly, “and a bag of
gold from that one, and some scarf pins from the pin-cushion, and
sleeve-links out of this box. Very bad. Some one come and steal, and
my master say, ‘It is Makhmoud!’”
“And,” I asked rather ashamed, “what have you
done with them?”
He took a key from his pocket, and showing me a trunk, “All shut
inside,” he said simply.
Makhmoud is black as the ace of spades, but I have discovered that he is
quite unconscious of it. After passing his
237
village, he continued to speak
of himself and his belongings, and told me, “My wife
white.”
I admit I was astonished.
“What? White, do you say?”
“Yes, sir. White, quite white, not brown like
me!”
Makhmoud brown! It was a delicious idea; and if he calls ebony black brown,
his wife, a shade lighter, has no difficulty, I presume, in looking white.
I asked him why he had only one wife. “Oh!” he
replied, “I cannot feed more!”
I believe Makhmoud is really fond of me, though I am not always in the best
of tempers. When a lady once asked him if I was kind to him, he looked very
serious, very solemn, and replied: “Master not copper, master
not tin, master not silver, my master all pure gold!” Dear old
Makhmoud, no one ever paid me a prettier or less deserved compliment!
On the second day the valley opens out, and far off we can see a range of
high rocky mountains, barren and black, burnt by the sun. Scattered here
and there lie wretched villages, half buried in the sand. The inhabitants
live miserably on what they can grow on the narrow strip of land fertilised
by the Nile, and which, at certain points, is not more than three or
four feet wide. We paid a visit to a more important village, but equally
poverty-stricken in appearance. The children were naked, the men clothed in
rags, and the women draped with long black shawls, with which they also
covered their heads. The men were as black as Makhmoud, but I did not
notice that the women were any less so!
The sunset is wonderful, and the wild-looking mountains are bathed in an
exquisite glow. After the warm sunny days the nights are very cold, almost
freezing. In the evening the crew don large overcoats with hoods, giving
them the appearance of monks. Naturally they are Arabs, and we have on
board certain elderly females … and yet, when I think of it, not
so very elderly, who conduct themselves with them in a very extraordinary
fashion. Yesterday evening two of them, each with an Arab for company, left
the boat, and in the moonlight set off to explore … the unknown.
From the deck we watched them disappear. If the white women who conduct
238
themselves thus with the Arabs
would think for a moment of the harm which they are doing to the work of
civilisation throughout Egypt, they might perhaps hesitate. They do
not seem to realise that the native, convinced that all foreign women act
in the same manner as these fools, despises them profoundly, saying to
himself, “If that is the result of a Christian education, of
their Western civilisation, of the emancipation of women—no,
thanks! better be as we are, and keep our women safely shut up in the
harem.”
Before six o'clock on the morning of our third day out, I was
abruptly awakened by some one whistling “Viens!
Poupoule!” I had some difficulty, at the sound of this
abominable noise, to realise that I was in the centre of Nubia, and between
the First and Second Cataracts of the Nile. But it was not long before I
was blessing the unknown person who had awaked me, for, leaving my cabin, I
saw unrolled before my astonished eyes a scene of wondrous beauty. No
more wild and savage rocks, no more yellow and barren sand, but superb
vegetation. It was an exquisite vision, and I could hardly have believed it
possible that one could experience such pleasure at the sight of a
landscape so fresh and verdant. I no longer wondered that green should be
the symbol of hope. What joy must be theirs who, crossing the immense
sandy Desert on the backs of their camels, and under the burning rays
of the sun, see at last the long-looked-for trees, promising pleasant shade
and cooling waters!
Is it imagination or is it the contrast between the Desert we have just
left, and all this freshness, that makes it seem that never before was
anything so ideally beautiful?
For long we glided 'twixt the enchanting banks, till once again
we entered the rocky hills. At one place stretching across the Desert they
rise like immense ramparts whose summits are lined with colossal
fortifications. These are the ruins of the ancient Roman fortress on which
Ibrahim erected forts to stop the inroads of the Nubians. The weather is
superb, and the man who to-day does not feel it good to be alive must
have a gloomy mind or a very sad heart.
At 4 P.M. we arrived at Abu Simbel, one of the most
interesting places in the Valley of the Nile. On the right bank of the
A NUBIAN WOMAN
David Gardiner
239
river there rises a formidable
barrier of rock, in which Rameses II., the most celebrated of Egyptian
monarchs, caused to be carved, thirty-two centuries ago, those temples
which were justly considered one of the wonders of the world. No other
temple in Egypt produces a greater impression of grandeur, and those who
have had the good fortune to see it on a lovely moonlight night are not
likely to forget the unique sight. At the entrance to the great temple are
four colossal statues of Rameses II., measuring over sixty feet in height,
and hewn from the rock itself. In spite of their enormous proportions
the carving is very fine, and the expression life-like.
In the interior, scenes from the life of the great Egyptian monarch are
depicted on the walls, and gods, men, women and horses are hewn and cut in
the solid rock. It is a fantastic piece of work, and one can understand the
adoration and veneration paid by the ancients to the man who, during
his reign of sixty-seven years, had erected these wonderful buildings,
which cover the lands of Egypt and Nubia, the temples of Abu Simbel, of
Luxor, of Ramesseum, of Abydos, of Bubastis, and a large part of the
temples of Karnac and Memphis.
Covered by mountains of sand Abu Simbel was discovered by Burckhardt. and in
1817 Belzoni brought the ruins to light; but they were again conquered by
the sand until in 1844 Lepsius, and in 1869 Mariette himself, finally
cleared them. It was at this time that the Empress Eugénie, at
the height of her power, and in all the glory of her beauty, came to
visit them.
Last winter she returned to Egypt, and this time pushed on as far as
Khartoum. I shall never forget a certain evening on my return from the
Sudan. It was the hour of sunset, when, a short distance above Abu Simbel,
our boat passed a large dahabeah covered with green plants. In the
midst of these, on the deck, a lady with white hair gazed dreamily
across this land of Nubia which she had once before looked on thirty-six
years before. It was the Empress. Who can explain the desire which had
urged this woman to come at the close of her life, almost unknown and
unrecognised, to revisit those places which were witnesses of her beauty
and her power, of the adoration of the thousand flatterers who
240
surrounded her? Who can
explain the state of mind which had led her, robbed of all of which she was
proud, to these scenes which had witnessed her days of triumph?
… Suez, Ismailia, Cairo, Abu Simbel, Paris! Have you ever seen
her at a window of the “Continental,” regarding the
site of the palace where she once reigned? Have you ever seen her walking,
with Grief and Sorrow as her companions, in the gardens which saw the
first childish games of the Prince Imperial? Ah! what a Calvary
that must be … or is it possible that with the passing of
the years, Time, the great Healer, has endowed the ageing heart
with the power of forgetting all the sadness and all the
sorrow, and remembering the joy alone?
EMPRESS EUGENIE'S DAHABEAH
Sanderson
These were the questions I asked myself, whilst this white
dahabeah, with its plants and flowers carried silently towards
the setting sun, sinking in the fast fading gold of the Western sky, her
who was Empress of the French, and who now is only a woman in the
evening of her life, a life which belongs to the history of the world.
At four o'clock in the afternoon of the fourth day we arrived at
Wadi Haifa, head of the line of the Sudan Railway. Accompanied by several
young officers, Commandant Midwinter Bey, Director of Railways, came to
meet me, and very kindly invited me to take tea with him and to visit, not
the town, which is uninteresting, but the military camp, and the railway
buildings. It is here that the engines come to be repaired, and that all the
241
work necessary for the upkeep
of the line which unites Khartoum with the civilised world is undertaken.
Amongst the workmen was pointed out to me a young apprentice, nephew
of the Khalifa (successor of the Mahdi), that powerful leader of the
Dervish hosts. He was a thin little negro, looking scarcely ten years old,
who was working hard, filing a bar of iron. Fifty convicts, amongst whom
was a man convicted of murdering his wife, work out their sentences here.
Their conduct, it seems, is very good, and some, content with their
life, ask to remain when their time is finished.
At Wadi Halfa there is a company of engineers almost entirely composed of
the maimed. As I have mentioned elsewhere, in order to evade military
service, many Egyptians cut off the first finger of the right hand, which,
in former days, exempted them. Since the laying of the Sudan line
things have changed, and when these gay deceivers arrive minus a
digit, the official smiles and says, “Exactly, you are quite
unable to shoot, but you can wield a pick-axe,” and they are
promptly enrolled in the engineers!
The train-de-luxe leaves Wadi Halfa at 8 P.M., and takes twenty-seven hours to reach
Khartoum. It is made up of sleeping-cars, a restaurant-car, and third-class
carriages for the servants. It is without doubt one of the most
comfortable trains in existence. The compartments are much roomier
than those of the European trains: the sleeping berths are like small
bedrooms, in which, besides the bed, are a table and comfortable
arm-chairs. The train is lighted throughout by electricity, and in each
cabin an electric fan supplies continually a current of fresh air. The
restaurant is first-rate, the meals well served, and all imaginable drinks,
wines, beers, liqueurs and mineral waters are sold at reasonable prices
… happily, for there is no country in the world where one
drinks as one does in the Sudan. Whether this is due to the dryness of
the air or to another cause, I do not know; but it is none the less certain
that once Wadi Halfa is left behind, the most sober folk are attacked with
a consuming desire to consume and develop a thirst comparable to no other
thirst that ever was. I agree entirely with the opinion of that brilliant
English war-correspondent, the late G. W. Steevens, who declared that
242
no one can ever really know
what thirst is until they have entered the Sudan. In other countries such a
thirst would kill a man in a few days; but here, strange and
inexplicable fact, one can consume bottle after bottle without the
slightest danger. Upon my word I do not believe that the greatest
soaker who ever lived could every get any “forrarder”
in the Sudan!
TEMPLE OF ABOU SIMBEL
Dittlich
Dinner is served immediately after leaving Wadi Halfa; and the sensation is
certainly a strange one of feeling oneself carried along by a powerful
locomotive across deserts which some eight years ago were virgin, whilst
discussing a dinner which would do honour to one of the best modern hotels.
As a matter of curiosity, I give the menu:
Potage Julienne. Poisson bouilli, Sauce
hollandaise. Grosse pièce de bœuf garni.
Petits pois à l'Anglaise. Poulet
rôti. Salade de laitue. Crême
renversée. Dessert et Café.
243
I certainly did not expect to find such a menu eight hundred and fifty miles
from Cairo. Every table is occupied, and all the passengers are talking
with the greatest animation. At the table next to mine sits the Grand
Moufti of Egypt, who is on his road to Khartoum at the invitation of the
Governor-General of the Sudan, and with him is a short thick-set man,
with a large bushy moustache. Questions of education are being discussed,
and, very excited, the little gentleman recounts his experiences whilst
visiting a number of Egyptian schools. With a strong English accent he
exclaims in French: “No, no. They must not be taught English. I
cannot too often repeat it, and I have said the same thing to every
one at Cairo: I am utterly opposed to the teaching of English in the
schools!” I naturally imagined that I was listening to the
Egyptian Minister of Education … but I was in error. The
gentleman, it seems, was an English M.P., a trifle talkative, and decidedly
aggressive; it was Mr. Gibson Bowles.
During the night the train covered two hundred and thirty miles of Desert,
and at 7 A.M. we arrived at Abu Hamed, situated a
short distance from the Nile, and where, much to their astonishment and
joy, the travellers found a bathing establishment fitted up for their use.
Men and women, enveloped in dressing-gowns or coats thrown hastily over
their pyjamas, tumbled out of the sleeping-cars and took the bathrooms
by storm. These were most comfortable. As large as an ordinary
bedroom, they contained an immense bath, and a washstand surmounted by a
looking-glass; water, hot and cold, was supplied by large taps, and fine
soft bath-towels were also at hand.
As the train halts here for over an hour there is ample time to enjoy a
thorough wash, which, needless to say, is much appreciated. During the stay
here the carriages are thoroughly cleaned, and after one's tub
places are taken once more in the restaurant car, where not a speck of dust
remains, and the train moves off.
The day quickly passes in spite of the monotony of the journey. At first
almost every one plays bridge, but continual interruptions are caused by
some one crying, “The mirage; look! a mirage!” And
every one gazes on the extraordinary spectacle. One could swear that across
there on the Desert
244
were shining lakes. We seemed
to see their curving shores, their calm waters, and here and there
picturesque little islands dotting the surface … and yet it was
only the mirage, and, in reality, there existed only sand, sand to
infinity!
SUDANESE CHILDREN
Beam
Towards 2 P.M. the train arrives at Berber, a town
which, from the earliest times, has been one of the important trading
centres in Africa. Here it is that gum, ivory, ebony, gold and slaves were
brought in from the Sudan by way of the Nile, and whence again huge
caravans departed on their long journey across the Desert to
Suakim on the Red Sea. Berber is only some eighteen miles from
the junction of the Nile and the Atbara, an important river,
which, rising in the high Abyssinian plateaux, is at this point
nearly 600 yards wide, and at the time of the rains of a depth of 20 to 30
feet.
The country round Berber is rich, and with irrigation would become
exceedingly fertile. A wealthy American, Mr. Leigh Hunt, well-known in
Corea and Manchuria, where he has acquired important interests, has bought
a vast tract of land round Berber, and is working hard to convert it
into an immense estate. He intends to cultivate not only the native
products of the country, but also, they say, on a very large scale, cotton
and cocoa. Depopulated by famine, epidemics, and the Mahdi wars, the Sudan
to-day lacks labour. It is said that Mr. Hunt intends to import negroes
from the States. He believes that the climate would suit them perfectly,
and that they will prove superior as workers to the Sudanese. In a
country where polygamy is allowed (unless Mr. Hunt should prohibit it on
his estate), the American negroes would work at the repopulation of the
country with an energy not to be despised
245
By the time this book shall have appeared the line of railway connecting
Berber and Suakim will have been completed, and the Sudan, having then
acquired a rapid outlet towards the sea, will be independent of the
Egyptian lines. This is one of the most important events in its history,
and to which I shall return in another chapter. The distance between
Suakim and Berber is under two hundred and fifty miles, and the
passenger trains will without doubt do the journey in less than twelve
hours. Travellers going by steamer to Suakim, or rather to Port Sudan,* will be enabled to
reach Khartoum in less than twenty hours.
Nothing in this world is perfect, and the journey from Wadi Halfa to
Khartoum, in spite of all the comfort of the train, has a disadvantage
which it is impossible to overlook. The dust is terrible, and enters the
carriages even when the windows are shut. No one having a weak throat or
delicate chest should attempt this trip. The carriages, whose internal
arrangements and large size make so much for comfort, might be made more
dust-proof than they are.
There are in the United States trains which cross the great sandy deserts
between Omaha and San Francisco, and which are composed of waggons built
specially to exclude the dust, but which at the same time are thoroughly
well ventilated. I am almost ashamed to grumble. … It is really
so wonderful that one can reach the very heart of the Sudan by a train-de-luxe, with sleeping-cars, restaurant, baths
and iced drinks, … that it would perhaps be generous not to
mention the dust. Besides, I believe the trouble will only be a
temporary one, and that some day the Government of the Sudan will
purchase other waggons into which not a grain of dust shall enter. It must
be remembered that the Sudan Railway is a military line, built for
strategic purposes, constructed primarily for the needs of the
Anglo-Egyptian army, which was advancing towards the reconquest of the
Sudan, and not for travellers and tourists.
The idea of this line across the Nubian deserts seemed a
*
The harbour at Suakim being so dangerous, the authorities have decided
to run the line to Sheikh Borghout, which is quite close to the town,
and which will be known in future as Port Sudan.
246
dream, a chimera. It required
all the energy of Lord Kitchener, Sirdar of the Egyptian Army, and the
genius of the Canadian Girouard, to bring the affair to a successful issue.
Convinced that the only way to destroy the power of the Khalifa and
his Dervish hosts, and to reconquer the lost province, consisted in
bringing to the field of battle troops which had not been worn out by long
and weary marches, an army in fact which could count not only on immediate
reinforcements, but which without the hindrance of thousands of camels and
porters, would have its supplies assured; convinced that that and only
that could make victory certain, Lord Kitchener decided that the railway
should be made, and made it was. He had the good fortune to be backed up by
first-rate men, amongst whom was Girouard the engineer, who pushed forward
the work with extraordinary energy and intelligence. Thanks to this
iron road, the Anglo-Egyptian army, commanded by Kitchener, succeeded
where others had been annihilated; he proved victorious, and none too soon,
for who can say what would have happened had Kitchener been overcome, or
even if he had delayed?
Marchand had planted the French flag at Fashoda: he had signed a treaty with
the powerful Shilouk tribe, and he might possibly have received
reinforcements from Abyssinia and the French Congo. Where he had passed
others also could have come, and there is no reason to suppose that he
could not have held out in his entrenched camp. Was it because England
understood all this that Lord Kitchener made his grand effort, and
threw his troops forward in the middle of summer instead of waiting until
the autumn?
Whatever the reason may have been it is certain that it was owing to this
military line, which to-day is thronged by tourists travelling by train-de-luxe, that the brilliant victory of the
Anglo-Egyptian army at the gates of Omdurman, September 12, 1899, was due,
a victory which gave back to Egypt her Sudanese possessions, made her with England mistress of the entire Nile, rendered
the position of Marchand at Fashoda untenable, and put an end once and for
all to the dreams of those who had seen the sources of the Nile in the
hands of France and Abyssinia, her friend, almost her ally.
247
And that barely six years ago! What changes since then! The pacification of
the Sudan achieved, a coolness between Menelik and the Republic, and,
lastly, the entente cordiale between France and
England!
And thinking thus in the restaurant-car of the train-de-luxe, my eyes fell on a large map hung on the wall, and on
which I read in large letters “Map of the Anglo-Egyptian
Sudan”— a Sudan
“Anglo-Egyptian,” a country belonging to two
countries at the same time, there truly was something to cause
reflection!
A modern town on ancient ruins—The end of Gordon and the
heyday of the Dervishes—Reign of terror and
famine—Battle of Omdurman and conquest of the
Soudan—Slatin Pasha, former prisoner of the Mahdi, to-day
Inspector-General to the Sudan Government—Anecdotes and
souvenirs.
GRAND HOTEL, KHARTOUM
Venieris
IT is towards seven in the morning that the traveller
catches his first glimpse of Khartoum. As the train-de-luxe arrives late in the evening, the night is passed in
the sleeping-car, an arrangement which suits all the better, as the
terminus of the line is not in Khartoum itself, but exactly opposite, on
the other bank of the Nile.
White Nile, Blue Nile, or simply Nile; as few besides Egyptians and
geographers know exactly which is which, it may be as well to briefly
explain the difference. The Blue Nile, which rises in the highlands of
Abyssinia, flows through the north-east portion of the Sudan, and after a
journey of four hundred and twenty miles joins, just below Khartoum,
the White Nile. This latter, flowing from the great lakes of Central Africa
for a distance of some fifteen hundred miles, runs through the entire Sudan
from south to north. By the joining of these two rivers the Nile is formed, which
249
continues its way towards
Egypt and the Mediterranean, into which it empties itselfso me twenty-seven
hundred miles further on.
Khartoum is built on the Blue Nile, a short distance above the point of
junction with the White Nile. The passage between the station, situated on
the right bank of the river and the town, situated on the other, is made by
steamboat. Coming out of the dusty sleeping-cars the traveller takes a long
breath of the fresh air, dry and invigorating, and is astonished that
at such an early hour, and in mid-winter, the sunshine should be
gilding with its rays the lovely scene before him. On the wide river, boats
with white sails pass rapidly, whilst in others the negro oarsmen chant
their monotonous song, struggling against the current, whilst steamers,
with decks high above the water and painted white, fill the air with the
noise of their engines and the shrieks of their sirens.
Opposite lies Khartoum, in a perfect oasis of vegetation. One can see the
white and stately palace of the Governor-General, over which float the
English and Egyptian flags, the long brick buildings of the Government
offices, the huge college, and the charming little villas nestling in their
gardens. The boat stops at the landing-stage of the hotel, “The
Grand Hotel, Khartoum,” opened, I believe, only two years
ago. It is a long, two-storied building, surrounded with immense
galleries on to which all the rooms open—a most delightful
arrangement for those who like to see in passing what their neighbours are
doing, and which also makes it very easy in the dusk to mistake
one's room. For those, however, who prefer a quiet life, and
object to prying eyes, the arrangement has less charm.
Travellers were loud in their complaints last winter in regard to this
hotel. The prices are high, attendance very bad, and the food detestable.
Of course, one must remember that one is in the Sudan, but as the town has
resources of which the officers and residents know how to make good use, it
is absolutely inexcusable that the hotel should not obtain them for
their guests. I have good reason to believe that the Government, which has
let to the Directors of the Company the extensive and beautiful garden in
which the hotel is built
250
for the ridiculous sum of
£50 per annum, has taken them to task, and it is to be hoped
that very great improvements will be made. The trouble no doubt comes from
the fact that the men who direct the business are no more hotel
keepers than the Shah of Persia. They are capitalists who, immediately
after the reconquest of the Sudan, came to Lord Kitchener asking for
concessions for working certain mines in the existence of which they then
believed. Thoroughly practical, the Commander-in-Chief said to them:
“I shall give you the concession, but on the condition that you
build an hotel of the first class.” As the mines proved a
myth, the concessionaries now attempt to extract from the hotel the
immense dividends which they had dreamed that their mines would yield,
whilst giving to their guests the minimum possible at the maximum price.
The question of price is relatively unimportant. People who undertake a
trip like this do not think of paying a few francs more or less per day,
and they would willingly part with it in order to have the comfort
which Cook and the Sudan Government give them on board their steamers
and trains.
On the boat which took me from Khartoum into Central Africa I had every
possible comfort, and the food was excellent. In fact, the only place
between Alexandria and Fashoda where I have been badly fed and badly
served, is the Grand Hotel at Khartoum, the Director of which,
nevertheless, is a charming man, to whom the company, I have been told,
does not give quite enough means.
The principal avenue of Khartoum is on the bank of the Blue Nile: large,
planted with young trees, lit at night by electricity, and lined with the
gardens of the most important buildings and private houses, it runs
alongside the river for a distance of about two miles. Following it, one
comes first to the Botanical and Zoological Gardens, where lions and
other wild animals are confined in cages in the midst of a beautiful
park, planted with the finest specimens of the African flora. Then come the
hotel, numerous private residences occupied by the English officers, the
Post and Telegraph Offices, the large building containing the offices of
the various branches of the Government, the Governor's Palace,
the Italian
251
Catholic Mission, the Club,
still more private houses, the Gordon College, &c.
All along this fine avenue are to be met “tommies” of
the English regiment clad in khaki: Sudanese soldiers black as coal,
immensely tall and perched on calf-less legs of a length and thinness
incredible, Arabs and negroes engaged in some business or other, and
negresses, straight as the letter I, carrying on their heads immense jars
of water, or enormous baskets, their figures gracefully draped in long
black cotton shawls, for is there not a regulation in force in Khartoum
that all natives shall be clothed? It is no doubt this habit of
carrying heavy burdens on the head which gives to these negresses such
a straight and erect carriage, this appearance of strength and grace. Far
off they look charming, but near at hand they do not look beautiful, and
one could wish that the wide opened shawl would not show these terrible
breasts, wrinkled and hanging. Only the very young have firm and round
breasts, but they are rare in the streets of Khartoum. It would seem
that all these black beauties who thus work, carrying water or stones
on their heads, are doing it in the service of the Government, and in the
hope of obtaining a divorce. Unsatisfied with their married state, they
petition the authorities to undo the tie, but, not having the small sum
necessary to pay the fees, they are made to do a certain quantity of work
instead. Divorce plays a great role with the
Sudanese, who love a change, and who are not satisfied even with the four
legitimate wives which, if they are Mohamedans, they are allowed.
Apart from the question of climate, it must be remembered that for the
Sudanese and the Arab living on the land, the possession of several wives
is an absolute necessity. He must have a sufficient number to enable him
properly to cultivate his fields, to watch over his flocks, to look after
his house, and above all in order to have a numerous progeny who, from
their youth, will lend their help. A large offspring means a powerful
family, and numerous powerful families in the same tribe mean for that
tribe a preponderating influence.
Here, evidently, is the weak point of the Christian religion in Africa. To
ask a negro to have but one wife, is to say to him that he must give up all
hope of being rich, strong or
252
respected. The Mussulman
religion is much more logical, better adapted to his needs, and much more
easy to understand. “Allah is God, and Mahomet is His
prophet!” That is simplicity itself; but try and make these poor
negroes understand the doctrine of the Trinity! As well tell them to fly to
the moon!
Khartoum not only stretches along the bank of the river,
KHARTOUM, THE PALACE
Venieris
but also inland towards the Desert. Fine large avenues cross each
other at regular intervals, but here you will find only houses of more
unpretentious appearance, or offices and banks. Carriages are almost
unknown in the capital of the Sudan. The hotel possesses a pony-trap: a few
officers have a cart or a buggy, whilst the Governor-General alone
possesses several carriages and a motor. Saddle-horses, and especially
donkeys, are the chief means of locomotion.
Whilst awaiting the day when Khartoum shall posses cabs one can find at the
hotel a dozen jinrickshas, but, alas! the long Sudanese are quite unable to
go like the brave little
253
Japs, for hours at a steady
trot. Puffing, groaning, perspiring, they haul the little carriage with
difficulty, and one always feels one is wasting time, however little one
may have to do. With two men the pace is a trifle faster, but better still
is to harness a donkey to one of these ‘rickshas; then one
becomes a child again, and memories arise (Heavens! how far off it
seems!) when one drove a little cart harnessed with a goat in the Avenue
des Champs Elysées. The donkey and the ‘rickshas I
found charming, and for twopence I could have halted in the Desert to build
sand castles.
When the traveller has had a good look at the Palace, the villas, the
gardens where the birds are singing amongst the trees, and the
sweet-scented flowers, the large avenues where Sudanese, male and female,
very civilised, pass and repass; when he has thoroughly inspected this
pretty little modern town planted far off in Africa, and where peace, order
and industry reign, he will ask himself with astonishment and
unbounded admiration: “Can it be that I am on the same spot
where Gordon and his followers were massacred by the fanatical and
bloodthirsty followers of the Mahdi, and where, scarcely seven years ago,
there was naught but a heap of ruins? Is it possible that this flourishing
town can have arisen only yesterday on the site of the old Sudanese capital
which witnessed the glorious period and the bloody drama known in
history as the ‘Conquest and Loss of the
Sudan’?”
Yes, incredible as it may seem, it is nevertheless here, on this spot, that
the conquering Egyptians under Ibrahim planted their flag when Mohamed Ali
was on the throne. The immense empire of the Sudan was the fruit of
victories gained during the reign of the Great Pasha, and in that of
Ismail, who extended its boundaries even to the Great Lakes of Central
Africa. Oppressed and exploited by their conquerors, whom they
thoroughly despised, the Sudanese were ripe for revolt, when in 1881, there
appeared in their midst a young religious Sheik, by name Mohamed Ahmed,
whose reputation for holiness, added to a vague halo of mysterious power,
spread throughout the country with extraordinary rapidity. Knowing well
that in the state of subjection in which they were living, the
Sudanese would follow him as one man on that day when he should
254
make appeal to the religious
fanaticism smouldering in their breasts, and always ready to burst into
flame, he proclaimed himself the Mussulman Messiah, the long-awaited
leader, El Mahdi el Muntazer. This was the origin of that awful drama
which for eighteen years drenched the Sudan in blood, crushed all the
military expeditions sent to end it, drove back the Egyptians to their
proper frontiers, and established in the country a reign of terror,
bloodshed and slaughter.
At the call of the Mahdi, innumerable hosts flocked to his standard, and
annihilated the first Egyptian troops sent against him. Having already at
his disposal a formidable army, he invaded the province of Kordofan, and
attacked the capital, El Obeid, one of the largest and richest towns in
Africa. Repulsed, with enormous losses, by Said Pasha, a true hero,
and Governor of the town, the Mahdi gave up the idea of taking the place by
storm, but laying siege to it for five months, the population, dying of
hunger, gave in, and were massacred almost to a man.
Egypt then sent against him an army of ten thousand men, under the English
General Hicks, accompanied by several European officers, amongst whom were
Colonel Farquhar, Baron Seckendorff and Major Herlth. In order to reach
El Obeid across a country offering no supplies, not even a supply of
water, and covered at that time of year with grass higher than a man, the
army had as transport for its supplies, ammunition tents, &c.,
six thousand camels which marched in the centre of a square formed by the
men. One can easily understand what a target was offered to the guns of the
Dervishes by these six thousand camels surrounded by ten thousand
soldiers, the whole massed in as small a space of ground as was possible.
After great difficulties and terrible sufferings, Hicks' army,
discouraged and demoralised, was attacked on November 3, 1883, by thousands
of the enemy, who, hidden in the scrub, poured in on the enormous square a
hail of lead. It was a terrible scene. Surrounded by this circle of fire,
men and beasts, wounded or dying, lay groaning, whilst the survivors,
terrified, cried,* “Egypt, Egypt, where art thou? Oh! our Lady
*
“Fire and Sword in the Sudan,” by Sir Rudolph R. von
Slatin Pasha.
GENERAL VIEW. KHARTOUM
Venicris
255
Zenab, now come to our
aid!” To this cry the Sudanese, in the brushwood, replied by
fresh volleys, shouting, “It is the Mahdi who comes!”
At daybreak firing ceased, and the army of Hicks', dying of
thirst and leaving heaps of corpses behind, resumed its march in the hope
of finding a well, and being able to construct a fortified camp near it.
Hardly had it accomplished half a mile before it was suddenly attacked by a
hundred thousand fanatics, who threw themselves on the Egyptians with
indescribable fury. The butchery was horrible, and, with the exception of a
few men made prisoners, the ten thousand Egyptians, Hicks himself and his
officers, met their death.
The moral effect of this victory throughout the entire country was naturally
immense. Thousands of men, women and children came hurrying from far off to
see this wonderful being, who in their eyes appeared nothing less than the
Heaven-Sent. The whole of the Sudan was at his feet, and although
Egypt still occupied the north, including Khartoum, Senna, Kassala, Berber
and Dongola, her position had become exceedingly critical, all the more so,
as, whilst these distant events were taking place, a crisis, not less
grave, rage! at Alexandria and Cairo. The bombardment of Alexandria,
the Revolution of Arabi, and, finally, the English occupation, rapidly
succeeded each other.
It was very necessary that England, now mistress of Cairo, and arbiter of
the destinies of Egypt, should come to her aid in this terrible situation.
The plain fact of the matter was that Egypt, weighed down with debt, had
neither money nor army left. But England desired to give neither the
necessary funds nor the necessary men for a war against the Mahdi and
his hordes, against the Sudan up in arms and formidable. There was,
therefore, but one solution to the question, and that was to abandon
temporarily the Sudan. But it was impossible to leave the Egyptian
garrisons, who still occupied various posts, or the Consuls, merchants and
foreign missionaries. At any cost it was necessary to attempt to save
these. It was then that the English Government, in agreement with Tewfik Pasha, decided to confide to General Gordon the
256
difficult,. almost impossible,
task of bringing all these people, willy-nilly, from the Sudan back to
Egypt.
Gordon, that hero already covered with glory, who had suppressed the famous
Taepin rebellion in China, had formerly been Governor of the Sudan. Adored
by the black soldiers and the population of Khartoum, admired and respected
by all the Sudanese, he seemed to be the man par
excellence for the work. He went alone, without reinforcements.
I shall not attempt here to retell the story of the deplorable events which
followed. Finally shut up in Khartoum, surrounded by the wild hosts of the
Mahdi, he defended himself for months with an ingenuity and a courage
worthy of a better fate, waiting always for those reinforcements which he
had asked from England. Reinforcements! “One English
regiment,” he wrote, “only one, to give back courage
to my men, and to prove to the Mahdi that we have not been abandoned;
one regiment only, and we are saved!”
It is impossible to study the subsequent events without being filled with an
immeasurable indignation in seeing the inertia shown for some time by the
English Government, the hesitation, the slowness, the errors committed by
those whose duty it was to rescue Gordon and his followers. Sad as it
is, it must be recognised that the army of rescue commanded by Lord
Wolseley could have had ample time to arrive at Khartoum in order to save
Gordon, if its leader, at the beginning, had shown more energy and
decision, and if he had only followed the instructions which Gordon,
knowing the country thoroughly, had sent him. Certainly the difficulties
were great, but they were not insurmountable.
Gordon managed to hold out considerably longer than he had thought possible;
but the fatal day came at last, when tens of thousands of Dervishes rushed
furiously on the defences of the town; and Gordon, who twenty times might
have saved himself, but who would not desert those who were with him,
fell at his post, dying a hero's death. The victors gave
themselves up to the savage joy of massacre, then, after sacking the
town, they reduced it to ruins.
The Mahdi and his hosts were now masters of the Sudan. At the junction of
the two rivers, on the left bank of the White
257
Nile, they settled down at a
place called Omdurman, then consisting of a village and a small fort. From
all parts of the Sudan the population flocked in, and the village soon
became an enormous town, towards which all the produce of the country
made its way.
Fourteen years rolled by in which the Mahdi, and at his death the Khalifa
his successor, with their Emirs, gorged themselves on what they could
squeeze out of the unfortunate people who had followed them. At times they
would menace the Egyptian frontier, at others carry the war into
Abyssinia, where they succeeded in defeating King John himself, whilst
continually crushing the tribes whom they considered were not paying enough
into their coffers, seizing women and children, encouraging the
slave-dealers, and living on a scale of the wildest extravagance. By these
means the Mahdi, and after him the Khalifa, succeeded in ruining the
country, which then became the prey of famine, and the most terrible
epidemics.
By hunger, by disease, by fire, sword and torture, millions of Sudanese, men, women and children, perished; I say millions. The population of the Sudan, which twenty
years ago was about 10,000,000, is to-day reduced to 2,000,000, and
that in spite of the fact that the Sudanese are a prolific race. Hundreds
of villages, once prosperous and populous, no longer exist. I believe it
would be impossible to imagine anything more terrible than the last years
of the Khalifa's reign. One must read the admirable pages
written by Slatin Pasha,* who for twelve years was a prisoner of the Dervishes,
twelve years of suffering moral and physical almost indescribable, in
order to obtain some idea of the horrors which were enacted at Omdurman at
the time of the famine. One evening, a donkey dying of hunger fell in the
street before his cyes; hardly had the unfortunate animal ceased to live
before the women fell on him, cutting open his belly, and devouring
his entrails!
Whilst the Sudan, delivered over to the awful rule of the Khalifa and his
Emirs, marched towards certain ruin, Egypt, guided by the firm hand of Lord
Cromer, gradually revival.
*
“Fire and Sword in the Sudan.”
258
Little by little as the finances recovered and prosperity returned, the
military forces were increased. I cannot say that the Egyptian army was
reorganised, for, properly speaking, in 1883 it had ceased to exist. The
new army has been practically created entirely by English officers, whose
worth is undoubted, and who have given themselves heart and soul to the
task. They have succeeded beyond all expectation, and the results
obtained are really wonderful.
At last the hour struck when Egypt could think once more of reconquering the
Sudan, and England of redeeming her errors, and avenging Gordon. The young
army was at last capable of taking the field and fighting gloriously, side
by side with the best of Britain's soldiers. The work begun by
General Sir E. Wood, and continued by General Sir F. Grenfell, had
been brought by General Kitchener to an unlooked-for degree of perfection.
Whilst the troops were being prepared, the railway advanced rapidly across
the Desert and at last, during the summer of 1898, the Anglo-Egyptian army,
which was destined to break the Dervish power, was concentrated between
Berber and the Atbara. It was composed of one division of English
infantry, one division of Egyptian infantry, one regiment of English
cavalry, ten squadrons of Egyptian cavalry, one field battery, one battery
of howitzers, two 40-pounder siege guns, four Egyptian field batteries,
twenty maxims, eight companies of the camel corps, and lastly, on the Nile
and protecting the left flank of the army, six gunboats followed by eight
steam transports, and a number of boats fully loaded with supplies and
ammunition, in all over 22,000 men, of whom about 9000 were English and the
rest Egyptian and Sudanese.
In the middle of the month of August the army commenced its march on the
left bank of the Nile, and on September I it had reached Kerreri, seven
miles or so from Omdurman. It was here that the terrible battle took place
which finally crushed the Dervish power, and put an end to Mahdism.
With their nsual disdain of death, with the reckless insolent courage
which had so often before brought victory, forty thousand Dervishes threw
themselves furiously against the Anglo-Egyptian lines; but these remained
firm, not a Briton, not a Sudanese, not an Egyptian wavered. Under the rain of
259
bullets, of shrapnel and shell
from 20,000 rifles and fifty guns, the Dervishes charged and recharged,
seeking death rather than defeat. It was only when the sand was strewn with
corpses, when almost all the Emirs had fallen beside their standards,
when a handful only of men still surrounded the Khalifa, that these
fanatics quitted the field of battle and fled.
The Anglo-Egyptian troops had at last obtained their revenge for
past defeats. Omdurman and the ruins of Khartoum were
reconquered. The losses amounted to only fifty killed and some
300 wounded. The enemy lost in killed 11,000 men, whilst almost
15,000 wounded perished for lack of aid or were killed.
LORD KITCHENER
Dittrich
Once master of Omdurman, Lord Kitchener had the tomb of the
Mahdi destroyed, and his remains thrown into the Nile.
M. de Freycinet, in his “La Question
d'Egypte,” thus describes the events which followed
the Battle of Omdurman:
“On the following day a decisive battle took place in which not
only the soldiers of the Mahdi,* but a defenceless multitude were exterminated. It
is better to throw a veil over this terrible day, of which it is difficult
to appreciate all the circumstances. But the glory of the General-in-Chief
would certainly
*
Of the Khalifa, successor of the Mahdi, who had died several years
before.—(A. B. de G.)
260
have been greater had a little
more humanity been shown in the hour of victory. Why that scene of the
profanation of the tomb of the prophet? Why that mutilated skeleton
thrown into the Nile? Such acts, which we should like to believe were
those of subordinates, do not enhance the fame of their authors, and leave
behind them a terrible legacy of hate.”
These are grave indictments, all the more so as they are written by an
eminent man, and which I think it only just to refute and explain.
M. de Freycinet has been led into error when he accuses Lord Kitchener of
having been guilty of a lack of humanity; and he will be the first, I am
sure, to regret the paragraph in which he speaks of the extermination of a
defenceless multitude.
On the field of battle of Kerreri there were none but armed men, and not a
single shot was fired against the population of Omdurman, who, by the
Sirdar's orders, were left absolutely unharmed. This leniency
was even criticised, for it enabled a certain number of fanatics to hide in
the town, and to suddenly attack the Egyptian soldiers as they passed.
There is not a shadow of truth in the reproach levelled at Lord
Kitchener. As to the thousands of wounded who perished of their wounds
and of thirst, and of which many were killed, it is necessary, before
uttering cries of horror, to try to understand the situation. Having
themselves never given quarter, having never forgiven or pardoned, having
invariably massacred their enemies, the wounded Dervishes waited only to be
finished off. With their terrible fanaticism, their inveterate hate of the
infidel, their belief that the death of an enemy would open to them the
gate of Paradise, their one and only thought, even when at the last
gasp, was to strike yet another blow before they died.
Woe to the English or Egyptian soldier who offered his water-bottle to a
wounded Dervish burning with fever, and parched with thirst! woe to the Red
Cross soldier who thought to render aid! woe to the officer or soldier who
passed carelessly by a fallen enemy! With one supreme effort, the
Dervish would raise himself, and, pressing the trigger of his pistol,
or hurling with all his remaining force his deadly spear, he killed
whomsoever sought to succour him. With such ferocious,
261
beings nothing could be done,
and no help could therefore be given to the wounded. They had to be left to
die under the burning sun, whilst those who rose, seeking a victim, had
to be despatched.
As to the desecration of the tomb of the Mahdi, it took place, not only
under the orders of the Commander-in-Chief, but following the advice given
to him by the highest Mahommedan authorities in Egypt, who considered that
it was impossible
OMDURMAN, RUINS OF MAHDI'S TOMB
Marques Fiorillo
to leave standing a monument erected to the man who had posed as
a prophet sent by God and who had imposed on the unfortunate peoples,
simple and ignorant, whom he had crushed with his bloody
tyranny—to the memory of the man who commanded the massacre of
the defenders of El Obeid, of the ten thousand men under Hicks, of the
population of Khartoum, and tens of thousands of other unfortunate
creatures, and who caused to be exhibited on the ends of a lance the heads
of Hicks and Gordon—to the man, ignorant and savage, in whose
name the entire Sudan had been devastated by sword and fire.
In all the countries into which the English have penetrated, they have
respected the religion of the inhabitants. They even push this so far
to-day in Mahommedan countries as to forbid
262
their missionaries to
proselytise. Mahdism could not be considered as a religion, but only as a
bloodthirsty fanaticism which attacked Mussulman Egypt as well as Christian
Abyssinia, and which, from every point of view, it was absolutely
necessary to crush, and leave no trace visible. To respect the tomb of the
Mahdi would have been to spare the symbol of what they had come expressly
to destroy, the symbol to which the looks of all those who had followed him
either through fear, ignorance or fanaticism, would have continued to
turn. The tomb destroyed, and the bones of this man, in whose name so
many crimes had been committed, thrown to the wind, was for these simple
minds the proof of the feebleness of his doctrines, and of the power of
those who to-day have assured to the Sudan prosperity and peace.
That was, indeed, an impressive ceremony which marked the taking possession
of the ruins of Khartoum by Lord Kitchener and his staff, followed by a
religious service, conducted in the open air, on the very spot of the
Palace where Gordon had fallen. That was civilisation's revenge,
the revenge of England and of Egypt, the revenge of these officers to
whom Gordon had so often cried, “Help!” and who had
heard the cry too late.
Whilst the cavalry pursued the Khalifa and what remained of his army,
picking up here and there the hundreds of women of his harem who had fled,
Lord Kitchener and his officers set themselves to rebuild Khartoum. The
Sirdar thought for a moment of bringing in the entire population of
Omdurman, and of destroying that town root and branch; but later he
gave up that idea, and decided, instead, that Khartoum should become
the official town, the Anglo-Egyptian town par
excellence, the city of palaces and mansions, and that Omdurman
should remain the native town with its important markets to which long
caravans of camels should bring the produce of the entire Sudan. To-day
there is, opposite Khartoum, on the Blue Nile, a third town whose
importance is increasing with incredible swiftness. This is Khartoum North,
where are the warehouses and yards connected with the railway and the
steamer traffic, also the docks, the Government stores, &c.,
&c.—in fact the manufacturing district of the town. Who
263
would have blamed Lord
Kitchener if, planting the flags of England and Egypt over the ruins of
Khartoum, he had said: “All this belongs to us”?
This, however, he did not do, as he had no desire to alienate in any way
the old inhabitants of the town, and the land was bought at four times its
value from all those who could prove their claims. In six years modern
Khartoum has arisen, healthy and pleasant, on the ruins of the old, and is
to-day the town which I briefly described at the beginning of this chapter.
The Mudir (Governor) of the town and the province, Colonel Stanton, a
talented officer and an administrator of great worth, works, with a
perseverance and intelligence worthy of the greatest praise, towards the
improvement and development of Khartoum. What a pleasure and what a reward
it must be to him who saw the ruins of yesterday, when he sees to-day
what has been accomplished with such marvellous rapidity!
There is at Khartoum another man whose feelings it would be interesting to
analyse when, in his uniform, covered with decorations, and on a superb
charger, he gallops along these lovely avenues. That man is Slatin Pasha,
the former prisoner of the Mahdi, to-day Inspector-General to the
Government of the Sudan. What a romance his life has been! Read his
book “Fire and Sword in the Sudan,” and you will be
astonished to learn what a human being can endure and suffer morally and
physically. He must indeed have had the constitution of a horse and the
heart of a lion to have passed through such awful experiences. Born an
Austrian entering the service of the Sudan when Gordon for the first time
was Governor-General, Slatin, when the country rose in revolt to
follow the Mahdi, was Governor of the Province of Darfour, which he
defended with all his might. He certainly did his duty up to the moment
when all resistance became impossible. At the beginning of the crisis,
learning that his men hesitated to follow him on account of his being a
Christian, he publicly embraced the faith of Islam before all his troops.
Gordon, on his return to Khartoum, where he was fated to perish, was
indignant on learning this; and in his “Journal” he
speaks with bitterness of those foreign renegade officers who were ready to
change their religion to save their skins.
264
I believe sincerely that
Slatin was thinking less of his life than of his province and the Egyptian
soldiers who were under his orders, and whom he wished at all costs to
save, up to the moment when, as he believed, reinforcements would
reach him.
SLATIN PASHA AS A DERVISH
Dittrich
These failed to arrive, and, at an end of his resources, Slatin, to
whom the Mahdi promised his life, surrendered. At first he was well
treated; for, speaking the language of the country, he might have
proved useful in the opinion of the Mahdi as a means of communication,
should the occasion have arisen, with the infidels at Khartoum. Taken
along with the army which laid siege to that town he had the grief
of seeing it succumb. What awful feelings must have torn his
heart when there was brought to him, in a blood-stained cloth,
the head of Gordon, the chief whom he had admired and loved! He
himself, put into irons and loaded with chains, suffered for weeks all
the physical and moral tortures imaginable. The Khalifa ended
nevertheless by taking him into his service, and for twelve years
Slatin was his slave, crouched at his door or running with naked feet
after his horse!
At last, in March 1885, he succeeded in escaping, and gaining Assouan.
Scarcely had he returned to civilisation than he once more offered his
services to England and to Egypt, and helped considerably towards the
success of the final expedition commanded by Lord Kitchener. Knowing the Sudan
265
thoroughly, its inhabitants
and their language, the strength and the weaknesses of the Dervishes, he
was naturally in a position to give the most valuable assistance.
Khartoum reconquered, he desired to remain there with the pioneers who had
set themselves to restore the town, and to engage in the work of
civilisation which in such admirable fashion, and in the short space of six
years, has made of the immense Sudan a country where, after so much strife,
calm and tranquillity now reign. It is undoubted that he has rendered
great services, services which are highly appreciated by the
Governor-General, Sir Reginald Wingate.
Astonished that he should have desired to return to a country where he had
so terribly suffered, certain persons have said that he was induced to do
so by the desire of revenge, of a vengeance terrible and formidable against
not only the Khalifa and his Emirs killed in battle, but also against
all those, strong or feeble, men or women, who, in some way or other,
had added to his sufferings and his humiliations. There are people in this
world cursed with fantastic imaginations. That Slatin should desire to be
avenged on the Khalifa, and that he was filled with joy when he beheld him
dead, when the tomb of the Mahdi was destroyed, and when thousands of
Dervishes lay heaped on the battle-field of Kerreri, of that I have no
doubt, and I consider that it was only natural. That was victory in
which every soldier rejoices. But from that to believing that he has
remained in the Sudan to hunt down and destroy all those who, more or less,
were concerned in his suffering, is a far step indeed.
Slatin Pasha has remained there because he occupies a position which is
unique, and in which he can render great services to the Government:
because he loves the country, and is interested in the work of civilisation
being accomplished; because he is well paid, respected and esteemed by
the Governor-General … and, lastly, because he naturally enjoys
the sensation of being free, rich, powerful, surrounded by every luxury, in
the place where he passed some twelve years of his life in terrible
suffering as the slave of the Khalifa.
The future of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan—What it has cost, and
what it will cost—What it will yield—The
Governor-General, Sir Reginald Wingate, and his work as judged by
the Khedive himself—The right man in the right
place—Concessions, lands, mines, and
companies—The concession-hunter on the
war-path—The future railways—The wealth of the
country—The waters of the White and Blue
Niles—The Marquis di Rudini—His personal
impressions—Financial questions—Colonel Bernard
Bey, Financial Secretary, and his genius—The Francophile
sentiments of the Governor-General —Commercial relations
with the Congo—New outlets and new routes.
GORDON MEMORIAL COLLEGE
Venieris
“THE Sudan,” wrote General Gordon
in 1884, “is an absolutely useless possession, has always been
so, and will always be so.”
The opinion of the celebrated General was shared by those of his officers
who knew the country best, and amongst others by Colonel Stewart. It is
evident to-day that they were mistaken, and that Lord Cromer has excellent
reasons for ending his annual report for 1903 with these words:
267
“Without incurring a charge of excessive optimism, it may be
anticipated that, with the judicious expenditure of capital, and the
continuous application of a system of government such as that which is now
being very skilfully directed by Sir Reginald Wingate and his staff, the
future of the country will be far less gloomy than was predicted by the two
high authorities quoted above. But progress will be slow.”
Slow? Lord Cromer is modest, both on his own account and on that of those
who, for seven years, have laboured at this work of civilisation.
Considering the difficulties of the task, and the meagre resources
available, I find that progress has been made with extraordinary rapidity,
and that what has been already accomplished is simply marvellous. I am
not alone in my opinion: it is that of all the foreigners whom I have
met in Egypt, and amongst them the Marquis di Rudini.
“I have discovered Khartoum,” he said to me,
“and I am filled with astonishment. Certainly Khartoum is not
the entire Sudan; but from what I have seen and heard here, I can form
a very good idea of what England has accomplished— and in no
other place has she better earned her title of the ‘greatest
colonising nation in the world.’ The English have an
extraordinary power of organisation, but what in my eyes is the most
admirable feature is, that they have accomplished this gigantic task with
such economy that one can hardly believe that it has only cost them some
two and a half millions sterling. And we foolish folk have spent twenty
millions in conquering our unfortunate little colony of Erythrea!
“The English have already found means of obtaining revenue from
the Sudan; and notwithstanding the immensity of the country, and all the
works which they are executing, it costs only a couple of hundred thousand
or so to Egypt … and nothing at all to England. Erythrea, did
you ask me? Alas! my dear fellow, £280,000 a year it costs us
now, and heaven knows if it will ever yield anything … whereas
the Sudan! In a quarter of a century it will be one of the finest
provinces in Africa!”
Not only did the conquest of the Sudan cost not more than two and a half
millions, but better still, immediately after the
268
Battle of Omdurman, Lord
Kitchener (speaking, I suppose, as Sirdar of the Egyptian Army) was able to
declare that this money had not vanished in smoke, but that the campaign,
in reality, had cost nothing. These are his words:
“You may take it that during the two and a half years'
campaign extra military credits to the amount of two and a half millions
have been expended. In this sum I have included the recent grant for the
extension of the railway from Atbara to Khartoum, the work on which is
already in hand. Well, against this large expenditure we have some assets
to show; we have or shall have 760 miles of railways, properly
equipped with engines, rolling stock and a track with bridges in good
order … well, for this running concern I do not think that
£3000 a mile will be considered too high a value. This
represents two and a quarter millions out of the money granted, and
for the other quarter of a million we have 2000 miles of telegraph line,
six new gunboats, besides barges, sailing crafts and—the
Sudan.”
The question I ask myself is: Was there ever a campaign which relatively
cost so little, and brought so much? I believe not. The situation of the
Sudan was in 1898 more than discouraging. The country was completely
ruined, three-quarters of the population had perished, and those
remaining, still quivering under the recollection of the crisis through
which for almost twenty years they had been passing, were actively hostile
to their conquerors. They had not forgotten all the suffering through which
they had gone at the hands of the representatives of Egypt at the time of
the first occupation. It was necessary to create all the details of a
Government which should respond to the needs of the country, and an
administration which should stretch to the outskirts of this immense
territory, covering a total area of one million square miles. It was
necessary to re-establish order, reconstruct Khartoum, organise law-courts
and the police, abolish slavery, regulate commerce, found schools, watch
over sanitary affairs, and struggle against the epidemics from which
the country was suffering. All that required to be done, but above all it
was necessary to convince the half savage population
269
that these things were for
their good, that it was they who would profit by them, and that a new era
of justice and peace, work and prosperity had begun.
Egypt being unable to support the cost of such a Government it was
absolutely necessary to create a Budget, and to impose taxes. But it was
quite as necessary that these taxes should be imposed in a manner so
equitable and so just that
GARDENS IN KHARTOUM
Venieris
the population, still very poor, should be able to support them
without hardship, and thus have no reason for complaint. All that has been
accomplished and much more, and so well that not only are the natives
satisfied and content, but the resources of the country have developed with
a rapidity quite unlooked for.
I shall give one example only. In 1898 the revenues of the Sudan were
estimated at £8000, they produced £35,000. The
revenues for 1904 were estimated at £429,000, they produced
£540,000! Certainly, no one six years ago would have dreamt that
such a result could have been obtained in so short a space of time.
270
In spite of this almost incredible progress, the Sudan cannot yet meet its
expenditure, which amounted last year to £840,000. The Egyptian
Government contributes annually a sum of nearly £400,000 towards
the expenses of the Sudan. It is only right to note, however, that the
burden is not such a heavy one as the figures would suggest, for it is
necessary to deduct: (1) £160,000 for the upkeep of the Egyptian
soldiers stationed in the Sudan, instead of as formerly on the
frontier; (2) almost £80,000 obtained by the Custom-House at
Alexandria on goods sent from abroad to the Sudan, and (3) almost
£90,000 paid to the Egyptian Railways, Posts and Telegraphs for
goods and passengers whose destination is the Sudan, as well as postage and
telegrams which are sent to them there.
It follows, therefore, that the real annual contribution of Egypt is reduced
to about £80,000.
Certainly, the Sudan is worth that, and much more since, now that it is in
the possession of Egypt, she has no longer on her frontier that volcano of
fanaticism—Mahdism—with which she was for so long
threatened, and, besides, it is in the Sudan and not in Egypt that the huge
works proposed by Sir William Garstin will be undertaken, which will be the
means of doubling the quantity of water available to-day for Egypt.
When one considers that these works, estimated to cost
£22,000,000, will double the agricultural wealth of Egypt, the
£80,000 which the Sudan costs seems a very small sum. Besides,
it is certain that the Sudan will continue on its path of progress already
so bright, and that the day will come when not only will its Budget
balance, but a surplus will be shown.
In the same way that Egypt is indebted to the wise administration of Lord
Cromer for its present prosperity, so is the Sudan indebted to its
Governor-General for the marvellous progress which has been made. Sir
Reginald Wingate, who is at the same time Sirdar (Commander-in-Chief) of
the Egyptian Army, has brought to bear on the Sudan all his qualities
of a great administrator.
His Highness the Khedive, who is certainly no mean judge of men, and who is
in a position to judge of those whom England has sent him, once said to me:
“The Egyptian Army has never had a better Sirdar, and
SIR REGINALD WINGATE
W. Crooke
271
as Governor-General of the
Sudan he has rendered, and is rendering, invaluable services. It is thanks
to his zeal, his intelligence, his energy, his will power, and his profound
knowledge of the country and the needs of its inhabitants, that the
Sudan has in so few years taken this enormous bound. I am deeply grateful
for the admirable way in which he has undertaken his task, and I admire to
the full what he has accomplished. He is the right man in the right place,
and I trust that he will remain in his post for many years to
come.”
General Wingate is one of the most attractive men I have met. Simple and
pleasant, his manner is full of charm, a charm under which one can
recognise a great strength of will and immense energy. He expresses himself
fluently in French, and enjoys speaking that language. I had several
interesting conversations with him in regard to the future of the
Sudan, which lies very near to his heart, and he foresees for the
country a progress, if not rapid, at least sure.
The rapidity of this progress,” he said to me,
“depends on three things, which, unfortunately, we cannot hope
soon to have: labour, increased means of communication, and water.
These are what are wanting to the Sudan. Think that to-day we have barely
2,000,000 inhabitants, with much too large a proportion of women and
children, whereas some twenty years ago it numbered over 10,000,000. Of
course, Arabs and negroes are prolific races, and with peace, re-population
will advance rapidly; but still, the improvement is not one which you
can see from day to day. Perhaps the Egyptians may emigrate to us in a few
years, when the Sudan shall have lost the bad reputation which past events
have given her. Future means of communication and lines for increasing our
commerce have been well studied, and, as you know, in a few months we
shall be in touch with the sea through the ‘Nile Red Sea
Railway.’ We shall then have direct railroad communication with
the sea, and a port which shall be in Sudanese territory. It is by this
means that goods will now be delivered in the Sudan, and that our products
will be exported.”
“Is it not said in certain quarters, General, that this line,
constructed with money lent by Egypt, will do the latter very considerable
harm, since it will draw away all the traffic which
272
to-day passes through the port
of Alexandria, and reaches Assouan by the Egyptian Railways?”
“Quite true,” replied the Governor; “that theory
has been advanced, but it will not hold water. As long as the Sudan is
dependent on this one and costly road of communication by Egypt and the
Nile, her commerce can take no great step forward. Things will remain as
they are to-day, and Egypt will continue to pocket the small sum of which
you speak, with very little hope of ever seeing it increased. On the
other hand, as you remarked, the new railway will undoubtedly take
away from her this small revenue. But the Sudan Treasury will profit by it,
and as our revenues will increase because of the rapid growth of our
commerce, thanks to this new outlet, we shall first of all be able to pay
to Egypt interest on the money advanced by her, and,
ultimately—and this is the important point—the
quicker the development of the Sudan, the sooner will the time arrive when
we shall be able to do without her financial aid.”
“And as to the water, General?”
“In regard to that, the Sudan will benefit by the great schemes
of Sir William Garstin … but, so far, they are only proposals,
the realisation of which may not take place for years. Nevertheless, the
Egyptian Government has sent a special commission, which, in collaboration
with my officers, is studying the question, and it will certainly have a
result, small to begin with, whilst we await the future great reservoirs.
Some minor irrigation canals have already been made, and the Sudan can
now take water from the Nile, in summer, at a time
when our doing so cannot harm Egyptian agriculture. For Egypt does not
permit us to take this water on which her existence depends. You see that
when, speaking in her name, England declared that she could not permit
another Power to establish itself on the Upper Nile, and to monopolise the
water without which Egypt could not exist, she was acting in good
faith.”
“General,” I said, “before my departure from
Paris I heard rather a curious story. One of my friends, Baron B.,
informed me that he had met a French merchant, a colonist I believe, who
possesses large estates in the Congo Colony, and who told him that he had
made many attempts to obtain
273
permission to send his
products by the Sudan via the Nile and one of its
tributaries, the Jur, which is navigable to within a short distance of his
place. He said that such an outlet, much more rapid and less costly than
the one of which he made use, viz., the route by the Congo to the Atlantic,
would give an enormous impetus to his business, and to those of the
other colonists whose plantations lie on the borders of the Sudan.
… But he assured my friend that his request had been very badly
received, and that it was clear that no encouragement would be given to the
commerce of French Congo to pass by the Nile.”
Whilst I was speaking General Wingate's face assumed an
expression of astonishment which quickly changed to indignation.
“That,” he said, “is how history is
written! What you have just told me is an abominable lie, and,
curiously enough, I have here, in my desk, a document which will prove
to you that there is not a word of truth in the whole story. Before showing
you the passage in my official report in regard to this, let me just tell
you what has happened.
“Last year, we received a letter from a Monsieur Pierre,* a colonist in
the French Congo, explaining that he intended returning to France by the
Sudan, in order to study the route from the point of view of an outlet on
Suakim. As the idea appeared to me to be an excellent one, I gave orders to
the officers commanding the frontier posts and the stations in the
interior to place themselves entirely at M. Pierre's disposal.
The latter, in fact, undertook the journey, and arrived here, at Khartoum,
where we discussed the question. Far from opposing his scheme, I declared
to him that I would do everything in my power to encourage the forwarding
of the products of the French Congo by way of the Sudan, and to consider
the commercial relations between the two countries. In order to give
him indisputable proof of my good faith, I promised to order without delay
a steamer of very shallow draught, which would be able to ascend the River
Jur to the point indicated
*
My friend not having given me the name of the colonist who had related
to him his failure to secure an outlet by way of the Sudan, I am quite
unable to say if it was M. Pierre, but naturally the Governor was led
to believe that it was.
274
by M. Pierre, a boat which
would be set aside for this international service. This boat will be
completed almost immediately and will be ready to sail for the Jur, but of
M. Pierre we have no further news.”
Having thus spoken, the General made me read the part of his official report
in which he briefly related these facts, announced the construction of the
boat, and his intention to
WAR OFFICE, KHARTOUM
Venieris
encourage every effort which should tend to increase the traffic
by the Nile and the new railway, then he added:
“Our greatest desire is to live on the friendliest terms with
France and her Colonies, our neighbours more or less close.’
Having heard that a large number of capitalists, foreseeing the future
wealth of the Sudan, were already on the look-out for concessions of land,
and that requests were pouring in on the Governor-General, who invariably
refused them, I asked if such was the case.
“Numerous requests,” he replied, “are in fact
addressed to me, which I am obliged to reject for several reasons, of
which I shall give you the two principal. The first is that the men
who are asking us for land, being unable to do anything with it unless
irrigated, ask us also for water and for the present
275
we cannot give them that. The
second is, that we do not yet know exactly what land belongs to us, or over
how much of it natives may have rights, and, as you know, we are most
particular not to wrong any one. We are working on a survey of the
Sudan, which is already well advanced. When it is finished we shall be in a
better position to grant concessions.”
To these explanations of the General I believe I may add that he is firmly
resolved to keep out of the Sudan, by every means in his power, the
speculative element, which has done such harm to Egypt. As long as Sir
Reginald Wingate is Governor-General, no one, large or small, will pluck
the Sudan.
As I have mentioned, the work which is being accomplished in the Sudan is
certainly due to the excellent administration of the Governor-General, but
it would be unjust not to recognise that he has colleagues of the greatest
value, amongst whom I shall name Colonel Henry, Adjutant-General, a
brilliant officer, and one of the best soldiers England has lent to
Egypt; Mr. Bonham-Carter, Legal Secretary, to whom has fallen the
difficult task of establishing a system of justice in keeping with the
degree of civilisation attained by the country, and which shall be easily
understood by all these simple-minded, ignorant natives, these big children
which the Sudanese are. You will find in his reports some excellent
examples of the state of intelligence of these beings, such as:
Kwat Wad Awaibung, a Shilouk, accused of having assassinated Ajak Wad Den,
acknowledged the crime, but excused himself in the following fashion:
“‘Ajak,’ he said, ‘owed me a sheep,
and not only did he refuse to pay me, but he declared that he would show me
what he was fit for. Next day my son was devoured by a crocodile. That
was evidently the work of Ajak, and that is why I killed him. For a long
time things had gone badly between us, because I am a better hippopotamus
hunter than he, and for this reason he bewitched me and my family
too.’”
It certainly cannot be expected that the laws of a civilised country can be
understood by this Shilouk as if he were a common hooligan!
The “Sudan Penal Code,” copied from the Indian, but
with modifications which the state of the country seemed to
276
demand, is in force, and gives
every satisfaction. Although the government of the Sudan is a military one,
it has the assistance of many civilians, and amongst others of four
civil judges.
The extraordinary increase in the revenues of the country, which in seven
years have increased from £35,000 to £560,000, as
well as the cheap and economical manner in which the administration is
conducted, have astonished many great men of business, who have at last
discovered that the Sudan possesses a “Master of
Finance,” a real genius, in Colonel Bernard Bey, the Financial
Secretary. The art with which he balances his Budget, increases each year
his credits, and manages to meet all the most pressing calls, in short to
obtain the maximum of results with the minimum of expenditure, is
marvellous. The Colonel is one of those men whom the large financial
companies would willingly take into their service at his weight in gold,
but whose interest in the work begun keeps at his modestly rewarded post.
Amongst the English to-day in the service of the Egyptian and Sudanese
Governments there are men who could earn an income twice or three times as
large if they cared to quit their posts to-morrow; and I mean by that not
only those whose salaries are small, but those who are receiving
£1200 to £2000 per annum.
In France, as in Germany and most of the European countries, the majority of
men who interest themselves in Colonial policy advise
“centralisation,” all the reins of government of the
Colony in the hands of a man who directs more or less well, at a greater or
less distance. To all these students of Colonial affairs I would recommend
the reading of the last report of Lord Cromer, covering the report of Sir
Reginald Wingate.
They will read there, on page 110, that the system adopted in the Sudan has
been to push “decentralisation” to the furthest
limit. These are interesting and instructive lines, which explain the
success of England as a colonising nation. I will quote one passage:
“It is recognised that any attempt to govern the Sudan in detail
from Cairo would be as disastrous as to endeavour
SUDANESE WOMEN
Vemeris
277
to manage Egyptian affairs
from London, and this, I am glad to say, has never been done and, I trust,
never will be done.”
To establish order and tranquillity and develop the resources of the country
was a formidable task, and one which necessarily went hand in hand with
another not less difficult and important, the raising of the population
from its terrible ignorance by establishing schools where the rising
generation should be instructed.
Lord Kitchener understood this, and after the victory of Omdurman he
proposed that a great College should be founded at Khartoum in memory of
Gordon. The appeal was responded to, and a public subscription opened in
England realised £140,000. Of this sum £30,000 was
employed in the construction of an enormous building of outwardly
unpleasing appearance, but inwardly admirably fitted up. The remainder
of the subscription brings in annually £3600. Under the able
direction of Mr. James Currie, who is at the head of the Gordon Memorial
College, as well as the Department of Public Instruction, great progress
has been made. Four years ago the object in view was simply to create a
small class of artisans, to spread elementary education amongst the bulk of
the people, and to create a native administrative class, which could
furnish men capable of filling the subordinate official posts.
The College is to-day divided into three departments. The first consists of
a normal school, from which issue the teachers and judges for the
Mahommedan Tribunals, and which last year contained eighty-five pupils; the
studies are conducted entirely in Arabic. The second is a primary
school, the classes of which are attended by one hundred and fifty
boys, who receive instruction in Arabic and English, and who will
easily find subordinate positions in the Government Offices; and, lastly, a
third consisting of workshops, where artisans are trained.
In view of the great schemes of irrigation projected by Sir William Garstin,
which, as I have already explained, will be almost exclusively executed in
the Sudan (but for the greater benefit of Egypt), and which will extend
over several years, it is certain that a large number of young men having
an elementary knowledge of geometry and construction will be
278
required, and it has been
decided to considerably increase the schools. The intention, I believe, is
to establish a secondary school, two other primary schools, and to enlarge
the classes of the Gordon College.
Interesting as were the classes for the Sheiks and those of the native
children, I admit that it was the workshops for the young artisans which
interested me most. The facility with which they learn to imitate all that
is shown to them recalled to me the similar talent of the Chinese and
Japanese. Last year the work turned out by the eighty pupils of these
workshops, children of twelve to sixteen years of age, brought in over
£200.
It is evident that the Gordon College is a very powerful factor for
civilisation, and that it will play an important rôle in the future of the Sudan. Other schools have
been opened at Omdurman, Wadi Halfa and Suakim, and the inhabitants of
the numerous villages seem disposed to pay a monthly education tax in order
to procure one. Research laboratories of great importance are attached to
the Gordon College. These have been established through the generosity of
Mr. Henry S. Wellcome, their objects being:
(1) To promote technical education; (2) to promote the study,
bacteriologically and physiologically, of tropical disorders, especially
the infective diseases of both man and beast peculiar to the Sudan, and to
render assistance to the officers of health, and to the clinics of the
civil and military hospitals; (3) to aid experimental investigations in
poisoning cases by the detection and experimental determination of toxic
agents, particularly the obscure potent substances employed by the
natives; (4) to carry out such chemical and bacteriological tests in
connection with water, food-stuffs, and health and sanitary matters as may
be found desirable; (5) to undertake the testing and assaying of
agricultural, mineral, and other substances of practical interest in the
industrial development of the Sudan.
Directed by a scientist of great worth, Dr. Andrew Balfour, these
laboratories, which are admirably fitted up, render daily the greatest
services, and without doubt will play a most important part in the
development of the country.
279
WORKSHOPS, GORDON COLLEGE
Venieris
280
The restricted compass of this volume forbids me, much to my regret, from
writing further in regard to the Gordon Memorial College. I should like to
have described the up-to-date classes, the dining-halls bright and
well-kept, the model kitchens, the most interesting museum, containing
specimens of the products of the Sudan, &c. &c. Only
a word: Mr. James Currie agrees entirely with Lord Cromer that the
teaching of English in the Sudanese schools would be disastrous.
“It is a curious but undoubted fact,” he said to me,
“that as soon as a native changes his dress—I speak
of Arabs, and the civilised Sudanese, not of the Shilouks and
savages—as soon, I say, as he changes his native costume for
European trousers, he becomes in appearance an ape. The study of
English has on his intelligence a similar effect to that produced by
trousers on his person: in a word, he ceases to be a man, and becomes a
ridiculous being, half monkey, half parrot. We teach English in certain
classes because we require for subordinate Government appointments a number
of employees who know this language, but we are absolutely opposed to its
being taught in the artisan classes, and in the elementary schools
which we have opened or will open throughout the entire country. It is not
by teaching them a few words of English that we shall draw the population
closer to us, but in governing them with wisdom and firmness, kindness and
justice; and in proving to them that we are working for their
good.”
I had no intention of attempting to describe the Sudan and its progress in
four chapters, but I have simply attempted to give those who are ignorant
of it an idea of the work accomplished. Some will, no doubt, ask, what at
first seems difficult to explain, viz.: why is the Sudan Anglo-Egyptian, and how is it possible that a country can belong
at one and the same time to two masters, King Edward and Khedive Abbas
Hilmi?
This same question was put to me by an Italian friend on board the boat
which brought me back to Europe, and our conversation will explain the
situation as well as anything I could say.
“The English give as a reason,” I said, “that
above all they desired to have the Sudan free from the famous
‘capitulations.’ In fact, if the Sudan had been
simply Egyptian,
281
it would have been equally
under the sovereignty of Turkey, which again would have meant that all the
nations who were signatories of the capitulations would have had the right
to erect their Consular Courts in the country. Very wisely, in my
opinion, England wished that the innumerable difficulties which have
strangled Egypt for so many years, and which even now hinder her work of
civilisation, should be spared to the Sudan.”
“Then,” remarked my friend, “England is
proprietor of the Sudan on joint account. You have told me that it
cost Egypt a few hundred thousands each year … does England
not pay half that bill?”
“No, and for an excellent reason. England does not seek to draw
any direct personal advantage from the Sudan. All these immense works which
will be undertaken on the Upper Nile will benefit Egypt and her
agriculture. They will double, triple perhaps her wealth, but not that of
England. The advantages which the latter draws from the situation are:
(1) To have under her rule an Egypt rich and prosperous, where English
capital and commerce will find a ready outlet, but equally with all other
nations; (2) To have an immense field of study and training for her
officers and administrators; (3) To prevent any other nation establishing
itself on the Nile; and (4) To hold Egypt much more surely and irrevocably
than if she simply occupied Cairo. Note that she has given for the
reconquest of the Sudan £800,000 and seven or eight thousand
men, and that it was English officers who, having reconquered, it, have
also pacified it, and led it to the point where it to-day is on the road to
civilisation and progress.”
“Then you consider England works for …?”
“Egypt. Naturally.”
“Egypt!” My friend whistled with an incredulous air,
and added: “In former days they said, ‘For the King
of Prussia!’ … Hum! … I cannot see the
English working for that, but the explanation they give is certainly
very plausible. There is nothing more to be said of it than ‘Si
non è vero, è ben trovato!’”
I believe that, in spite of all that England will say, and all that I have
repeated, her reputation is not so blameless that
282
many will not continue to say,
with the mouse in Lafontaine's fable: “Ce bloc
enfariné ne me dit rien qui vaille …
attendons!”
Let us wait and see. That will not hinder the Sudan from progressing rapidly
under the protection of the two flags which for the present float together
from Wadi Halfa to Gondokoro.
Society in Khartoum—Lady Wingate's
garden-parties—Slatin Pasha's
dinners—The fétes in honour of
their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of
Connaught—Scarcity of ladies—The young officers
dance with one another—The paradise of marriageable
daughters—Expulsion of the demi-mondaines—Oh! for a Sapho!—Black and
white and white and black—The English officers have no
relations other than official with the Egyptian
officers—They are “separated by a gulf which no
number of whiskies and sodas can ever bridge”—The
English officers' preference for the black soldiers.
CAIRO CITADEL
YES! Society—with a large S, please, for
Society has its rights even in the Sudan. Certainly the amusements of
Khartoum are neither so numerous nor so varied as those of Cairo;
still one manages very well, and there is no reason to be bored. In
imitation of the “Palaces” of Cairo, the Grand Hotel
gives … I shall not call them balls, but let us say
“hops.” These take place on Saturday evenings, and
are preceded by a dinner more ambitious than good. Many English
officers attend, whilst the foreigners invite on these evenings all
those whom they know. The large dining-room is crammed, and the hotel
must fill its pockets, judging from the fabulous quantities of empty
bottles which one sees.
At the first of these “hops,” in which I took part, there
284
were present nine ladies; at
the second only seven. The stronger sex was represented by a hundred or so
of uniforms, amongst which one saw here and there a black coat. That
must be shockingly slow, I thought to myself, if only nine couples dance at
a time in that immense room, and then all these men will be fighting to
obtain the hands of these unfortunate ladies, only half of whom are still
at an age when one dances in civilised countries. And wisely I retired to
the terrace to smoke my cigar in peace. Suddenly, I was aware that
from the ball-room there was proceeding an extraordinary noise, which
certainly could not come from nine couples of dancers. The music (and it
was powerful military music too) was almost drowned, swallowed up in the
frightful roar of a frantic stampede, to which was added the sound of wild
cries.
“The devil!” I said to myself, “a battalion of
ladies must have arrived, and now every one can dance. I must look at
this.” Ladies! yes, certainly, there were just nine who were
dancing for all they were worth, but who were only responsible for a
very small fraction of the noise. It was the officers, who, in default of
lady partners, were dancing with one another; lieutenants, captains,
majors, even colonels in full war-paint, medals, decorations and all, ran,
hopped, bounded, hustled and bustled in the wildest quadrille I have ever
seen. Officers, did I say? Well, they were really just great big infants
of twenty to fifty years of age, laughing, shouting and enjoying
themselves like a party of children.
In a corner of the room the native servants of the hotel wriggled and
twisted with laughter at the sight of this spectacle, which doubtless
vaguely recalled to their minds the Dancing Dervishes of their native land.
Amongst the keenest of the dancers was Slatin Pasha, and he, certainly,
must be pretty near the fifties. The former prisoner of the Mahdi is
really extraordinary; his twelve years of awful torture have left no
visible trace. He enjoys a youthfulness, a strength and a freshness quite
incredible. The simple and sober life which he led throughout his captivity
has evidently suited him; but to-day, I can assure you, he is making up for
lost time. Slatin is at all the fêtes,
and two or three times a week he gives large dinner-parties at his house.
Think for a moment of the pleasure
285
this man must experience when,
after having eaten for years with his fingers the food of slaves, he now
presides in his large and lovely dining-room over dinners at which are
served the choicest dishes, drinking exquisite wines, and waited on by
numerous servants, liveried to perfection. His house, recently built in the
centre of a superb garden, is, I believe, the most pleasant and
well-equipped in Khartoum. Here he has gathered round him every possible
comfort, and, according to what he
SLATIN'S HOUSE
himself says, there is only one drawback, and that is that
housekeeping gives him a lot of trouble, and that he loses much time
in looking after his servants.
“Well, my dear Slatin, why not marry?”
“No!” he replied. “I'm too old for
that now.”
“Get along!” I said, “you are as fit as a
three-year-old.”
But I have a strong suspicion that Slatin, as far as he personally is
concerned, is an enemy of marriage. He himself tells us in his book that
the Khalifa, wishing strongly that he should marry, sent him on several
occasions a woman … whom he refused always. That was a good
story to put in a book published in pious England; but he does not claim
for his continual refusals any extraordinary virtue, but attributes
them rather to the fact that his master regularly sent him
286
the most horrible old
negresses that he could lay his hands on.
One day, when Slatin had invited me to join him in an excursion on the Nile
on board the Government yacht, I referred to this delicate subject.
“Well,” I asked, “were they really all so
ugly?”
“No,” he replied. “One time they made a mistake,
and sent a young and pretty one.”
“Which you kept?”
But Slatin was not to be so easily caught.
“Oh!” he replied, “it was shortly before my
flight. … I say, look at that splendid bird over
there!”
We must not be too curious, but let us rather declare from the house-tops
that the ex-slave, now Inspector-General to the Sudan Government, sent back
the young beauty just as he had sent back the old horrors … and
besides, after all, it is his affair and not ours.
There is one thing, however, which Slatin does admit, and that is that he
has been a cannibal … and has nibbled with his teeth a human
hand. Ugh! that makes one's flesh creep! But listen to the
story, it is short and to the point.
During the time of his Governorship of Darfour, when he was struggling with
all his might against the growing power of the Mahdi, in the course of a
terrible march provisions fell short, and he had eaten nothing all day.
Half asleep in his tent, he thought he could hear the sound of his men
eating. … He called one of them, and asked him what they had
found. “Oh!” he replied, “we have found
some chickens.” “Well, you rascal, bring me a piece
at once!” In the darkness they passed him something cold, which
he commenced to bite, but after a few seconds he began to wonder what part
of a chicken he had managed to get. Striking a match he saw to his
horror that it was part of a human hand, a hand which had belonged to
a corpse which his men had disinterred! He then remembered that amongst his
troops were several negroes who belonged to a tribe of cannibals called
Nyam-Nyam. Surely a suitable name! Nyam-Nyam! … one can hear the
teeth burying themselves in the flesh … boo!
Let us turn to something more agreeable. I trust that my
THE NILE AT OMDURMAN
Venieris
287
description of a
“hop” at Khartoum will be read by many young ladies,
and I know of very many who pass their time in the winter in Switzerland,
dancing amongst themselves for lack of cavaliers. If at Khartoum there are
twenty gentlemen to one lady, I am quite convinced that at some of these
Swiss winter resorts there are forty ladies to one gentleman
… and he does not weary, I can assure you.
Khartoum! There is the paradise of young ladies and young wives comme il faut … the other kind are taboo.
Certainly there are officers who sigh sometimes for the heroine of
Daudet's famous novel; but the paternal Anglo-Egyptian
Government looks well after them, and any Europeandemi-mondaines who find their way there are packed off without
ceremony and threatened that they will be conducted to the station, manu militari, if they do not depart quietly themselves
by the next train.
Ah! I can assure you there is no chance in the Sudan of singeing your wings
at the light of the lady who sells her favours … as to those who
give, well, that's quite another thing. They are very welcome,
especially if they have good letters of introduction. Hardly has she
arrived before a lady is surrounded by admirers who place at her disposal
their horses, donkeys and camels, and who include themselves willingly
in the offer. She can dance, play Tennis and croquet, ride in the desert,
row on the river or sail or steam, hunt, fish, flirt as much as she
pleases—only—and there comes the rub—
marriage is difficult, unless she is well endowed with the
world's goods. In fact, the Government., still paternal, will
not allow its English officers in the service of the Sudan to marry
unless means are plentiful.
Well, you may ask, if these unfortunate officers are not allowed to marry,
nor to play with demi-mondaines, what can they do?
They cannot always be dancing with one another. That is a delicate subject.
When the Dervish Chiefs had been slain, the unfortunate women whom they had
fed and housed and protected came to the victors, saying, “What
shall we do?” The representatives of civilisation naturally
could not say to them, “Seek another master, we shall help you
to find him.” Slavery had
288
to be abolished at a stroke,
and so they were calmly told, “But you are free, quite free; go
away, go!”
With what result? The great majority of them, unable to gain a livelihood,
became prostitutes. As the Khalifa alone had over four hundred concubines,
and as his Emirs and officers each possessed a very respectable quantity,
the number of these can be imagined. That, I suppose, is one of the
blessings attendant on civilisation.
I remember well what the late Grand Moufti said to me on this question:
“It is a mistake to think that the slaves were unhappy, or
that slavery was cruel. What was terrible about it was the manner in
which the slaves were first obtained; the raids of the slave dealers
by which they stole the unfortunate natives, whom they drove in huge
gangs to the markets where they sold them. The masters treated their
slaves well. It was to their own interest to do so, and I can assure
you that the life of these women was neither unhappy nor
immoral.”
SHAIGI GIRL
Turstig
It must not be imagined that the only attraction of Omdurman is its
native beauties, more or less virtuous, whose costume consists of a
short fringe hanging from their waists, and heavy bracelets and necklets of
gold. No—Omdurman is from many points of view an exceedingly
interesting city to visit. It is one of the largest towns in Africa,
although it has a population of only 60,000, whilst in the time of the
Mahdi it boasted 400,000.
The markets of Omdurman are celebrated, and long caravans of camels coming
from the rich provinces of the South, as well as numerous boats, bring to
them each day the products of Central Africa. Gum, cane, doura (a kind of
wheat used by
289
men, and also as food for
cattle), grain, cotton, ivory, ostrich feathers are to be found spread over
huge spaces in the market-place. It is a curious sight to see these immense
caravans of camels arrive after a journey of weeks and weeks, bringing
from out the centre of the Dark Continent their enormous loads. To me
the camel appeals, by contrast perhaps with the two-legged specimens, male
and female, which one meets in one's lifetime, and to whom
unjustly is applied as a term of reproach the name of this hard-working
beast, sober and enduring.*
The time is not far distant, I believe, when a line of railway will link
Omdurman with the provinces of Darfour and Kordofan, whose richness is very
great, and which can produce enough doura to nourish the entire Sudan,
besides leaving a large balance for export. The quantity which in
Kordofan can be obtained for 4s. costs £1 2s. 6d. in Omdurman, which proves conclusively
that the only means of transit at present available, viz., by camel
caravans, is more than costly.
There are also at Omdurman markets for horses, donkeys and camels, and the
bazaars are most interesting. Here are to be found Sudanese weapons and
arms, ostrich eggs, curious purses of leather which the women carry
suspended by a string round the neck, fringed belts of leather which they
wear round the waist, wicker baskets in bright colours, carved
ivories, riding switches and whips of hippopotamus skin, and an entire
street given up to the makers of silver goods. Bracelets, rings, charms,
seals, boxes, even serviette rings, of curious and bizarre workmanship, but
for which more is demanded every day. Here as elsewhere the appearance of
the tourist has been the signal for putting up prices.
One can spend morning after morning in these bazaars and markets. It is like
another world, a different planet for the stranger; and it is only when he
passes in front of the shop of a native tailor, where a dozen or so of
Singer's sewing-machines are busily humming, that he realises
that after all he is not so very far away from civilisation.
At Omdurman there are some monuments which are historical; the ruins of the
Mahdi's tomb, the house where
*
In French the word “chameau,” i.e., camel, is applied to a person as a term of the vilest
opprobrium.
290
Slatin lived as a slave, and a
large building in which are gathered together many relics of the past:
pistols, guns and swords belonging formerly to the Dervishes, and the
strange head-dresses which they wore: of these there are thousands
which can be had very cheaply. A little further on are the cannon of
the Khalifa, cannon taken from Hicks or at Khartoum, and, lastly, the
carriages and the piano belonging to Gordon, in a pitiable state. I must
admit it was with a shock that I saw there, under a shed, these relics of
the hero who fell at Khartoum. Surely a resting-place could be found for
them on the unoccupied ground-floor of the
Governor-General's Palace.
At the side of the empty tomb of the Mahdi rises the house occupied by the
Khalifa, his four wives and his many concubines. His apartments can only be
reached after traversing a labyrinth of passages almost without end, and
each turn in which was guarded by a sentry, so great was his fear of
assassination. The house unfortunately is empty. It would have been
interesting if it had been left just as it was when he took to flight, as
it would then have constituted a most interesting Mahdist museum. I must
say I admire the brave man who, like the Khalifa, has the talent and the
power to conduct harmoniously a ménage
consisting of some four hundred and four wives, of which four were
legitimate, and had equal rights— rights which they could make
respected, as behind them they had the force of their religion, which
commands the husband to treat each with the same kindness, the same
generosity, and the same affection. The days and the nights of their lord
and master were equally divided between them; and what must have
happened to the tranquillity and harmony of the harem if, perchance, he had
the audacity or the bad taste to desire wife No. 2 on the day which
belonged by right to No. 4? That is the reverse side of the medal, for as
there is nothing which bores the male nature more than custom, it is a
hundred to one that the husband should occasionally wish on Monday
what ought only to come to him on Wednesday. The legitimate wives, on
the contrary, have the right to postpone the visit of their master. Of
course, they would not think of saying to him, “You worry me, do
go!” that would be too fin-de-siècle,
SUDANESE DANCING GIRLS
Venieris
291
but simply, “I am
fatigued. Oh! my lord, make then that one of thy four hundred slaves come
for thy amusement.” Nothing could be simpler.
Calm and peaceful, the population of Omdurman goes about its work, does its
business with Egyptians or Europeans, and sends its children to the
excellent schools opened by the Government. Who would believe that barely
seven years ago it was the centre of the most terrible religious
fanaticism? Fanaticism and despotism, from these the population had
suffered, and they had had enough of the Mahdi, of the Khalifa, of the
Emirs, who seized everything, lived in the lap of luxury, leaving the
wretched human mass to die of hunger, whilst now and then massacring a
certain number to show their power. The fanaticism of the Dervish is a
thing of the past, and he appreciates to-day the tranquillity which he
enjoys, and the justice which ensures to him the reward of his toil.
Makhmoud explained this to me in his own fashion.
“Dervish man, Sudan man, Arab man, all glad and love English
because English master he just. Poor man find Moudir, Moudir listen, give
justice even against rich man, even against English man.”
I believe Makhmoud; the times have changed, and the people do not regret it.
Let us return to Khartoum. On the river you shall find a steam ferry, which
crosses at regular intervals during the day the confluence of the two
Niles; and if you have neither horse nor donkey, you can take the curious
little steam tram which will carry you to the centre of the town. A
regular god-send is this little tram, due, like the other up-to-date
things of Khartoum, to Colonel Stanton. This energetic man would even
banish the dust, of which Khartoum is not proud, and upon my word I believe
he will do it … some day when he finds a little more spare cash
in his box. He has, in fact, found an excellent means of ridding the
avenues of dust by “gumming” them. For this purpose
he uses the residuum of gum which can be had for very little, and roads
thus treated remain firm and dustless. The “gumming”
of the whole of a large avenue only costs £40.
Money and water, these are what Colonel Stanton desires:
292
water above everything, for
only that is required for the desert which surrounds Khartoum, in order
that trees, shrubs and flowers may grow with extraordinary rapidity. In the
gardens on the banks of the Nile one can raise strawberries, peas,
beans, every vegetable imaginable during the whole winter … but
the hotel gives you none of them!
There are at Khartoum two clubs, an English and an Egyptian. The
officers of the two countries in the service of the Sudan
Government do not fraternise. An Englishman said to me in regard
to this: “We are separated by a gulf which no number
of whiskies and sodas consumed in the course of official duties
can ever bridge.”
GRINDING DHURRA
Beam
Here, as in Cairo, they see each other officially: in the office,
intercourse is easy and pleasant; whilst talking business they
will discuss a whisky and soda, or a cup of coffee, and smoke
a cigarette; then each goes his way to his club or his home,
and there they know each other not, except from time to time when they
meet at an official reception or a dinner-party. Even that is unusual,
for the Governor-General gives separate dinners and receptions, some for
the English, others for the Egyptians. I remember my surprise when, at a
ball given at our hotel by
293
the “Egyptian
Cavalry,” I saw only English officers and their guests, amongst
whom there was not a single Egyptian. The latter certainly resent the way
in which they are treated by the English, and I repeat here what I have
already said in another chapter, they are feared, respected, admired, but
they are certainly not loved.
What are their reasons for thus holding them at arm's length?
They have been given to me thus by an Englishman:
“We can work together, we can fight together … we can
never live a family life together. The Egyptian will never present us in
his home to his wife or his wives, unless in the case of a few very modern
young men who have married a Levantine or European mistress of rather
tarnished reputation. Why should we then admit them to our houses, and
introduce them to our wives and daughters, knowing as we do that their
ideas in regard to women, and their fashion of behaving towards them, are
totally different from ours? That is the principal reason which separates
us from the Egyptians. But it is not the only one. Their customs, their
manners, their notions of hygiene, their ideas of morality are quite
opposed to ours; and lastly, my dear fellow, we like bacon for
breakfast, and they don't!”
The English officers take an interest in their Egyptian soldiers, and work
hard to turn them into good fighting material, because it is their duty and
they are paid to do it, but for their men they have not the slightest
affection. On the contrary, they love the black Sudanese, whom they
consider born soldiers, although difficult to keep in hand. These are
not troops for garrison work, but for the field, and something must be
continually done to keep them occupied. The blacks detest the Egyptians,
whilst they are devoted to their English officers. That is an interesting
fact. If ever Egypt or the Sovereign State of Turkey had a fancy to claim
from England the Sovereignty of the Sudan, to-day shared between them, the
black troops would be found ranged round the “Union
Jack,” and only too delighted to have something to fight,
especially if that something were an Egyptian.
Have you ever heard of a “Diluka”? I had, vaguely. I
knew that it was a savage dance, where negresses, young and
294
well built, almost naked, gave
themselves up to the most fantastic contortions and motions. I had heard
that with the help of the music and the shouting they worked
themselves into a frenzy, and that this state of excitement
communicating itself to the onlookers, the negroes, yelling, hurled
themselves into the midst of the dancers, and a scene then took place
beside which the dances of Cairo and the Moulin Rouge are innocent.
One day, Cook's agent offered to organise a
“diluka” in one of the native villages situated in
the Desert some distance from the town. All that was necessary was to send
a certain sum to the Chief. The idea was hailed with delight by the
tourists, male and female, who happened to be at the hotel, and who, one
fine afternoon, set out on horseback, donkey-back or ‘ricksha,
every one, even young girls, who carefully carried their cameras with them.
Very excited at the thought of the saturnalia we were going to witness, we
galloped across the Desert towards the village, whence came a formidable
noise of drums and tom-toms. What a disappointment! A few ancient negresses
clothed (fortunately!) from head to foot in dirty black cotton,
raising one foot after another, and modestly wriggling. Furious and
disgusted, we declared to the interpreter that we should complain, and
demand the return of our money. After these threats, a few young negresses
were produced, showing from the folds of black calico nothing but their
heads, feet and hands. A “diluka” in such a
costume—that was the height of absurdity. Leaving aside all
other considerations, it is certain that the only artistic interest of this
dance comes from the poses and movements full of strength and suppleness of
the young well-formed bodies of the dancers, movements and poses which
it was impossible to follow under the folds of black calico. I will go even
further, and say that, thus costumed and deprived of its artistic side,
this dance, far from being more proper, takes a low character, and becomes
full of suggestiveness without any redeeming feature.
Two or three soldiers on police duty mounted guard. I made the interpreter
explain to them that it was evident that we had been swindled, and that we
would claim the return of
295
our money. They replied that
on account of the police regulation enforcing, under pain of imprisonment,
all the Sudanese of Omdurman and Khartoum to clothe themselves, the
dancers did not dare to appear in the simple girdle of fringed leather
which was the proper costume for the dance, and which they were wearing
under the shawl of black cotton. We offered these brave interpreters of the
law a “backsheesh” to induce the Sudanese to discard
their shawls. Delighted with this unexpected windfall they rushed into the
arena, where, after many explanations and much noise, they proceeded with
their own hands to undress the performers. But the latter would
consent only to the extent of fastening their shawls about their waists,
and twisting and turning their bodies in an idiotic fashion.
Thoroughly swindled, we made our way back to the hotel, convinced that the
Sudan was becoming very rapidly civilised. To forbid the
“diluka” is well enough, but they might also forbid
the swindling of the tourists, whom they permit to pay a large sum to the
village Chief.
I shall finish this chapter on Khartoum Society at the point where I should
really have commenced—with the Palace, since Sir Reginald and
Lady Wingate are the pleasantest, most hospitable and charming hosts in
Khartoum. Every traveller who has been recommended to their care retains
very pleasant memories of their kindness, also of the luncheons, dinners
and garden parties, which are given at the Palace, the great charm of
which is the entire absence of formality, the simplicity and cordiality
which reign there.
The garden parties, which take place almost each week in winter in the
lovely Park of the Palace, are quite free from the stiffness and ceremonial
which official functions generally assume. The Governor receives his guests
in a flannel suit and panama hat, and his officers, as well as the guests,
follow his example. Tea and refreshments are served under a large
tent, where the Governor-General and Lady Wingate themselves look after
their friends.
A military band, stationed a short distance away, plays well-known airs: and
whilst some talk, walk and smoke, others play at Tennis or croquet. One
might imagine oneself in the
296
garden of some country-house
in Europe in the summer, were it not for the tufted palms scattered here
and there, the black soldier musicians, and over there, in the midst of the shrubs,
GORDON'S STATUE
Marques Fiorillo
the statue of Gordon, which recalls the terrible crisis of
yesterday. Seated on his camel of bronze, very natural, very
life-like, Gordon faces the South from whence his enemies came, and
turns his back to the North from whence he hoped to receive that help which
never arrived.
H.R.H. THE DUKE OF CONNAUGHT AFTER THE MILITARY REVIEW AT KHARTOUM
AJ Vista
297
I was present in the Park of the Palace at a fête which impressed me vividly, that given by the
Governor-General and Lady Wingate in honour of the Duke and Duchess of
Connaught, who, accompanied by the Princesses Margaret and Patricia, came
last winter to spend a few days at Khartoum. On the day of their arrival a
reception was given in the Park, to which were invited all the members of
the Government, the English and Egyptian officers, the Mussulman
Sheiks, the Sudanese Chiefs, and the strangers passing through who
were acquainted with General Wingate.
On my arrival I saw that, in one of the most charming spots in the Park,
just opposite the Palace, an open tent had been erected for the Princesses
and Lady Wingate. On the left, in front of another large tent serving as a
“European” buffet, the English and foreign guests
were grouped. On the right, there stood yet another
“Arab” buffet, before which were the Egyptian
officers, and at their side, in picturesque robes and turbans, the
Mussulman Sheiks. Here and there were pickets of Sudanese soldiers,
immensely tall, and black as ebony. Suddenly the band struck up
“God Save the King,” and the Duke and Duchess of
Connaught, the Governor-General and Lady Wingate, the Princesses, young,
elegant, charming, appeared, followed by a brilliant crowd of officers.
Just a garden party, you will say! Yes, certainly, but it is the frame in
which it is set which must be considered. We are met under the blue sky of
the Sudan, on the spot where Gordon fell, in an ideal Park verdant and
fresh, where birds are mingling their songs with the sound of the military
music. Look at these Sudanese Chiefs, the representatives of the
people who, only yesterday, thought of nothing but massacre; look at them
now as, smiling and satisfied, they bow before the brother of the King of
England, and before the representative of the Khedive, General Wingate.
Look at this peaceful and charming scene, where cool white toilettes mix
with uniforms covered with decorations, and the robes of the Mussulman
Sheiks, in the shadow of the statue of Gordon, avenged! Look, and, full of
admiration, you will repeat what the Duke of Connaught himself said to me:
“Is it not admirable? Khartoum in six years has become a large
and beautiful town!
298
The entire Sudan is pacified,
and all that accomplished, by a handful of men with very limited resources.
It is marvellous!”
The programme of the fêtes given in honour of
their Royal Highnesses comprised other attractions, regattas, a
Horti-cultural and Agricultural Exhibition, a military tattoo, when,
by the light of thousands of torches, the united bands of the English,
Egyptian and Sudanese regiments gave a monster concert under a sky studded
with stars, reflected on the waters of the Nile. Lastly, there was a
military review.
This took place beyond the town, on the threshold of the Desert, and I shall
never forget the magnificent spectacle. Infantry, cavalry, artillery,
Egyptian and Sudanese, marched past in perfect order, then the mounted
troops and artillery returned at the gallop in a furious charge, raising in
thick clouds behind them the sand which had felt the footsteps of the
regiments of Ibrahim and of Gordon, and of the wild hosts of the Mahdi.
“What do you think of it?” an English officer, who
stood at my side, asked me.
“Frankly,” I replied, “they are excellent
soldiers on parade, they are superb; and if their fighting qualities are
equal to their appearance you have every reason to be proud.”
“Well,” he said, “I also will speak frankly, and
I will say this: they are excellent troops, and we have done our best
to bring them up to this point. But you must not think that in doing this
we have not been helped by the Egyptian officers. Most of them work with a
perseverance and a zeal which is indefatigable, and they are undoubtedly
capable of commanding their own men, but—look there!”
Between blue sky and yellow sand a line, almost invisible so like was it to
the colour of the soil, advanced like a great snake, with a quickness, a
swing and an energy almost incredible. These were the seven hundred men of
the English regiments stationed at Khartoum. There was about them such
a strong, virile, martial appearance that a great emotion seized me by the
throat, and I felt inclined to clap my hands and shout
“Bravo!” as when, at the finish of a review at
Longchamps, the cavalry sweep down in a furious charge. What does it matter
that these soldiers are young, what does
299
it matter that their khaki
uniforms fit badly, when the bodies that they cover are animated by
unshaken will and energy, by intelligent courage, cool and calculating,
against which the charges of the Dervish fanatics, who knew no fear, broke
like waves against a rock?
It was wonderful. … Calm as statues, not an Englishman amongst
the spectators seemed to notice it.
CHAPTER XIX TWENTIETH-CENTURY COMFORTS IN CENTRAL AFRICA
Voyage on the White Nile—The comforts of the twentieth
century in savage lands—Steam-yacht, electricity, baths, and
douches—Excellent cooking and iced drinks, surrounded by
crocodiles, hippopotami, in sight of lions, elephants, and
buffaloes—Hunting extraordinary—Negroes and
negresses —Dinkas and Shilouks—A race of giants
clad in an ivory bracelet—Their manners and their
dances—A prince and his wives—“Do not
clothe them”—“Honi soit qui mal y
pense.”
TAUFIKIA
Al Vista
IT is certainly something nowadays to be able to travel
to Khartoum whilst enjoying during the course of the journey every
possible comfort, but how many people are aware that this journey can be
extended into the centre of Africa none the less comfortably? Leaving aside
the Blue Nile, which one can ascend as far as the highlands of Abyssinia,
one can to-day reach Fashoda, Lado in the Belgian Congo, and Gondokoro
in Uganda, as easily as though these towns were situated on the Seine or
the Rhine—the only difference being that they are further off,
and the journey takes more time. Gondokoro is about 2700 miles from Cairo.
In fact, one can to-day ascend the Nile to spots still haunted by
crocodiles, hippopotami, lions, elephants, giraffes, buffaloes, and
rhinoceros, passing through countries inhabited by the wild tribes of the Shilouks
301
and Dinkas, a land where, only
yesterday, a Stanley or a Marchand alone could penetrate, after surmounting
the greatest difficulties, in the midst of innumerable dangers, and at
the price of terrible privation and suffering. I repeat, this voyage
can now be accomplished in the same security, and with the same comforts,
as that from Cairo to Assouan. Needless to say, it is a thousand times more
interesting, and as to the climate it is in winter simply ideal.
Before describing how I, personally, did the journey in what is undoubtedly
the pleasantest manner, but also the most expensive, I will explain briefly
how it can be accomplished in other ways. First, I shall dismiss the
service established by the Sudan Development Company between Khartoum
and Goz Abu-Goma, situated at a distance of only one hundred and eighty
miles. The voyage lasts six days over the most uninteresting portion of the
White Nile. The steamer, which is new and very comfortable, has much too
great a draught, and runs a strong risk of going aground on a sandbank,
as happened last year, half way on the voyage, where she lay for
several days—anything but a pleasant experience for the
passengers!
The Sudan Government has a much more important monthly service. Its boats
ascend the Nile into Uganda as far as Gondokoro, a distance of some 1100
miles from Khartoum, and occupy a month in performing the double
voyage. The price of the ticket is £67, and the steamer is
provided with electric light, hot and cold baths, and food and
attendance which could not be better. There are numerous halts,
varying from thirty minutes to two hours, and for those who simply
desire to see Central Africa, the Sudan throughout its entire length, and a
corner of Belgian Congo and Uganda, this service supplies the easiest means
towards attaining their end.
I cannot, however, recommend it to those who wish to enjoy sport, for the
halts are not long enough, and, naturally, it is not round the
landing-stages on the banks of the river that one comes across game, large
or small. For sportsmen, the only satisfactory method is to hire a boat and
halt when and where one wishes. The steamboats are naturally the most
comfortable, but they are also, and very much, more expensive.
302
The native sailing-boats can
be had at a very reasonable price, and ascend the river almost as fast as
the steamers, as the wind blows strongly and steadily from the north
during the winter months. Coming down against the wind of course takes
longer, but, if in a hurry to get back, the traveller can at close
intervals get the chance of a tow from a Government steamer.
Whilst I was at Khartoum, an Englishman, a great hunter, accompanied by his
wife, left for a two months' trip into Central Africa. They had
two naggars (native boats). On the largest
SIR REGINALD WINGATE AT KAMA
of these a tent of native matting had been erected in the middle
of the deck, containing two camp bedsteads, toilet table, chairs,
&c. The cook and the servants were astern. The second boat
carried four camels, six donkeys, some native servants, and a shikari, the
last thoroughly acquainted with the ways of all the big game, and the spots
where they were likeliest to be met with. There were also on board
tents and camp equipment, so that with their camels and donkeys they
could quit the boat and undertake shooting expeditions in the interior
lasting several days, choosing the places where elephants and the other
large fauna were plentiful.
At the same time, two Frenchmen, from Rouen, left on a short excursion of a
fortnight. I saw them on their return, and they were in great spirits,
having bagged some 1500
303
head of game, of which several
were fine specimens. Not having time to make expeditions into the interior,
they had hired only one boat, and had taken with them neither donkeys,
camels, nor camp equipment. This trip had cost them £27 a week
(£13 IOS. a piece), boat-hire, linen, food, servants, all
included.
The larger expedition, with two boats, camels, donkeys and camp, mounted up
for two persons to £40, or £20 per head. Naturally,
the more numerous the party, and the longer the trip, the less is the
proportionate cost.
For all these expeditions the intending traveller should address himself to
M. Angelo Capato, whose huge shops at Khartoum contain everything one can
require, and who undertakes the organisation of sport or pleasure parties
at fixed and very reasonable rates. His is a firm in which every
confidence can be placed, well-known for its honesty, so that no
difficulty or unpleasantness need be feared.
Sportsmen must obtain a permit. Government issues two, the lesser costing
£5, and the greater £40. The first allows of the
shooting of lions, crocodiles, wild goats, tiangs, gazelles, small
antelopes, ducks, pelicans, swans, herons, ibis, bustards, cranes, and a
quantity of smaller game, furred or feathered. Only the larger permit
allows the right of shooting elephants, hippopotami, buffaloes, elands,
large antelopes, &c.
The sailing-boats naturally afford only a relative amount of comfort, and
those who wish to enjoy a greater should hire a steamer, in which case the
simplest plan is to write direct to the Government, or rather to Commandant
Bond Bey, the pleasant and obliging Director of the Department of
Boats and Steamers. This is what I myself did; and with six friends,
three of whom were ladies, we hired the Abbas Pasha, a
large and beautiful three-decked steamer. The hire was £20
per day for boat and crew. For the rest we applied to M. Capato, who
provided us with an excellent European cook, a Sudanese under-cook,
servants and all necessary provisions. A veritable grocer's shop
was installed on board, containing preserved goods, white and red wine,
champagne, Münich beer, large quantities of mineral waters,
brandy, whisky, and various liqueurs. All that remained over at the end was
of course
304
taken back by M. Capato, but
the famous Sudan thirst was the cause of the emptying of a phenomenal
number of bottles.
We carried in the bottom of the hold over 5 cwt. of ice, which lasted us a
week, and as M. Capato continued to send it on by different steamers
ascending the Nile, on one day only did we run short. On the fore part of
the lower deck we had quite a farmyard: a cow to provide fresh milk, sheep,
lambs, hens, turkeys, pigeons, which were killed according to the
requirements of our kitchen. Telegrams had been sent to different points,
at which we found awaiting us fresh fish and vegetables, eggs,
&c. One can see from these details that our table was abundantly
supplied. Servants, food and drinks cost £10 per diem,
altogether including hire of the boat, £30, or £4 6s.
per day per head,*
a small amount considering the comforts which we enjoyed, and that we were
undertaking a voyage into the centre of Africa.
The Abbas Pasha is a large boat, which had just been
repainted and redecorated on the occasion of the visit of the Duke and
Duchess of Connaught, who had made use of her for numerous excursions. On
the lower deck, in the stern, was the dining-room; amidships, the engines
and quarters for the crew, and forward, our stores, farmyard and
poultry-run; on the main deck, a drawing-room, ten large
double-berthed cabins, two bathrooms with douches, and, as on board
Cook's boats, a large space in the centre of the deck, and
extending to its full width, where were placed tables and easy-chairs,
and where we generally took our meals. Over this there was still
another deck, which, occupying the entire length of the boat, made an
excellent promenade, and at sunset our ideal standpoint. Saloons, cabins,
decks, all were lit by electricity, and one can no longer doubt the
possibility of having every comfort possible on the White Nile. The two
weeks' voyage on board the Abbas Pasha
were full of interest and charm, of which the following notes will give
only a very faint idea.
* It
must be noticed (1) That it would be possible considerably to economise in
the cost of the food. (2) That the price of the boat, being the same for
ten or fifteen persons as for seven, friends travelling in a larger number
than we did would naturally find it cheaper.
OUR BOAT “THE ABBAS PASHA”
Al Vista
305
“February 9, 1905.
“We left Khartoum yesterday morning, and we are all delighted
with the beginning of our voyage. Cabins, service, food, all are perfect,
and we jog along, joyously and luxuriously, towards the
centre—yesterday how mysterious!—of Central Africa.
It is delightfully warm, and we have donned sun-helmets and white ducks.
The scenery is far from wild. All day yesterday we passed through immense
stretches of pasture, where thousands of oxen, cows, calves, donkeys, sheep
and horses peacefully browsed. On the great and majestic waters of the
river, flocks of wild duck disported themselves, and we could see further
off on the banks thousands and thousands of wild geese, pelicans and ibis.
“This morning early, as we were leisurely making our toilettes,
Mahkmoud from the deck shouts, ‘Crocodile! Master, Crocodile!
‘An extraordinary effect is produced by this word
‘crocodile.’ In a second, all seven of us, men and
women, are out of our cabins, in costumes more than light, gazing
anxiously in the direction indicated by the black finger of Mahkmoud. At
first we can make out nothing, then suddenly we shout in chorus,
‘There, there, look on the sand, just the same colour.
… Ah! the brute, he is sleeping in the sun!’ And
there, true enough, on the yellow sand of the bank, we see an enormous
crocodile, lying basking like a lizard. At this sight the murderous
instinct is awakened, first in Mme. Z., who cries, ‘Your guns,
quick, your guns!’ Then the three of us who have come prepared
for the chase rush off shouting, ‘The guns, Mahkmoud! Mahkmoud!
Wallad! Lord, where are those guns? quick, and the cartridges!’
But the guns were in their cases, the cartridges in their boxes; and
as the Abbas Pasha continued peacefully on her
voyage, the crocodile was lost to sight long before we had ceased to
cry, ‘The guns, the guns!’
“This crocodile, whose skin was spared, had at least awakened in
us all our lust for blood, and we passed the forenoon in preparing our
small armoury. One eye on our guns, the other on the river banks, we
searched the sands with cruel and anxious eyes; but they were as innocent
of crocodiles as the quay of the Louvre, and we began to have serious
doubts as
306
to the genuineness of the one
we believed we had seen in the morning!
“At midday we halted at a village, to take in, not coal, but
wood. As the former costs £12 to £16 a ton, the
steamers on the Nile burn only the latter. This explains why the
country through which we passed, and which, a few years ago, was densely
covered with forest, is now almost entirely destitute of trees. Whilst a
small battalion of negroes brought the wood on board, singing and shouting,
we took a turn round the village, seeking our first impressions of the Dark
Continent. In little huts of straw, entire families were living, crowded
and mixed up with their goats, sheep, hens and miserable dogs, thin
and emaciated. Only old women were to be seen, hideous and withered, and
little children quite naked, very dirty, and almost without exception
suffering from horrible eye-diseases.
These terrible old negresses claim to be daughters of Eve (Oh! Eve, what
colour wast thou?), of whom they have the inborn love of dress. They adore
necklaces and rings, and their woolly hair is divided into hundreds of
little greasy plaits. In front of one of the huts we watched at the
hair-dressing of a lady whose wrinkled charms seemed to us to have
belonged to a bygone age. Another woman was engaged in plaiting the
little tails, pulling hard at the crinkly hair … it seems that
the operation is a painful one, and lasts almost an entire day. Mahkmoud
entered into conversation, and presently announced, ‘This woman
get married, get ready to marry!’ Heavens, then there is still
hope for some old maids I know, if they will only come here where husbands
are so easily found!
“A little further on, a young woman, more pleasing to the eye,
and whose figure was somewhat nearer to our standard of beauty, worked
furiously, grinding doura between two flat stones, converting it into
flour. Little by little, all the women in the village became aware of our
presence, and arriving en masse we were quickly surrounded. We men did not
seem to be of the slightest interest to them. White men they had often
seen, and probably considered them exceedingly ugly; but the ladies who
accompanied us, that was a sight quite out of the ordinary! These pretty
white dresses, these embroidered blouses, these hats with ribbons and flowers,
307
these elegant sunshades, these
dainty boots of white leather. … Poor negresses, their
woman's instinct seemed to tell them that all that was very
pretty, very chic … and they came still closer, full of
admiration and respect.
“Now it was the fair hair, almost like gold, curled, waved,
scented, which attracted their attention, and which seemed to fascinate
them. But as we turned to make our way towards
AFTER-DINNER PIPE
Sanderson
the boat, one of the ladies of our party, raising her skirt
rather high, exhibited the laces and frills of a petticoat, one of
those dainty Parisian creations, the frou-frou of
which had never been heard before in these parts. Then all these
negresses threw themselves on the ground in order that they might have
a better view, entreating with outstretched hands that they might be
permitted to touch this exquisite and rustling stuff. And the petticoat!
Where had it come from? From Doucet or simply from the Bon
Marché? Who knows?
“‘For my part,’ said V., ‘I can quite
understand the excitement, these petticoats always affect me!’
“‘And as for me,’ said M., ‘I am only
sorry these negresses
308
are so terribly ugly,
otherwise I might come back next winter with a cargo of petticoats. What a
success I should have!’ “‘Ah! my
dear,’ said one of the ladies, whose short skirt, guiltless of a
frou-frou, had gone unnoticed. ‘it is not
their looks I should object to were I a man, but their perfume. Let us
go. I am feeling quite ill.’
“Certainly the perfume of a Sudanese is somewhat strong and
enduring … but they, again, are unanimous in declaring their
objection to a European.
“At three o'clock we arrived at El Duem, one of the
largest towns in the Sudan, and the point where Hicks' army
quitted the Nile, and advancing into the country, then in a state of
revolt, was annihilated. The Governor of the town, Major Butler, along with
another English officer, informed of our arrival, came to meet us, and took
us off to visit the bazaars. A huge crowd followed us, evidently intensely
interested. On all sides the traders assailed us, brandishing ostrich
feathers, daggers, swords, Dervish spears, ostrich eggs, curious
water-bottles, some in terra-cotta, others of leather with ivory
stoppers. All seemed gay and happy. And yet, seven years ago, El Duem was,
like Khartoum, a centre of bloodthirsty fanaticism. To-day everything is
calm, and the two English officers who live here have, to enforce the laws
on this population of 10,000 inhabitants, exactly seventeen native
policemen. It is wonderful! Innumerable caravans of camels bring hither
enormous quantities of gum, which is then sent on to Omdurman by boat.
“We have just witnessed the arrival of such a caravan, the camels
of which, dusty and tired with their long journey, give unmistakable signs
of their pleasure at arriving. Of their own accord they kneel down, and
patiently wait for their heavy loads to be removed, two enormous leather
sacks full of the beautiful gum of which the head-man offers us large
pieces, proud of its fine quality.
“After taking tea with us on board the Abbas
Pasha, the Governor left, and we only awaited the return of
Mahkmoud, who had been sent to buy ostrich eggs, before continuing our
journey. Suddenly we heard a frightful din, and saw approaching us from the
town an immense crowd, shouting
309
and gesticulating, seeming to
pursue a negro clothed in white. They overtook him, and several men
throwing themselves on him, bore him to the ground. He managed to rise,
and, taking off his slipper of red leather, he struck the face of his
principal assailant. This is the greatest insult, it seems, which
exists in the Sudan, and, profiting by the stupefaction of the others,
he resumed his way in our direction. The crowd once more took up the chase,
and again, a few yards from the boat, threw themselves on him. We had
looked on, indifferent, at this scene, which we did not understand, when,
suddenly, we recognised the fugitive, and a cry of astonishment and
anger escaped us—‘Mahkmoud!’ It was indeed
he, my faithful
CAMELS AT EL DUEM
Al Vista
follower, and two hundred black devils throwing him on the ground
and surrounding him. This time our guns were handy, and seizing one I fired
… in the air. The effect was magical. The shouting crowd was
silent, and fled in headlong haste. Alone, the man struck by Mahkmoud
remained; grappling with him.
“At this moment the Governor, attracted no doubt by the report,
reappeared, followed by two or three police. Mahkmoud having said a few
words, he gave a couple of hard cuts of his riding-whip to the man, and
ordered that he, along with Mahkmoud, should be conducted to the station,
where the dispute might be settled. He very kindly came on board, and
explained the affair.
“‘An egg which your man was buying fell and was
broken. Payment was demanded, but he asserted that it was the seller
310
who had allowed it to fall.
Nothing more serious than that, and in a few minutes we shall see who was
in the right.’
“‘In the meantime,’ I said,’ the
other has had two smart lashes with the whip.’
“‘And your servant has been thrown down, and beaten.
… It was to punish him for having stirred up the crowd against
your man, instead of coming and lodging a complaint, that I struck
him.’
“‘They are not really vicious?’ I asked.
“‘Not a bit, they are just big children, but one must
know how to handle them.’
“‘Do they give much trouble?’
“‘Very little. Now and again, one of them, in a fit of
rage, kills his man … we hang him, and that's an end
of it.’
“Mahkmoud returned, indignant; he had been condemned to pay for
the egg. According to the Governor's report, all the witnesses
had sworn that it was he who had broken it.
“‘Of course,’ he said to me, ‘all
men—Dervish men, all friends, all against me. Ah! filthy
country, dirty Sudan, never come again! Dirty Dervish men!’ Poor
Mahkmoud, beaten, and, to add insult to injury, obliged to pay ten
piastres!
“February 11.
“What excitement and emotion these last two days! Yesterday
morning, loud cries of ‘Hippo! hippo!’ We rushed
forward, and there in the middle of the river, we perceived something which
looked to us like a torpedo boat without a funnel. It was an enormous
hippopotamus. He raised his mighty body from the water, opened an immense
mouth, and plunged. It was superb. Hardly had we recovered from this
little excitement than some one shouts ‘Crocodiles! the
guns!’ This time we are prepared; three of them lie on a bank
of sand, asleep in the sunshine. Each of us takes aim, and, bang! Two
are hit; their long bodies twist in a terrible spasm, and with a supreme
effort they make one fantastic bound, and sink in the water.
“‘Stop! Stop!’ we cry to the engineer,
‘we have got two.’
“‘Ah!’ he replies, ‘they are at the
bottom of the Nile
311
by now, and even though they
are dead they will not come to the surface for eighteen to twenty hours. It
is always like that, and, unless you have plenty of time to wait or manage
to hit them somewhere where the water is shallow, ninety-nine out of a
hundred are lost.’
“For the last thirty-six hours we have seen so many hippopotami
and crocodiles that we have become blasés,
and we no longer take the trouble to get up to look at them. The river
is full of the first. They bathe, or plunge, or allow themselves quietly to
drift with the stream. Sometimes they are single or in groups of six or
seven or eight, at other times there is a family—father hippo,
mother hippo, and all the little hippos. They are so enormous that at a
distance we take them for small islands.
“As to crocodiles, we have lost count. We have passed hundreds
since yesterday, and although we have shot some fifty we have only managed
to secure one, a small one, which, although having its head smashed by two
explosive bullets, fought with the utmost fury against our men. Now his
skin is hung up to dry in the sun, and he smells almost as strong as a
Sudanese.
“The way in which our crew threw themselves into the river to
fetch the crocodile was superb; absolutely fearless. They have no fear of
death, and it is with a laugh that they will say of a man, as they do of a
crocodile, ‘He is finished!’ This is a favourite
expression. An officer once told me how when he had shot a large bird which
had fallen into the Nile, one of the boys who was with him swam out to
fetch it, and was devoured by a crocodile. The other smiled, and said
quietly, ‘That boy finished!’
“We are all seated forward, gazing through our glasses at the
Nile and its banks, the aspect of which is continually changing. At certain
points it forms small lakes with islands which are covered with myriads of
immense birds with long beaks, their plumage white and red, or white and
grey, of which we have seen millions. Their numbers are so great and so
compact that, as far as the eye can reach, we cannot see the ground.
The country, at first pastoral, becomes now more wooded. Monkeys can be
seen swinging amongst the branches, and here
312
and there we pass a village of
small huts. When we stop for fuel, the negro women come to the bank,
dancing and clapping their hands.
“The sunsets are perfect, indescribable. In Europe one has no
conception of the wild savage grandeur of the light effects which the sun
produces as it sets. The superb orb becomes an enormous ruddy ball in a sea
of flame, the colours gradually die away, and whilst the West is still
illumined, the East is black as night. The Nile appears as a river of fire
SUDANESE FAMILY AND HUT
Venieris
where, like huge black patches, the hippopotami glide
majestically on.
“We remain on the upper deck, steeped in this wondrous spectacle
until darkness falls; then, immediately after dinner, we return once more
to enjoy the sight of the heavens decked with stars which seem so much more
numerous, so much more brilliant than in the North, and which are mirrored
like points of gold on the silver waters of the Nile. Every night
swinging across the firmament we see the Southern Cross. At this
season of the year the natives set fire to the brushwood which grows
along the banks to a great height, in order that the fresh young grass may
be able to sprout. Here and there these immense fires stretched along the
river for a distance of some miles,
313
whilst we glided on between
flaming banks, throwing their tongues of fire upwards into the night. The
effect was wonderful, and the contrast striking, when, the burning mass
left behind, we entered once more into the darkness, where, alone,
burned the stars, and on each side of us, sombre and mysterious, lay the
forest, echoing now and then to the roar of a lion.
“February 14.
“The night before last we anchored alongside the boats of Mr. F.,
the Englishman who, with his wife, as I already mentioned, had started from
Khartoum on a long hunting expedition. A third boat, belonging to Colonel
J., a friend, was also there, but, to our great surprise, we found Mrs.
F. alone with her Sudanese servants.
“‘My husband and the Colonel,’ she explained to
us, ‘started on camels two days ago for an elephant hunt;
they will not be back for two or three days yet.’
“It seemed rather astonishing. We were in the centre of Africa, a
few hours only distant from Fashoda, and this white woman, alone amongst
her blacks, was waiting tranquilly and without fear for the return of her
husband. It looks as if these savage countries were less dangerous for the
fair sex than the civilised.
“‘I am very glad that you have stopped,’ said
Mrs. F. ‘You have your guns, I suppose? You would do me a
great favour if you would kill the lion that has been prowling round
here for the last two days, and which is frightening my servants out of
their wits.’
“A lion! … just what we were looking for! So we called
a council of war, and our Shikari explained to us that the lion at dawn
retired into the interior of the country, sometimes to a great distance. We
had then to start before sunrise, taking the donkeys with which Mrs. F.
provided us, and one or two of her men.
“Ah! Tartarin, of joyous memory, if you could only have seen us
setting out!
“Through the scrub, across the woods of reddish trees whose
branches, armed with long thorns, tore our clothes and pricked our flesh:
over a country parched and covered with
314
large fissures, we advanced
with surprising speed, filled with a desire to see this lion face to face.
A lion! … that was something to tell our friends about! Perhaps
we should have engraved on our cards:
“‘Lion-hunter.’
“That would impress the public, and no mistake! At last we arrive
before a vast gully covered with high grass, when, suddenly, from the
middle of this sea of scrub, there rises a fearsome roar. … It
is HE! Our donkeys tremble … we also … they with
fear, we with excitement.
“‘Um!’ says the Shikari, ‘he is very hungry!’
“Some one nudges my elbow: it is Makhmoud. Have you ever seen a
negro grow pale? I swear Makhmoud was pale
… it was very unbecoming, and his eyes were starting out of his
head.
“‘Master!’ he whispered, ‘dangerous,
very dangerous … last year my brother—’
“Makhmoud, you can tell me that later. …’
“But he still kept on behind me. ‘Lion kill English
captain, very dangerous … aim well, oh! my master!’
“Down there we could see the high grass bend at the passage of
the King of Beasts, and a second roar made the whole place ring.
“‘He is very hungry,’ repeated the Shikari,
whilst he made his way quickly towards the wood on our right.
‘We must get there before he passes.’
“We set off once more, and at the entrance to the wood we
dismount. With finger on trigger and watchful eye, we advance under the
wood, not green but red as the coat of a deer. One can only see a few yards
ahead, and any moment we may come upon him.
“‘Lord!’ cries H., suddenly, his nostrils
dilated, ‘I smell him!’ And he was right …
the warm heavy air of the wood was impregnated with the odour of a wild
animal. There was no mistaking it.
“‘He has beaten us,’ said our Shikari;
‘he has passed already, we must follow him.’
“At this moment one of our beaters was seen making frantic signs
to us. We ran towards him, when he pointed out
THE AMERICAN MISSION ON THE SOBAT RIVER, CENTRAL AFRICA
Al Vista
315
to us the fresh spoor of a
buffalo. ‘He must be a big ‘un,’ said our
Shikari, ‘and he cannot be far off … but your permits
don't give you the right to kill him.’
“‘Forward, forward!’ cried H. ‘Death
to the buffalo! I shall pay all the fines possible. I don't mind
prison, but I must have that buffalo!’
“As with lovers no amount of reasoning will prevail, so with a
hunter, especially when he has in his nostrils the mingled scent of lion
and buffalo. We set off, following the tracks. We marched and marched,
sweating through every pore, and bleeding at every point where a thorn had
entered.
“Whisht! … It was another beater this time, who signed
to us to approach the edge of the wood. We ran, and there, some seven
hundred or eight hundred yards off, we saw in an open space a huge herd of
large animals with horns. … Antelopes! Then came the question:
do these belong to the class which we have permission to shoot? Frankly, we
know nothing whatever about them. … We could not have told
if the beasts had been ten yards from us, much less eight hundred.
“‘To the devil with the permit,’ said H.,
‘with the help of Heaven I shall taste roast antelope to-day,
cost what it may!’
“We advance cautiously through the brushwood, but, at five
hundred yards from our game, it ceases, and the huge space separating us
from the antelopes is absolutely bare. There is no time to hesitate,
another step and they would sight us. We must fire from where we are, a
good quarter of a mile. ‘Bang! Bang!’ …
the guns sing out, and at the same moment the entire herd, bounding away to
the right, disappears … we are done! But, hardly have they
galloped a couple of hundred yards before they halt … have
they seen the lion? … Turning round, they dash back in
front of us, but still at that five hundred yards range. Fire! and,
oh! joy! two of them bite the dust … but one, springing up,
makes off, wounded in the leg. At least we have bagged something, certainly
it is not a lion, but, all the same, it is better than nothing …
or a cap, O Tartarin!
“I await Mahkmoud, who has stayed behind in the wood with the
donkeys, and when I rejoin my companions after the fall of the antelope, it
seems to me that they are looking rather
316
sourly at one another. H.
comes to me and whispers, ‘Did you ever hear of such an idea?
That brute has the cheek to say that it was he who killed the antelope;
why, I'm certain it was my bullet that brought him
down!’
“Now, upon my word, these English are superb! It never entered
the head of either one or the other that it was I
who had killed it! I said nothing, for I was not quite certain that
this antelope belonged to the species which we were allowed to shoot
… and if there was a fine to pay I would let them fight for the
honour of disbursing the sum, as each was so certain of having sped the
fatal bullet.
“But the funniest part was to come; for on our return their
friend, Mme. Z., said to me:
“‘Well, I am pleased you did not meet that
lion.’ “‘Why?’ I asked.
“‘Simply because I don't know what sort of shot
you are, but I do know that neither of your companions could hit an
elephant at ten paces!’
“That, of course, was exaggeration—a little scratch
from the feminine claw, but, all the same, I was mightily pleased, and
if it had not been for the thought of that confounded fine of
£100 (and three months of prison!) I should not have hesitated
in declaring that it was I, and I alone, who had slain that antelope.
“Tartarin, O celebrated hunter, what do you think of a country
where, before breakfast, one hears and smells a
lion, follows the spoor of a buffalo, and comes on a herd of a hundred
antelopes, as big as mules? Think of the sport these fortunate folk can
have who are not so pressed for time as we.
“Yesterday at mid-day we landed at Fashoda, but we did not stay
long, for several reasons. First, the heat was infernal; and secondly, the
Governor, Commandant Matthews, whom we had much hoped to meet, had left for
an excursion on the Sobat. We hope to run across him, or perhaps see
him on our return journey.
“He is one of the men who has worked hardest at the civilisation
of the Sudan, and has taken his work so much to heart that he refuses the
holidays to which he has a right. Afraid lest his health should suffer, the
Government last
317
summer ordered him to spend several weeks in Europe. It is with men of
this stamp that England has conquered the greater part of her vast
possessions.
“Fashoda! Picture to yourself a flat desert of yellow sand, in
front of which lie malarial swamps. On the marsh land, high grass shelters
millions of mosquitoes and flies (and such flies!). On the sand to the left
is a cluster of round huts, the dwellings of the Shilouks; on the right
some ugly brick buildings, the quarters of the Governor, his offices and
the Post. It would be impossible to find a spot more desolate, more
depressing, and more unhealthy. In front of Commandant Matthews'
house, built on the site occupied formerly by Marchand's fort, a
few poor yellowed palms sadly shake their withered heads. One would almost
think that they were mourning for the brave officer who himself planted
them after having unfurled his flag.
“Notwithstanding all this, we desired to land. Heavens! what
words could ever describe the heat of Fashoda? The soil was cracked in a
thousand deep fissures, from which there came a burning air as if from the
centre of the earth, and which baked us from beneath upwards, whilst the
sun, which no shade dimmed, cooked us from above down. It was
terrible. I marched in front, and, feeling this hot air from the
crevices mounting up my legs by way of the foot of my trousers, I
suddenly thought of the ladies with their skirts. I turned and saw them;
their faces were red, almost apoplectic, and with an indescribable
expression of anxiety caused by the diabolic sensation which had seized on
them from head to foot.
“‘Ah!’ said one feebly, ‘I think
I've seen enough of Fashoda. Do let us get back on
board!’
“We returned, and found the thermometer, which had been in the
shade since the morning, registering 106° Fahr. I placed it in
the sun, but in a moment the mercury had bounded up to the limit of
131°. On that day it registered 140° at Fashoda, and
not the shadow of a shade!
“February 16.
“Early this morning we arrived at Taufikia, an important military
post situated a little below the junction of the White
318
Nile and the Sobat, a large
river flowing from Abyssinia. After Fashoda, this place seemed delicious.
Situated somewhat above the river, it can boast of acacias and some
lovely palms. Near the landing-stage are several large brick houses
occupied by the Government Offices, the Governor, the Post, &c.
A large and fine avenue, planted with palm-trees, leads to the native
village, which is composed of fine huts with
PANORAMA OF FASHODA
Al Vista
domed roofs. The whole gives one the impression of great
cleanliness.
“On each side of the avenue are native shops, or bazaars,
belonging to Greeks. Here and there are enormous heaps of doura, surrounded
by negroes who have the greatest difficulty in keeping at a distance the
ostriches, which walk freely round, and are desirous of sampling the grain.
In the evening the English officers stationed here, and whom we had
invited to dinner, organised in our honour an extraordinary dance. The
night was black as pitch when we made our way to a vast space, the
drill-ground, I suppose, where we could just make out large dark groups of
men and women, beating furiously on huge drums. As if by magic the place
was suddenly illuminated, lit up by a large number of torches held by black
319
soldiers. The group near which
we found ourselves was composed entirely of men, who danced and leaped,
shouting and yelling.
“One of their dances represented a serpent hunt, and the manner
in which, terrified at the sight, they took to their heels, returned, fled
again and returned again, was most realistic. Then followed a war dance, in
which they attacked with spear and club an enemy, whom we had the honour
to represent. Charging furiously, brandishing their arms and shouting
their war cries, they stopped within a foot of our breasts.
“A second group was composed of horrible old negresses, enveloped
in long black garments, with greasy heads and faces, and whose dance
consisted of strutting about in imitation of geese. With the head thrown
backward and breast stuck forward, they proceeded with shut eyes, wagging
their heads like Chinese figures, and uttering curious little cries. As
to the odour which these dirty black garments, never washed, and full
of vermin, emitted, I think I prefer geese. Why, in the name of decency,
are they made to clothe themselves? It only means the encouragement of dirt
and stench.
320
“We did not stay long before this group, but passed on to
another, where men and women danced together, and precipitated themselves,
one against the other, with extraordinary fury. Two Arabs were dancing here
amidst the negroes and negresses, and, being engineers on board a
boat, they wore caps and blouses, which made them look like a couple
of Alphonses on the outer Boulevards! But the most extraordinary of all
these dances was that in which negroes, of immense height, leaped into the
air, straight from the ground, well over the height of our heads, as if
they had been shot up by an invisible spring in the ground. The effect was
most amusing.
“It was in honour of our visit that these dances had been
organised, but it was for their own pleasure that the natives executed
them. They love the movement and the noise, and play about like children.
Long after we had left they continued to dance and shout, and when at last
we arrived on board after having visited the Officers' Club, we
could still hear them.
“To-day, leaving the Nile, which, a short distance from this
point, penetrates the great marshes of the Bar-El-Gazal, we ascended the
Sobat towards Abyssinia. Here the river is uninteresting, flowing between
flat and monotonous banks;
but it is on these banks that the famous Shilouks live, some of whom we had
already seen on the White Nile, and whose closer acquaintanceship we wished
to make. This is one of the most powerful tribes in the Sudan, and, in
regard to appearance and manners, one of the most interesting. The men
are immensely tall, many of them reaching a height of seven feet or
more. Broad-shouldered and with powerful limbs they are as a rule
astonishingly thin, but in no way disagreeable to look at. Their walk, very
lithe and active, has something of the cat about it, which strikes one
immediately.
“At the first village of importance we gave the order to halt,
and whilst the work, rather a difficult one, of mooring the big boat was
taking place, the entire population left their huts, and clustered on the
banks of the stream. What a picture! The men were for the most part naked.
Their costume consists generally of a huge ivory bracelet on the arm,
ENGLISH LADIES “SHOPPING” IN A SHILOUK VILLAGE
Al Vista
321
above the elbow, and one or
two narrow strings of beads round the body. These strings of beads are
formed of small pieces of the shell of ostrich eggs, strung together like
pearls, and are rounded and polished by rubbing them for hours, days,
and even weeks, against a rock.
“Thus ‘clothed,’ and unashamed, they come to the
bank, flourishing their murderous looking spears in one hand and their
clubs in the other. At first sight they look terrifying, but the expression
of their faces is not bad; on the contrary,
SHILOUK SETTLEMENT ON THE SOBAT RIVER
Al Vista
it is a mixture of curiosity and distrust, with something
childish and good-natured thrown in.
“‘Hullo!’ some one cried, ‘they are
not all niggers, look! is it possible? some of them are grey, and others
yellow, and there are some red. Look at that fellow, where in all the
earth did he get a skin that colour?’ Needless to say, it was
not natural, but due to an extraordinary custom they have of rolling
themselves in ashes, after having greased their bodies, in order to protect
themselves from the stings of flies, mosquitoes, and other insects, with
which their villages are infested.
“Ashes! Yes, that explains the Shilouk grey, but what about the
Shilouk red? That is really quite simple, he is a rich man who possesses
cows. Do you understand? Shilouk grey has rolled himself in the ashes of
wood because he is poor and has no other; but Shilouk red is wealthy, and
he has rolled himself in the ashes from his fire of cow-dung, which accounts
322
for the diabolical colour,
also for the odour, which is guaranteed to keep even the most famished
insect at a safe distance!
“And yet another Shilouk; black this time, with a mop of hair of
fiery red. Cows again, but in another way, which I should hardly care to
recommend to these dainty Parisians who love this colour.
SHILOUK HEAD-DRESS
Turstig
“From the upper deck we examined these superb giants whose heads
specially attracted our notice, firstly, on account of the
formation of the skull which was not that of the African negro;
and secondly, because of the extraordinary methods of dressing
the hair. It is worth while making the journey to see a Shilouk
head-dress. A happy mixture of ingredients indispensable to the
toilette, cow-dung, gum and clay, make a paste which, applied to
the hair, gives it when dry the consistence of thick felt. In
shaving the head here and there, and cutting the felt at the desired
places, almost any imaginable form can be obtained.
“‘So in front of us we have a Shilouk, whose head, seven
feet above the ground, is surmounted by a wig with the appearance of a
huge fan, or in another a cockscomb, whilst a third prefers long
excrescences which look like horns or asses' ears. The effect is
extraordinary, fantastic, and terrifying. A few have the head shaved, but
it is rare, and is generally due to an illness or an accident. At first
sight one would come to the conclusion that these extraordinary heads of
hair had exhausted the supply
323
of capillary nutriment, as on
their naked bodies not another hair is to be seen. But such is not the
case. On their bodies hair grows as with us, but every one is carefully
plucked out as soon as it appears.
“Amongst these giants of varied colours we saw here and there a
woman, who, though of medium height, seemed very small. They are pleasant,
well-made, and intelligent looking. All have the head shaved, very white
teeth, and from the age of puberty they hide a part of their body with an
antelope skin. This they drape so as to cover one breast, and the lower
part of the body, leaving the other breast free. Virtue in their women
is much appreciated, and in the case of young girls up to the time of their
marriage it is guarded by an extraordinary custom, which, however, as I am
not writing a book for anthropologists, I shall not attempt to describe.
“It was in the midst of this crowd that we landed, our hands full
of sweets, cigarettes and small mirrors for the women. At the sight of
these gifts, the Shilouks uttered cries of delight, brandishing their clubs
and spears. After having lavishly distributed our presents, we asked them
to sell to us some of the ivory bracelets which they wore on their arms, as
well as the strings of beads which they carried about their loins, and
some spears and clubs. They only parted with these with the greatest
regret, at a relatively small price, and they examined with considerable
suspicion the silver which we gave them, and of which only the ten and
twenty piastre pieces were familiar. Gold they absolutely refused.
“However, once the bargain was made, they insisted on shaking
hands, having, as a preliminary, carefully spat on theirs! They are also
fond of offering a pull at their pipes, which they smoke whilst sucking
lovingly at the stem.
“Whilst surrounded by a dozen or so of Shilouks, I was bargaining
for an ivory bracelet, I suddenly felt an awful pain, a regular dagger
thrust in the centre of my back. I gave a sharp cry, whilst the thought
struck me: ‘Now we are done for, they are killing us with their
spears!’ But no! and when I tell you that it was nothing more
than the sting of a fly about as long as the thumb, and which had pierced
my garments, you will probably say, ‘What a fuss about
nothing!’ And
324
I shall reply,
‘That is exactly what Lord Kitchener said when he came to
Fashoda, and saw certain of his officers, bitten by these flies, jump and
yell. ‘Old women,’ he called them. But one day they
had their revenge. The General-in-Chief, seated at a large table, was
working hard, when suddenly a loud cry and a formidable oath were heard,
and the table with all its contents was thrown to the ground. One of these
famous flies, passing under the eyes of Lord Kitchener, whose sight is not
of the best, had landed on his nose, and then! …
“Having bought all we wished, we returned on board, and made our
way to where, a short distance further on, the American Central African
Mission have their station on the Sobat.
The missionaries have chosen a high lying piece of ground on which to erect
their comfortable brick houses, surrounded with palms. The drawing-room,
simply but comfortably furnished, in which we found rocking-chairs,
recalled to us an American home, and we felt at once at our ease with the
missionaries, three gentlemen and one lady. The wife of one of the
others had, a few hours before our arrival, given birth to a child,
and we were entrusted with the announcement of the news to the
missions at Luxor and Cairo. There is another child of about two years of
age, born also at the mission, and who was duly presented to us, but who no
longer can claim, as formerly, the title of ‘the only white baby
on the Sobat.’ The missionaries explained to us that, thanks to
the abundant rainfall in summer, the land here is productive without the
need of any irrigation works. They themselves have plantations of cotton,
fruit, and vegetables, with which they are very satisfied. Alone in
the midst of the Shilouks, they live on the best of terms with these
giants, who possess no religion but the ‘cult of the Father of
their Race,’ who has led them hitherto, and to whom they appeal
in moments of need or danger. The missionaries do all they can to interest
them in work, but up till now without much success. The Shilouks are
indifferent and lazy, and being able to live on very little, they desire to
work only sufficiently to obtain what they need.
“At 3 P.M. we stopped at the village of
Khorfluis, where the Silhouk Chief, Okokwan, has his dwelling. He is also
called by some Prince, and by others King. I believe he is the son of
325
a Chief who was King of the
Shilouks, and who was killed by the Dervishes.
“Okokwan, escorted by his body-guard, came to visit us. His long
legs being unaccustomed to mounting stairs, it was with some difficulty
that he reached the deck, where we seated him in our best arm-chair. He and
his guards have their heads shaved, and are draped in white cotton shawls,
that of the Chief having a fringe of pink. Having had considerable intercourse,
PRINCE OKOKWAN AND HIS RETINUE
Al Vista
more or less official, with the English, he has a vague idea of
the meaning of the word ‘decency.’
“I willingly admit that, although a firm opponent of the clothing
of the masses of these savages in rags, which quickly become filthy, I was
not annoyed on this special occasion to see that this giant Prince had
covered his nakedness in order to seat himself in the midst of our three
ladies, who loaded him with presents. Silver rings, knives, cigars, a
looking-glass, the Chief accepted all with a dignified and satisfied air,
handing them over to one or other of his guards.
“We offered him lemonade, aerated (kindly give no spirituous
liquors to the savages!), of which he quaffed two large bottles, delighted
with the tickling sensation in his nostrils. All this time the men of his
tribe, crouched on the bank, followed with the greatest interest all that
was passing on board. We offered him field glasses, through which he
gazed at his people, and excitedly cried, ‘Ah! ah! you are
326
there, there!’ and
with his foot he struck the deck in front of him. Then reversing the
glasses, we made him look once more. His astonishment was great, and he
shouted out something which we took to be the Shilouk equivalent
for ‘Now you are away to the devil!’
SHILOUKS
Sanderson
“The manners of the Chief were excellent, reserved and
dignified, until the moment when, no longer able to bear the
tickling of the lemonade, and handkerchiefs being evidently
unknown, he delicately seized his nose between his first finger
and his thumb, and … well, you should have seen the
faces of these ladies! But the most amused of all at the princely
Shilouk manners was Mahkmoud — Mahkmoud, who was so
accustomed to be in the service of distinguished and chic
masters. He covered his face with both his hands to hide the amusement he
could not suppress.
“Having invited us to visit his village, Okokwan landed with us,
and, followed by all his people, we made our way to his huts, surrounded by
a tall palisade, where he lives with his harem, and, my faith, a number of
young negresses, decidedly pretty, and well-made. No old negresses for him! Okokwan
327
is evidently a connoisseur. He
insisted on us entering, one at a time, his own hut, into which we
penetrated by a small opening close to the ground. The visit was rather an
anxious one when one remembered the aids to the toilette of a Shilouk;
but there was no way of refusing, and each in his turn entered the hut on
all fours. I must admit it was absolutely clean, perfect, and only a
slightly close and negro odour would have rendered a longer stay
disagreeable.
“Alone amongst his men the Chief has all his
teeth—unmistakable sign of his royal origin. The other Shilouks
may only retain the upper, the lower being extracted.
“Before our departure, Okokwan, to whom we had just offered the
large sum of £1 sterling to be distributed amongst the women of
the village, called them out, and ordered them to dance. Delighted, they
gave themselves up to the performance, then the entire population
accompanied us to the bank, singing and clapping their hands.
“The sun is already sinking, and the Abbas
Pasha must now begin her return journey to Khartoum and
civilisation. We are very sad that we can go no further.
“‘Two days' journey from here,’ the
missionaries had told us, ‘you will see herds of elephants and
giraffes; and calico, black or white, is quite unknown!
“Alas! our time is up, and we must retrace our steps …
but, should the fates permit, it will be for another time!”
I WRITE these lines seated under the palm-trees planted
by Marchand. Poor trees! they are weak, and the shade which they cast
is almost nil. Elsewhere they would be cut down for firewood; but here, no
one who loves France can look upon them without a thrill of pride. These
miserable palmtrees, sadly balancing their withered heads, here where
the tricolour once proudly floated, were born under its shadow in
territory which was then that of France. The flag has gone, but they
remain, and still remain, a living symbol of a glorious page, and one of
which every Frenchman may be proud.
Yes! you have read correctly. I have written
“glorious” and “proud,” not
“defeat” and “shame,” words
which usually accompany the name of Fashoda in sensational articles of
the Paris Press.
For those who only take into account the acts of the diplomatists, and the
fact that, although arriving easily first on the White Nile, the Government
abandoned the position before the threats of England, Fashoda naturally
represents a defeat; but for those who, like myself, have travelled here,
have seen and heard, there was no defeat, no backing down, no callous
329
diplomacy. There was only one
thing: the epic of this handful of men who, through dangers without number,
through difficulties almost insurmountable, through privations and
sufferings, arrived here from the other side of Central Africa, to
plant their flag upon the Nile. The courage, the perseverance, the
self-abnegation which they showed are worthy of the finest pages in the
record of the conquest of the Dark Continent. So, when the Anglo-Egyptian
army, commanded by Kitchener, found itself face to face with this handful
of heroes, all hostility vanished, and officers and soldiers were seized by
a feeling, sincere and deep, of admiration and respect.
I am not exaggerating. Almost all the officers who to-day direct the affairs
of the Sudan were then present. I have met them, spoken with them, they
have brought vividly before my eyes the moving drama which was played on
this desolate spot, and their words of praise are for
Marchand—the finest monument which he could desire.
Lord Edward Cecil, son of the late Lord Salisbury, and Under Secretary for
War in the Egyptian Government, thus expressed himself to me:
“All of us have for Marchand a real and profound admiration. His
march across the Bahrel-Gazal was admirable. One must have seen the
country to appreciate fully the unheard-of difficulties with which the
French Expedition met. Every man was a hero; as to the officers, I cannot
find terms of praise too high to describe their conduct. In fact, at
Fashoda, all our sympathies, the sympathies of all the English officers
there, were with Marchand. We had only one desire, to grasp him by the
hand, and express to him our admiration. That was a soldier and a
man!”
And words such as these of Lord Edward Cecil's I have heard issue
from fifty different mouths, from that, amongst others, of Sir Reginald
Wingate, Governor-General of the Sudan, whose friendly feelings towards
France I have already mentioned.
General Wingate has frankly told me that he considered Fashoda as a
nightmare, and that he desired one thing only, and that was that this
incident, which might have been the cause of a terrible conflict between
two great nations, should be forgotten by both, and spoken of no more. My
first inclination was similar; but, on further thought, I asked myself if it
330
would not rather be better to
thresh the matter out once and for all. In a general way I can safely
affirm that the Fashoda affair has never been properly understood by the
bulk of the French people, the great majority of whom are still under
the impression that “perfidious Albion” took
advantage of exceptional circumstances to snatch that which France had
the right to consider as hers, since Marchand had taken possession of it.
I shall briefly explain, therefore, the events which took place in Central
Africa in 1898, and I believe I shall be able to prove to the most rabid
Anglophobe that England was then within her rights, and that the position
of France was untenable.
On the morrow of the Battle of Kerreri, whilst the Anglo-Egyptian army was
resting at Omdurman, a steamer suddenly appeared on the White Nile. It was
one of Gordon's gunboats which had fallen into the hands of the
Dervishes at the time of the taking of Khartoum. At the sight of the
Egyptian flags, the boat stopped, turned tail, and fled under full
steam. A gunboat was sent in pursuit and overtook her. The captain, an
Arab who had served under Gordon, surrendered without firing a shot, and,
brought before Lord Kitchener, he declared that he was one of a party sent
by the Khalifa against a white Pasha, who had taken up a fortified position
at Fashoda. The position was a strong one. The first attack of the
Dervishes had been repulsed, and he had returned in order to ask for
heavy reinforcements.
One can imagine the consternation of the English officers when they learned
that the Upper Valley of the Nile was already occupied by Europeans, and
that an unknown flag had been planted at Fashoda. The Arab captain declared
that the flag was black, white and red, and that the strangers were
armed with an extraordinary rifle which carried much further than
theirs. It was then noticed that his boat was riddled with bullets, and
several having been extracted they were recognised as French. From that to
deduce that the flag was not black, but blue, white and red, and that
France had succeeded in arriving between Egypt and the famous sources of
the Nile was the work of a moment.
The situation was grave, but there was no time for delay.
LORD EDWARD CECIL AND CAPTAIN OWEN
Lekegian
331
A few hours later, Lord
Kitchener left Omdurman, taking with him on board several boats three
thousand men and two batteries of artillery. He was also accompanied by
four gunboats, armed with rapid-firing guns.
When, eight days later, the Anglo-Egyptian flotilla cast anchor before the
fort of Fashoda, Commandant Marchand came aboard the steamer, where he
found Lord Kitchener, and informed him that he had, in the name of France,
taken possession of Fashoda, of the Bahr-el-Gazal, and of the Sudan up
to a point indicated, south of Omdurman. Lord Kitchener's reply
was, that this pretension was inadmissible, that these provinces belonged
to Egypt, which had never renounced them, although the successes of the
Dervishes had obliged her to abandon them for several years. Now, with
England's help, the Dervishes had been crushed, and the Sudan
reconquered. Egypt could never allow another Power to instal herself
in those provinces which she had spent blood and treasure to win. He, Lord
Kitchener, had received orders to plant at Fashoda the flags of England and
Egypt. He was very pleased to find Commandant Marchand and his
companions in good health, and, in the name of the Khedive, he offered
them a passage home by Khartoum and Cairo.
Commandant Marchand smiled, thanked him, and remarked, that having come here
by the orders of his Government, he intended to stay where he was. Then
Lord Kitchener, excited, rose, and with a sweep of his hand, showing his
gunboats, his artillery, and his soldiers, cried:
“What can you do against these?”
With the greatest calm, but also with an expression which no soldier could
mistake, Marchand replied:
“Die at my post!”
Kitchener looked and understood. No amount of bluff would succeed with such
a man. To attain his end he should have to bombard the fort, fling his
troops against it, massacre this handful of brave men, and—his
eyes wandered: he saw far off the two nations flying at one
another's throats, war betwixt his country and that of
Marchand's. Calmly he sat down, and, smiling, he said:
“Commandant, have a whisky and soda?”
332
How the affair ended is now well known. The two officers decided to remain
in their positions until fresh instructions should arrive from their
respective Governments. “There is no need for fighting nor for
dying at your post,” declared Kitchener. …
“Your Government sent you here, you Government will call you
back. Wait and see!”
And he left, leaving at Fashoda the majority of the soldiers which he had
brought with him, and who lived on friendly terms with the members of the
French Mission, whilst the Cabinets of London and Paris exchanged views.
The diplomatic action which followed belongs to history; but there are
several points which are not quite clear, and to which I should like to
draw attention. On one side, it has been asserted that Marchand and his
force were almost destitute of supplies of food and ammunition. That is
false. Marchand and his officers alone know the number of rounds which
they possessed; but from the lips of the English officers themselves I
have learned that they had an enormous quantity of provisions, sufficient
to last several months. It is said that the position of the Mission was
critical. That was not so. Their Chief was on the best of terms with the
King of the Shilouks, and was able to obtain from him all the food he
required.
As to the question of Marchand's power of resistance, I hardly
think the matter worth discussing. Two hundred Senegal soldiers, encamped
on the bank of a river, on land as flat as a billiard table, without
artillery, could not long hold out against three thousand armed men, with
all the guns which accompanied them. Shells and bullets in the end are
more than a match even for courage and a just cause.
Marchand was alone; Kitchener could, in a few days, receive reinforcements
of five thousand to six thousand men, besides gunboats and several
batteries of artillery. There was no possibility of holding out against
such odds in a position such as Fashoda. The conviction of the English
officers is that Marchand and his force were saved from certain destruction
by the victory of Kerreri, and the annihilation of the Dervishes. Had it
not been for this battle the Khalifa would have sent against Marchand
such an overwhelming force that there could have been but one result.
333
I know that in certain places this theory has not found acceptance; but,
honestly, can one for a moment believe that Marchand and his two hundred
Senegalese could have resisted these hordes of fanatics who captured El
Obeid, annihilated the ten thousand men of Hicks, and destroyed
Khartoum, defended as it was by Gordon, with numerous troops,
artillery and gunboats? Could this handful of men, however brave, have
repulsed indefinitely the forces of the Khalifa which were finally beaten
only by an Anglo-Egyptian army of twenty thousand men, with powerful guns
and several gunboats? It is evident that they could not.
It has been alleged that two things might have saved Marchand: an alliance
with the Dervishes, or a revolt of the Egyptian troops against their
English officers. The first of these hypotheses is, for all those who know
the character of the Dervishes, an impossibility over the discussion of
which it is useless to waste time, unless one supposes that the
Khalifa would have accepted this alliance against the Anglo-Egyptian
Army by which he was menaced; but such an alliance would have been
equivalent on the part of France to a declaration of war against England
and Egypt. Besides, the best proof that the Khalifa had no intention of
living on friendly terms with the French Expedition is, that he had already
sent a force against it, and that the weakness of this was caused only
by the fact that at the same time he had to face the formidable army
under Kitchener.
The latter, and the graver of these hypotheses, that which supposed the
passing over of the Egyptians to Marchand's side, would probably
not have been taken seriously by any one, had it not been mentioned by
Marchand himself. The Commandant had said that a certain number of Egyptian
officer had given him to understand that all their sympathies were
with him, and that if it came to a fight they would be found on his side.
Well, frankly, if Marchand believed that, he was mistaken. I have spoken
with Egyptian officers on the subject, and they have all declared that such
an idea had never entered their minds: that their sympathies were with
Marchand they did not attempt to conceal, but from that to passing over to
him bag
334
and baggage, was a very
different thing. It must not be forgotten either, that at Omdurman there
were seven thousand English troops, and that the Sudanese regiments,
numbering some five thousand men, would never have followed the
Egyptians, so that they would actually have been in a minority. If the
Egyptian Government had declared for France, then things would have been
different. But can one conceive that the Khedive would have desired to see
France settle herself down in the Sudan, which, with the help of England,
he had just reconquered?
“Believe me,” Abani Pasha, Minister of War, said to me
on this subject, “no Egyptian officer offered his sword to
Marchand at Fashoda. What possibly might have happened is, that when the
Chief of the French Mission came to Cairo, where he was feted by the Egyptians, who admired him immensely, some officer
or other, between a couple of glasses of champagne, may have said,
‘Ah! if you had only held out, we were with you!’ One
can easily understand that after a good dinner … but to desert
one's post at the moment of battle, that is quite another
matter.”
What no one can understand at Cairo, or, I believe, elsewhere, is why
Marchand was sent towards the White Nile.
“One could not imagine a greater piece of stupidity,”
a distinguished diplomatist said to me. “For even if it was a
simple promenade, it was a useless one. And if France did wish to establish
herself on the Nile, she ought to have known that England would never allow
it, and that it meant war. To take the Dervishes in the rear, to instal
herself at the sources of the Nile, that was a brilliant idea; but it was
necessary to be prepared to press the matter to a conclusion, in a
word it was necessary to be ready to face a war, or else do nothing.
One cannot conquer the Sudan with four officers and two hundred
men.”
And that is so obvious that one cannot help asking what the Minister
responsible for this expedition thought he was doing. In default of
definite information let us consider a supposition. It is:
Supposing Kitchener, instead of being victorious over the Dervishes, had
been beaten, as Hicks, Gordon, and others had
335
been. The thing was not
impossible. Now, supposing again that a large Abyssinian army had joined
Marchand, and that under his leadership they had fallen on the Dervishes
from the rear and crushed them, he would have reconquered Khartoum.
The situation in that case would have been different, and France would have
been in reality mistress of the Sudan.
But Kitchener triumphed instead of being vanquished, and the large
Abyssinian army never left its mountains, although I have heard tell that
its advance guard arrived on the banks of the White Nile, and then retired,
several days before Marchand's arrival!
The general opinion, in the Sudan as in Egypt, is that the position at
Fashoda was untenable, as well from the diplomatic as from the military
point of view. It was perfectly certain that, after the enormous effort
which England had just caused Egypt to make in order to reconquer the
Sudan, and after the immense outlay in money and men on the part of
both nations, she would never abandon the fruits of her victory. There
was therefore only one of two things to be done; either retire or fight for
a very bad cause.
“Is it possible,” cried Lord Cromer, as he gazed at
the barren, burnt soil of Fashoda, the miserable palm-trees of
Marchand, and the round huts of the Shilouks, “is it possible
that two civilised nations should have been on the point of coming to blows
for such a hole?”
But Fashoda then represented the undoubted rights of Egypt to all the Nile
Valley, and the sources of the river. War was avoided, and I am convinced
that the Marchand Mission has had a result not to be despised. There is
nothing the English admire more than energy and courage. Marchand and
his comrades have appealed to them by these qualities, and every officer
who conquered at Omdurman and reached Fashoda, has learned to admire and
respect France in the person of her officers.
“All our sympathy was with them,” is what they say
to-day.
Sympathy leads to friendship, and these diplomatists, and these English
soldiers who are in the service of Egypt and the Sudan, are all admirers of
Marchand, and friends of France.
336
Along with Lord Cromer, they
have worked hardest towards the Anglo-French entente
in Egypt, and, in consequence, towards the better feeling between the two
nations. The desire to please France has been so great that the name
of Fashoda has been replaced officially by the native name, Kodok. My
humble opinion is, that every Frenchman, at least all those who come here,
will continue to call Kodok by the old name of Fashoda—the only
name which can bring back to their memories the glorious effort of that
handful of heroes who once planted the flag of France on its desolate soil.
Since these lines were written I have read the pages which M. de Freycinet
has devoted to these events in “La Question
d'Egypte.” He points out there, that in signing with
Germany in 1890 a convention with regard to their respective colonies
on the eastern side of Africa, Great Britain reserved to herself
“the basin of the Upper Nile as far as the boundaries of
Egypt.” According to this author, England, not having stated in
this convention in formal terms that she was acting in the name of the
Khedive or of his Sovereign the Sultan of Turkey, one can believe that she
considered the ancient Egyptian possessions as a no-man's-land,
which would become the property of the first person who occupied it.
That, of course, is mere quibbling, since, some pages earlier, M. de
Freycinet wrote: “But the Khedive has not abandoned the Sudan in
the judicial sense of the word, he has not declared that he has renounced
it for good, he has neither ceded it nor alienated it. In evacuating it he
has obeyed strategical necessities; he has executed a simple military
operation.”
In spite of the clearness of this declaration, it would appear from the
pages of M. de Freycinet, that the French Government decided to send
Marchand “with the certitude, if we did not lose time, of being
the first occupant as against any other nation. But it must not be lost
sight of that our right remained precarious and conditional, in this sense,
that it would disappear in the case of the Sultan, either himself, or
through his delegate the Khedive, attempting to reconquer the Sudan. Such
is the point of view from which it is necessary to regard the
expedition organised by the French Government with the object
337
of exploring our eventual
possessions, and of having our provisional authority recognised. The only
mistake which we then made was, that we did not give to our intentions
sufficient publicity. The half-silence which we kept was liable to
give the impression that we had designs much greater than was the
case, and that we meditated a species of definite conquest. As if a mission
of two hundred and fifty men could have had any such
pretension!”
A good deal might be said in answer to this, but what is the good? As Sir
Reginald Wingate says, “It is a nightmare, which is better
forgotten.”
Besides, M. de Freycinet recognises frankly that the position of France was
untenable, and I cannot better conclude than by quoting his own words:
“After the capture of Khartoum we could no longer delude
ourselves. It was evident that the entire Sudan was open to the
Anglo-Egyptian army. The Marchand Mission had lost its raison d'être as far as taking possession
was concerned. We had no valid arguments against its restoration to the
Khedivial authority. … M. Delcassé has only abandoned
what he could not have retained, for it was not ours to keep.”
ZANZIBAR children sent to Egypt for education,
164
Zervudachis, 7
Zogheb, Count de, 38
Printed by BALLANTYNE & Co.
LIMITED Tavistock Street, London
Date: (unknown)
(Electronic edition revised September 2006) . Author: Guerville, A. B. de 1869- (Amédée Baillot de)
(Electronic edition revised LMS). This work is licensed under a Creative Commons attribution license.